By
www.bainbridgeintusa.com Exclusive US Distributor for Plastimo
www.plastimo-usa.com
tin © la B.Leg
Bainbridge is Plastimo's choice for U.S. distribution of their products Welcome to the Plastimo by Bainbridge International catalog. Listed within its pages you will find our current offering of Plastimo proprietary products including: safety gear like life rafts, plumbing fittings, compasses, and a whole host of general chandlery items. There are thousands of products listed inside this catalog, in the same easy to follow format as Plastimo’s current format, but there are also many more items available from our suppliers as a special order. If you can’t find the product you are looking for please contact our customer service team at (info@bainbridgeintusa.com). We are fully dedicated to answer all your questions and needs. By visiting our website (www.bainbridgeintusa.com) you can browse all of our catalogs online. The Plastimo products shown on our website also appear in this catalog, however as we introduce new products they will appear on our website first.
Safety Lifejackets & Buoyancy Aids: 3 - 45 Signaling & Survival: 46 - 55 Alarms: 54 Fire fighting: 55 Liferafts: 56 - 73
Tenders, Mooring & Ladders
Tenders & Accessories: 76 - 103 Oars, Paddles & Hooks: 104 - 108 Fenders: 109 - 119 Regatta mark buoys: 120 - 121 Anchors: 122 - 128 Ladders & Platforms: 129 - 135
Deck Equipment & Hardware Jib Reefing:
138 - 141
Covers & Accessories:
144 - 147
Guardrails & Handrails: 148 - 151 Hatches & Portlights:
156 - 162
Ventilation:
163 - 166
Deck Fillers:
167 - 171
Brass:
172
Compasses & Navigation Compasses:
173 - 205
Specialty:
179 - 187 188 - 197 198 199 - 200
Handbearing:
201 - 203
Accessories:
204 - 205
Powerboat: Sailboat: Tactical:
Rules & Dividers: Brass Clocks & Barometers: Binoculars:
207 208 - 209 210 - 211
Flags & Equipment:
212 - 214
Water on Board
Pumps: 216 - 222 Drinkable Water: 223 Sinks: 224 - 225 Taps, Faucets & Showers: 226 - 233
Waste Water & plumbing fittings: 234 - 242
Powerboat, Electrical & Engine Bilge Ventilation:
244 - 245
Vents:
246 - 247
Angling Equipment:
248 - 249
Electrical:
250
Transom Pads:
251
Diving Equipment:
252
3
Jean-Marie Liot Š
Safety
Jean-Marie Liot ©
Lifejackets & buoyancy aids Lifejacket 100 Newton
Lifejacket 150 Newton
Lifejacket 275 Newton
Use
Coastal sailing, beach/shore activities. Suitable for good swimmers.
Sheltered waters, inshore and coastal sailing.
Open sea/blue water sailing.
Open sea/blue water sailing. Extreme conditions and professional use.
Type of vessel
Canoe-kayak, windsurf, dinghy, water ski, jet ski, kitesurf, stand up paddle.
Sail and power crafts.
Sail and power crafts.
Sail and power crafts Professional vessels*.
Performance
Colour Reflecting material Whistle Grab handle Crutch strap
Self-righting : turns wearer** safely on his back within 5 seconds, user wearing heavy protective clothing. Recommended for use with clothing that may trap air. **most wearers Supports the head all around : on both sides of the head and at the back. Bright colour imposed. Bright colour imposed. Bright colour imposed. 2 2 100 cm 300 cm 300 cm2 Required Required Required Not required Required Required Recommended Recommended Recommended
Self-righting : turns wearer** safely on his back Not self-righting. Keeps the airway out of the water, within 10 seconds. wearer being conscious.
One or several. Not required Not required Not required Not required
Self-righting : turns wearer** safely on his back within 5 seconds.
* Lifejackets used on board commercial or passenger vessels must meet the requirements of Marine Equipment Directive 96/98 and SOLAS specifications.
Buoyancy aid 50 Newton
** most wearers
How to choose your jacket ? • According to activity or use The primary function of a lifejacket is to keep the victim’s airways out of the water and to allow an efficient spotting in order to facilitate the rescueing manoeuvres. • Lifejacket or buoyancy aid ? A lifejacket keeps the wearer safely on his back and provides enough buoyancy for use in different open and rough sea conditions. It provides self-righting capacity A buoyancy aid provides sufficient buoyancy for use in sheltered waters and does not offer self-righting capacity. In addition, the type of sports or activity defines the level of performance expected from a PFD (personal floatation device) : in some cases, comfort and softness are critical, while other activities require durability and buoyancy first.
I. Joschke, skipper Figaro Bénéteau Générali-Horizon Mixité
Inflatables & RIB's
Canoe & kayak Windfarms
Dinghy & multisports
Water ski & jet ski
Kitesurf
SUP
Military, civil and industrial applications
Clubs & sailing schools
4
© B.Leglatin
© Th.Martinez /Sea & Co
B.Leglatin ©
Pierre-Yves Lautrou, skipper 40' L'Express-Trépia
Lifejackets and buoyancy aids used in recreational or professional activities must comply with the specifications of the European Directive 89/686/CE on Personal Protective Equipment. The CE mark of approval must be printed on the garment’s label and testifies that the lifejacket complies with the European Directive. Lifejackets are ranked in 4 categories according to their use, performance and buoyancy level.
Fishing, river & sea
Cruising, coastal and high sea navigation
Professional vessels
Read the label and understand your purchase
30/50kg
150N
100N
50N
50/70kg 70kg +
30kg 30/50kg 50/70kg 70kg +
30kg 30/50kg 50/70kg 70kg +
You have selected a 100 Newton category lifejacket. The CE mark of approval testifies that this lifejacket is fully approved. Within the 100 N category which you selected, it is your own body weight (hence the lifejacket size) which determines the actual buoyancy of the garment. In this example, the wearer weighs between 50 and 70 kg. (It is only in the case of a wearer weighing 70 kg or more that the required buoyancy is 100 N). For a wearer from 50 to 70 kg, within the 100 N category, the buoyancy required by CE standards is 80 N. Within a given category, a smaller size features proportionally less buoyancy.
Children’s life-jackets are a specific case on their own : Plastimo lifejackets designed for may wearers below 30 kg body weight systematically belong to the 100 Newton category. Whether sailing in the open sea or by the shore, it is absolutely necessary to equip very young children with self-righting lifejackets, fitted with reflective material and hoisting loops or handles.
For some specific applications, national bodies or federations may recommend a buoyancy rating superior to standard. Example of Canoe-Kayak buoyancy aids : Plastimo developed 50 N category buoyancy aids, with an actual buoyancy upgraded to 70 N.
• According to activity or use The primary function of a lifejacket is to keep the victim’s airways out of the water and to allow an efficient spotting in order to facilitate the rescueing manoeuvres.
The child’s weight is considered by the regulation as the criteria serving as a basis for buoyancy per size. Therefore, we indicate the age as a guide only ; it is imperative that the child tries the lifejacket on before purchase.
• Choose between 2 technologies Lifejacket with permanent floatation (foam technology) Designed to be used either in the water/ water surface or in case of accidental fall into the water. Also provides a good protection against knocks and contributes to thermal protection.
Inflatable lifejacket (air bladder technology) Most inflatable lifejacket models* are designed for a 60 to 130 cm waistline. The Pilot 165 model, in XXL size, fits waistline up to 170 cm. *adult size
Designed specifically to be used in case of accidental fall into the water. Extremely compact when non inflated, the inflatable lifejacket provides optimum freedom of movement. In the event of a man over board, the inflatable lifejacket (automatic or manual) provides ample floatation capacity. 5
** most wearers.
*actual average buoyancy measured as per EN ISO 12402-9 standard, at 20°C after initial stabilisation.
Th. Martinez /Sea&Co ©
How to choose
SPECIFICATIONS Actual buoyancy* (standard rating)
PILOT IOR page 15
SL 180 page 16
PILOT RACE page 17
E V O 165 page 18
PILOT 165 page 19
220/165N (150N)
180N (150N)
165N (150N)
165N (150N)
165N (150N)
total/useful
Harness EN ISO 12401 Polyester/316L st.steel Polyester/Dyneema Polyester/316L st. steel Polyester/316L st. steel Polyester/316L st. steel With harness : webbing/buckles Polypro/composite Without harness : webbing/buckles Polypro/composite Turns wearer** safely on his back, even unconscious, within 5 seconds Inflation : gas bottle Tube for oral inflation with non-return valve. Also allows pressure adjustment. Firing / Inflation mechanism manual only automatic, water dissolving cartridge automatic Pro-Sensor, water dissolving cartridge automatic hydrostatic Hammar Air chamber, yellow colour Visibility of inflated jacket Retro-reflecting tapes (Flashlight optional on all models) Outer shell Retro-reflective piping Crutch strap Size / waistline Weight of lifejacket (as from … g. / e.g. manual model, no harness)
Features common to all models
Recommended use
6
45 g CO²
38 g CO²
33 g CO²
33 g CO²
33 g CO²
Independent
Fully stitched to outer shell, fluo orange
Independent
Independent
Independent
300 cm²
300 cm²
300 cm²
300 cm²
300 cm²
Soft polyester material
Soft polyester material
Soft polyester material
Extra-soft polyester/ polyurethane -
-
Optional
Included
60-130 cm
60-130 cm
60-130 cm
60-130 cm
60-130 cm XXL : 130-170 cm
1000 g
1100 g
940 g
730 g
700 g
+ flag on dan buoy
Soft polyester material
Included or optional Included or optional Included or optional
Whistle, grab loop in 25 mm polypropylene webbing
your inflatable lifejacket ? currently in force : Compliant standards 402-3, a harness : EN ISO 12 • Lifejackets without lifejackets. applicable to 150 N ss : EN ISO 12402-3, rne ha • Lifejackets with a lifejackets, and applicable to 150 N s. ble to safety harnesse EN ISO 12401 applica
ets All automatic lifejack l. ua an m so are al
Tube for oral inflation with non-return valve. Also allows pressure adjustment. 300 cm2 retroreflecting tapes. (on 150 N category).
QUICKFIT page 20
PILOT 275 page 21
PILOT FISHING page 32
Pilot Pro 150 page 33
Pilot Pocket page 20
165N (150N)
300 N (275N)
165N (150N)
165N (150N)
160N (150N)
Polyester/316L st. steel Polypro/composite
Whistle.
Grab handle.
Polyester/316L st. steel Polypro/composite Polypro/composite Polypro/composite Polypro/composite
33 g CO²
60 g CO²
33 g CO²
33 g CO²
33 g CO²
-
Fully stitched to outer shell
Independent
Independent
Independent
Independent
300 cm²
400 cm²
300 cm²
300 cm²
300 cm²
Soft polyester material -
Soft polyester material
Coated material, washable -
Coated material, washable
Polyester, zipped pouch around the waist -
Included
Included or optional
Optional
Optional
-
86-157 cm
60-170 cm
60-130 cm
60-170 cm
55-140 cm
790 g
970 g
710 g
880 g
550 g
Options & accessories see pages 17 - 18
(to grab the casualty and hoist him/her out of the water)
Traditional lifejacket : See page 19
7
Specialist of safety at sea for over 50 years B. Leglatin Š
Designer and manufacturer of lifejackets for over 50 years, Plastimo gives you some extra clues to understand the lifejacket differences and operation and thus select the best model for your application.
Features common to 150, 165, 180 & 275 N lifejackets Pro-Sensor automatic inflation system (water-dissolving cartridge) Viewing window to monitor the status of the firing head : Pro-Sensor inflation system indicates visually the status of the firing head (green = lifejacket is operational). If the gas bottle is pierced or not properly tightened, the indicator turns red automatically.
With or without harness ?
Lifejacket without a harness 40 mm polypropylene webbing and composite material buckles.
Hammar inflation system (hydrostatic) Viewing window* to check the firing head status (green = lifejacket is operational). A mesh patch built into the outer shell accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker.
*except on Pilot 165
Reflective piping
8
Lifejacket with EN ISO 12401 harness 46 mm polyester webbing and 316L stainless steel buckles (except SL180, featuring Dyneema loops). Suitable for use with a tether.
Inflatable lifejackets Manual or automatic ? Some hints to help you choose. Inflation can be triggered in 3 ways : • Oral inflation : possible on all lifejacket models. The oral inflation tube allows you to pump up. • Manual inflation : firing the CO2 gas cylinder is done by pulling an activating handle. Specially recommended for sailors who may be occasionally immersed when manoeuvring (for example when sitting out on rather acrobatic manoeuvres). • Automatic inflation : the lifejacket inflates automatically on immersion in the water. Recommended for cruising, an absolute must for non-swimmers and for single-handed sailors, as the lifejacket inflates even if the wearer is unconscious. Yann Eliès, Skipper Figaro Queguiner
2 automatic inflation principles : • Automatic inflation with water-dissolving capsule or cartridge : a chemical product dissolves when in contact with water, which activates the inflation head and releases the gas. • Automatic inflation with Hammar hydrostatic mechanism : when the lifejacket is fully immersed in the water, the hydrostatic pressure acts on a diaphragm. As the pressure increases (i.e. as the wearer goes deeper in the water), the diaphragm lets the water through and the inflation head is automatically activated. This system offers a better guarantee that the lifejacket may not inflate unintentionally when exposed to a water spray or when stowed in a damp locker. When wearing foul weather clothing a lifejacket has to overcome the fact that air is often trapped in the clothing causing the user to both surface quickly and float on their back. This may cause slow or nonactivation of the inflator, as this will place the valve uppermost, preventing it from being sufficiently submerged. An unchanged parallell position of the body to the water surface with the hydrostatic valve uppermost has the same effect. In such cases, the manual backup (pull tab) should be used to inflate the Lifejacket. Changing position in the water, or jumping or falling into the water in all other ways, will immediately activate the hydrostatic valve and the lifejacket will inflate. EN ISO 12402-3 12401
Pilot IOR lifejacket -150 N with dan buoy Cruising & blue water sailing Unique safety equipment combining an inflatable lifejacket and an inflatable dan buoy : the lifejacket air chamber incorporates the inflatable dan buoy. In the event of a man overboard, lifejacket and dan buoy inflate automatically and simultaneously. • Buoyancy : rated 150 N, provides 165 N actual buoyancy (220 N including dan buoy). • Inflation : automatic or hydrostatic Hammar, inflated by 45 g CO² gas bottle. • Black outer shell with removable fleece collar, reflective piping and zipped pocket for small equipment. • Harness waist strap : 46 mm polyester webbing + velcro retainer to conceal the st. steel D-ring when tether is not hooked. Dan buoy in neon yellow nylon, polyurethane coated. - Height above water when inflated : 1.10 m. - Red and yellow flag (21 x 14 cm), - Retro-reflective tapes, - Lanyard. PILOT IOR with harness Automatic Hydrostatic Hammar
Accessories Accessoires Re-arming kit • Automatic : 53486 (45 g CO2 bottle & water-dissolving cartridge).
• Hydrostatic : 53487 (45 g CO2 bottle & Hammar mechanism).
Reference
63737 63738 9
SL 180 lifejacket Waistcoat style inflatable lifejacket, tailored for comfort and performance.
Ergonomic and unobtrusive • Practical and intuitive donning : zipped waistcoat style allows for perfect body fit in all manoeuvres and body positions. Double crutch strap.
• Buoyancy : Rated 150 N, provides superior 180 N actual buoyancy (38 g CO2 gas bottle). • Outer shell : flexible and comfortable. Soft mesh neckline, foam-padded back panel, retro-reflective stripe. Quick burst zip outer shell closure.
• Adaptable : shoulder and waist-side easy adjustment buckles and straps, to adapt to all body sizes and shapes.
• Air chamber : fully stitched to outer shell. Fluo orange for visibility + 300 cm² retro-reflective tapes.
• Modular : pocket for extra accessories (flashlight, lightsticks, distress beacon, ...).
• Hi-tensile fibre harness • Inflation : automatic, automatic Pro-Sensor or hydrostatic Hammar. Viewing window on Pro-Sensor and Hammar versions to inspect the status indication on the firing head. Grid patch on Hammar model accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker. Front pocket to access the firing head easily without deploying the outer shell.
SL 180 with harness Automatic Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window Hydrostatic Hammar with viewing window + grid
64111 64112 64113
Hi-tensile fibre harness : soft loops in Dyneema® and webbing in polyester, combining reliability and resistance with lightweight and contact-friendly construction.
Dyneema® is a registered trade mark of DSM.
Racing, cruising & blue water
Designed for intensive use and agile sailing.
EN ISO 12402-3 12401
Fluo orange air chamber, fully stitched to outer shell.
Mesh neckline with ergonomic design flexes around your shoulders. Strap adjustment for better fit in height, foam padded patch for added comfort.
Zipped pocket for safety equipment.
Options & Accessories
Outer shell closure with quick burst zip for air chamber to deploy instantly. 10
Re-arming kits • Automatic : 64114 (38 g CO2 bottle & water dissolving cartridge). • Pro-Sensor automatic : 64115 (38 g CO2 bottle & water dissolving cartridge). • Hydrostatic : 64116 (38 g CO2 bottle & Hammar mechanism).
Th. Martinez / Sea & Co. ©
Pilot Race lifejacket
Reflective piping.
Isabelle Joschke, Générali Horizon Mixité
Removable neck fleece. Plastic ring to secure accessories.
Pilot Race 150 N
EN ISO 12402-3 12401
Hardwearing and comfortable, particularly suitable for intensive use.
Zipped pocket for personal safety equipment.
57442 : Hydrostatic Hammar.
• Buoyancy : Rated 150 N, provides 165 N actual buoyancy. • Inflation : Hammar or Pro-Sensor automatic inflation systems. An indicator system confirms the status of the firing mechanism : green indicates if lifejacket is operational. • Air chamber : independent, inflated by CO2 gas bottle. • Visibility of inflated jacket : yellow air chamber + 300 cm2 Velcro retainer to retro-reflecting tapes, sewn on the jacket for increased durability. conceal the st. steel • Black outer shell : low profile, body-hugging design and rounded D-ring when tether removable fleece collar for optimum comfort. is not hooked. • Harness waist strap : 46 mm adjustable polyester webbing. • Backstrap, 40 mm polypropylene : ensures perfect body fit when lifejacket is inflated.
Viewing window : Both Pro-Sensor and Hammar inflation systems indicate visually the status of the firing mechanism. If the gas bottle is pierced or not properly tightened, the indicator turns red automatically.
• Colour fleece collar set : 62238 6 fleece collars of different colours. Customises every lifejacket and helps crewmembers identify their own. Very useful once lifejacket has been adjusted to fit your own bodysize.
PILOT RACE with harness
With crutch strap
Without crutch strap
Automatic Pro-Sensor Hydrostatic Hammar
57505 57506
57441 57442
Options & Accessories • Spare fleece collar, black : 62239
• Re-arming kits Hammar hydrostatic : 58461 (33 g CO2 bottle + Hammar mechanism). Pro-Sensor automatic : 58460 (33 g CO2 bottle + dissolving cartridge).
• Crutch strap : 50524 • Emergency light : 62058 Features a loop for attachment to the oral inflation tube. • Choice of tethers, see page 40 11
Th.Martinez / Sea & Co ©
Cruising & blue water sailing
EVO 165 lifejacket
Cruising and intensive use. • Buoyancy : Rated 150 N, actual buoyancy 165 N (33 g CO2 gas bottle). • Outer shell ergonomic design : short cut on chest combined with rounded shape provide superior comfort and mobility. Very easy donning. Foam padded patch on stomach, integrated to waist belt. Flexible and hardwearing material. • Visibility of inflated jacket : yellow air chamber + 300 cm² retro-reflecting tapes.
EN ISO 12402-3 12401
6 63447
JM Liot ©
63454
• Backstrap, 40 mm polypropylene : ensures perfect body fit when lifejacket is inflated. • Viewing window helps monitor status of firing mechanism, on automatic Pro-Sensor and Hammar hydrostatic models.
Grid patch on Hammar models accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker and ensure a prompt deployment of the air chamber.
Foam padded patch on stomach, integrated to waist belt.
EVO 165 no harness (EN ISO 12402-3) BLACK* Manual 63440 Automatic 63444 Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window 63448 Hydrostatic Hammar with viewing window + grid 63452 EVO 165 with harness (EN ISO 12402-3 / 12401) Manual 63442 Automatic 63446 Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window 63450 Hydrostatic Hammar with viewing window + grid 63454
Quick side donning.
RED
63439 63443 63447 63451 63441 63445 63449 63453
*With Y-shape dual crutch strap. 12
Y-shape dual crutch strap included originally on black EVO jackets. Optional (ref. 64120) on red models.
Jean-Marie Liot ©
Pilot 165 lifejacket
Cruising and intensive use. • Buoyancy : Rated 150 N, actual buoyancy 165 N (33 g CO2 gas bottle). • Ergonomic shape : short on chest and cutaway sides, rounded neck for superior comfort. Hardwearing and flexible outer shell with reflective piping. • Visibility of inflated jacket : yellow air chamber + 300 cm² retro-reflecting tapes. • Backstrap, 40 mm polypropylene : ensures perfect body fit when lifejacket is inflated.
6
• Viewing window on Pro-Sensor models helps monitor status of firing mechanism. • Grid patch on Hammar models accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker and ensure a prompt deployment of the air chamber.
EN ISO 12402-3 12401
Short on chest with cutaway sides
63419 Automatic, no harness
Crutch strap supplied as standard feature with black lifejackets.
63426 Pro-Sensor, no harness
63433 Hydrostatic with harness
Grid patch accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker
Option •Crutch strap : 50524 Supplied as standard feature with black lifejackets.
PILOT 165 no harness (EN ISO 12402-3) BLACK*
NAVY BLUE
RED
Manual 63414 63413 63412 Automatic 63420 63419 63418 Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window 63426 63424 Hydrostatic Hammar with grid 63432 63430 PILOT 165 with harness (EN ISO 12402-3 / 12401) Manuel 63417 63416 63415 Automatic 63423 63422 63421 Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window 63429 63427 Hydrostatic Hammar with grid 63435 63434 63433 * With crutch strap
XXL : 63436 XXL : 63437 XXL : 63438
Standard size : for 60-130 cm waistline. XXL size : for 130-170 cm waistline. 13
© B.Leglatin
Cruising & blue water sailing
Quickfit lifejacket
EN ISO 12402-3 12401
Without harness
: eight Lightw 790 g. m as fro
Quickfit 150 N inflatable lifejacket • Recommended use : day cruising, occasional crewmembers or family cruise. • Manual, automatic or hydrostatic (Hammar) inflation system. • Air chamber : fully stitched to outer shell, fast and simple re-pack after use. Inflation with 33 g CO2 air cylinder. • Outer shell : slim chest design for added comfort. Twin strap on the back for layflat shoulder position (40 mm polypropylene webbing). • Includes crutch strap as standard feature.
Pilot Pocket lifejacket Pilot Pocket 150 N lifejacket 25579 150 Newton category, manual inflation. Lifejacket folded in a canvas carry pouch to wear around the waist. Zipped pocket on the front for small accessories (20 x 10 cm L x H). Fits waistline 55-140 cm. One of the least obstrusive of all PFD's, ideal for : • Surfers, windsurfers, kitesurfers, SUP-riders. • Sailors who do not like to wear a lifejacket. • People who have an activity by the shore and do not want to wear a lifejacket permanently. • Phobic ferry or liner passengers.
14
With harness
QUICKFIT without harnesss (EN ISO 12402-3) Inflation system RED NAVY BLUE Manual 63724 63725 Automatic 63726 63727 QUICKFIT with harness (EN ISO 12402-3 / 12401) Manual 63728 63729 Automatic 63730 63731 Hydrostatic (Hammar) 63732 63733
Equally suitable for recreational navigation and for professional or industrial applications.
•
harness : Lifejackets without aca ts. ble to 275 N lifejacke EN ISO 12402-2, appli
harness : • Lifejackets with a kets, cable to 275 N lifejac
EN ISO 12402-2, appli rnesses. plicable to safety ha and EN ISO 12401 ap
EN ISO 12402-2 12401
Y-shaped 25 mm polypropylene straps hold the lifejacket flat on the back and ensure a better weight distribution on the shoulders.
Pro-Sensor 62135
Hydrostatique Hammar, 62138 with harness PILOT 275 N
Recommended use
Intensive use and extreme weather conditions (skipper, regular cruising or racing). Comfortable and hard-wearing lifejacket.
Inflation / firing mechanism
• CO2 gas cylinder, 60 g. • Inflation mode : manual, automatic, automatic Pro-Sensor or hydrostatic Hammar. • Status monitoring on Pro-Sensor and Hammar models : red/green indicator shows clearly the firing mechanism status.
Air chamber
Totally independent air chamber, protected by the outer cover.
Visibility when inflated
Yellow chamber. 400 cm2 retro-reflecting tapes, sewn on the jacket for added resistance and perfect adherence. Rounded comfortable neck. Reflective piping on shoulders. Viewing window on Pro-Sensor and Hammar models, to monitor the status of the firing mechanism. Y-strap in the back, for improved comfort and better body fit. 25 mm wide polypropylene webbing.
Outer cover Back strap
Cruising & blue water sailing
Pilot 275 N lifejacket
Waist strap
• With an EN ISO 12401 harness : 46 mm wide adjustable polyester webbing. • Without a harness : 40 mm wide polypropylene webbing. Designed for 60-170 cm waistline.
Buckles
• With an EN ISO 12401 harness : 316 L stainless steel buckles, non-magnetic. • Without a harness : buckles in composite material.
PILOT 275 N without harness (EN ISO 12402-2) Inflation system
BLACK*
RED
Manuel 62131 Automatic 62132 PILOT 275 N with harness (EN ISO 12402-2 / 12401) Automatic 62134* 62133 Automatic Pro-Sensor 62136* 62135 with viewing window Hydrostatic Hammar with 62138* 62137 viewing window *with crutch strap
Option
Crutch strap : 50524 (supplied as standard feature with black lifejackets).
15
Inflatable lifejacket inspection & servicing procedure An inflatable lifejacket must be serviced and thoroughly inspected at regular intervals, to make sure it is fully operational.
Visual inspection conducted by the skipper or boatowner
In the absence of a regulation on servicing intervals, Plastimo recommends to have lifejackets serviced in our factory or approved stations every other year. In case of intensive or professional use, a minimum annual inspection is necessary.
Before putting off to sea, we strongly recommend that you check visually the general condition of your lifejacket. This consists in checking the major components and making sure that none of them gives evidence of any wear and tear : outside hull, inflation chamber, straps, fastening buckles, whistle, retro-reflective tapes, CO2 cylinder, firing head.
You must pay particular attention to the following : • Firing head : The gas bottle must be full, firmly secured/screwed and showing no sign of corrosion. The green retaining clips must be in place on the firing head
• Expiry date : The date indicated on the firing head of automatic or hydrostatic models must be valid.
On lifejackets equipped with a Pro-Sensor automatic firing head, a green (or red) indicator gives evidence that the firing head is operational or indicates that the gas cylinder is either pierced or not screwed tighly enough. Expiry date
Should you have to replace the re-arming kit, you must absolutely use a Plastimo re-arming kit.
Servicing conducted by an authorised station at regular intervals This complete servicing process consists in : • A thorough inspection of the lifejacket general condition. • Inflating the lifejacket to check for airtightness. • Inspecting the inflation system (inflation head, CO2 gas cylinder). • Re-arming and re-packing the jacket following a very strict folding procedure.
The servicing stations puts a specific sticker on the serviced lifejacket, indicating the recommended date for the next servicing session.
16
This sticker identifies the Plastimoapproved servicing stations.
Re-arming kits for lifejackets How to identify the right re-arming kit for your lifejacket ? Which firing head ? (open the outer cover to identify the type of firing head)
Your lifejacket
The re-arm pack you need to order
Accessories
MANUAL FIRING LIFEJACKET Pilot 150-165 N, Family, Optisafe, Pilot Basic, Pilot Pocket, Quickfit 150 N.
40199
Pilot 275 N
50374
AUTOMATIC FIRING, WITH WATER-DISSOLVING CARTRIDGE Pilot Junior 100 N, Quickfit Junior
38429
Pilot 150-165 N, Family, Optisafe, Quickfit 150 N
40200
Pilot IOR
53486
Pilot 275 N
50375
Pilot 150-165 N
58460
UML 5 water dissolving cartridge : 40255 (replacement recommended once a year)
UML 5
Pilot 275 N
Pro-Sensor
Pro-Sensor water dissolving cartridge : 58505 (replacement recommended once a year)
61654
AUTOMATIC FIRING, WITH HAMMAR HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM Pilot 150-165 N, Optisafe, Quickfit 150 N 40201 Pilot 275 N
50376
Pilot IOR
53487
Pilot 150-165 N
58461
Hammar A1 hydrostatic release mechanism :
A1
42440
MA1
(replacement recommended every 4-5 years)
Hammar MA1 hydrostatic release mechanism :
Pilot 275 N
Lifejacket models prior to 2000-2001 : se ket features one of the jac life If your ite bs we r ou it vis e firing heads, pleas er of the to obtain the part numb appropriate re-arm kit.
HR manual HR automatic
61671
61634
Re-arming kits include : • Manual inflation lifejackets : a CO2 gas cylinder and a locking clip. • Automatic inflation lifejackets, with water-dissolving capsule : a CO2 gas cylinder, water-dissolving capsule and a locking* clip. • Automatic inflation lifejackets, with Hammar hydrostatic firing system : a CO2 gas cylinder, a hydrostatic release mechanism and an opener.
cylinder Weight of gas in the per type of jacket : 100 N = 24 g 150-165 N = 33 g = 45 g 150 N + IOR dan buoy 275 N = 60 g
Automatic firing head with water-dissolving cartridge or capsule : We advise you to check the cartridge or capsule if your lifejacket has been stored in a damp atmosphere and, as a safety precaution, we recommend the replacement of the cartridge/cylinder at the beginning of the sailing season. In that case (as long as the gas cylinder is intact), you should order the capsule or cartridge alone. Automatic Hammar hydrostatic firing head : Should be replaced every 4 to 5 years.
* Except for re-arming kit for Pro-Sensor firing head.
17
Accessories for lifejackets W3 compact flashing light Ultra-luminous lifejacket flashing LED light. The light is protected by an ultra low-profile dome ensuring a large light beam thus reducing damage possibilities during rescue operations. The light activates automatically when in water and can be turned off manually. Fits all types of lifejackets. Supplied with fixing clips.
A
Ref. A 60833 B 62058
C 61941
Description W3 compact flashing light alone W3 compact flashing light with loop for attachment to oral inflation tube of inflatable jacket W3 compact flashing light with mounts for universal use (inflatable lifejacket, windsurf, kitesurf,...). Supplied with : Velcro band and attachment plate ; loop for attachment to oral inflation tube of inflatable jacket ; self-adhesive Velcro.
Crutch strap 50524 Strongly recommended : prevents the lifejacket from riding up when in the water, thus making swimming easier. 25 mm wide polyester webbing, with plastic buckle.
Sprayhood 39819 Spray hood is folded in a convenient belt pouch with Velcro closure that opens easily and quickly in case of necessity. Fits lifejacket models Pilot 150 & 275 N, Family 150 N and Quickfit 150 N.
B C
• Type of battery : Lithium. • Flash frequency : 55 per minute • Light output : 0.75 candela • Light duration : 8 hours • Weight : 35 g (fixing clip included) • Dimensions : H 26.9 x L 55.9 x w 37.8 mm
Sea Flash lifejacket light 60908 Extremely bright white flashing LED light. Activates automatically when the small sensor on the trailing wire makes contact with water. The light can be activated and switched off manually by simply pressing the button located on the main body of the unit. Fits all types of lifejackets. Adapts on strap ≤ 50 mm. Type of battery : CR2 Lithium Flash frequency : 50 to 54 per minute Light output : > 1 candela Light duration : 10 hours Weight : 32 g (including clip) Dimensions : 45 x 19 x 31 mm (light), 51 x 9.8 mm (clip)
EN ISO 12402-4
Tethers for inflatable lifejackets: see pages 34 - 35
18
Pack of 100 NStorm lifejackets • Pack 4 : 60909 • Pack 6 : 60910 Pack of Storm lifejackets in PVC storage bag. Zip fastener and mesh for ventilation.
Option Plate for attachment to the lifejacket oral inflation tube :
61032
Lifejackets & buoyancy aids 150 N category standard features : EN ISO 12402-3
Typhoon Zip closure, hem tightening drawstring and adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle. Comfort : 3-block ergonomic collar. Double adjustable crutch strap.
Storm 150 N with light
Storm Features a single floatation block for chest/neck/head. Fastened with round-the-waist cord. Double adjustable crutch strap. Weight
Size
STORM 150 N Without light With light
40-50 kg 50-70 kg + 70 kg
S M L
58352 58353 58354
58355 58356 58357
Weight
Size
TYPHOON 150 N Without light With light
30-50 kg 50-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg
S M L XL
61087 61088 61089 61090
100 N category standard features : • Self-righting capacity, head is supported above the water. • Buoyancy provided by polyethylene foam. • Outershell 100 % polyester, fluo orange for optimum visibility. • 100 cm2 retro-reflecting stripes for night-time recognition. • Whistle.
EN ISO 12402-4
Available in 50 Newton*
61625 61626 61622 61627
Cruising & blue water sailing
• Self-righting capacity, user wearing foul weather gear. Head supported above the water. • Buoyancy provided by polyethylene foam. • Outershell 100 % polyester, fluo orange for optimum visibility. • Grab handle. • 300 cm2 retro-reflecting stripes for night-time recognition. • Whistle.
For cruising, 100 N lifejackets appear to us as the minimal "reasonable" personal safety equipment. It is only from the 100 N category onwards that a lifejacket is fitted with signalling equipment and that it has a self-righting ability (i.e. it is designed to turn most wearers face up, even unconscious). This is also the reason why children’s lifejackets (wearer 30 kg max.) exist only as from the 100 N category.
Storm 100 N with light
Storm
Typhoon
Features a single floatation block for chest/neck/head. Fastened with round-the-waist cord. * 50 N models do not self-right and do not carry retro-reflecting tapes.
STORM 100 N Weight
Size
40-50 kg S 50-70 kg M + 70 kg L - XL
CE EN ISO 12402-4
STORM 50 N* CE EN ISO 12402-5
Without light With light
Without light
58358 58359 58360
63739* 63740* 63741*
58361 58362 58363
Weight 30-50 kg 50-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg
Size S M L XL
Zip closure, hem tightening drawstring and adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle. Comfort : 3-block ergonomic collar. Adjustable quick-fit crutch strap with plastic buckle. Available in smaller TYPHOON 100 N sizes and a variety 61091 of colours, for toddlers and 61092 children from 3 to 61093 30 kg : see "children’s 61094 lifejackets" pages. 19
Cruising & blue water sailing
Children’s lifejackets
Jean-Marie Liot ©
= WEARER UP TO 30 KG Y OR EG AT -C ON WT 100 NE LIFEJACKET.
Typhoon lifejacket EN ISO Self-righting capacity, keeps the child's head well out of the water. 12402-4 • Buoyancy : polyethylen foam. Buoyancy is higher than the minimum required by official standards (transcends minimum requirements by 30 %). • Large roll-around collar with increased buoyancy providing added comfort and improved head support. • Visibility : bright colours and retro-reflecting tapes. • Closure : zip + adjustable waist belt with plastic clip, hem tightening drawstring for snug fit. • Crotch strap. • Grab handle. • Whistle.
Child's weight 3 - 10 kg 10 - 20 kg 20 - 30 kg 20
Age (as a guide only) Baby/toddler 1 - 2 years Child 2 - 5 years Child 5 - 8 years
Orange no pattern
Yellow igloo pattern
Orange plane pattern
58614 58615 58616
58853 58854 58855
58850 58851 58852
Typhoon lifejacket, er) Testsieger (test winn ls de mo 8 to d are mp co an rm Ge and brands by magazine YACHT : n wh ich th e Pla sti m o Ty ph oo d, very “ Th e tes t wi nn er is ce pri ly ab ss at all. Reason and a revealed no weakne ck ne the in le grab hand e. well equipped with a choic ” it is definitely the right buckled crotch strap,
April 2013
Inflatable or traditional foam lifejacket for your small fry ? Both types meet the specifications required by the EC standard ; they are self-righting and feature a large flotation pillow collar to support the child’s head efficiently and keep the airway out of the water. • Inflatable lifejacket for children is always an automatic inflation type ; even if the child falls into the water unconscious or cannot swim, the lifejacket inflates automatically, by mere contact with the water. However, we tend to recommend inflatable jackets only for children aged 6 or 7 and above, i.e. an age when the child can swim a little and moves around the boat with a relative freedom of movement. An inflatable lifejacket is ideal for a child who is already acquainted with life on board and reasonably aware of danger ; less cumbersome than a foam jacket, it contributes to the child’s better freedom of movement and can thus have a positive effect on his/her involvement on board. • For toddlers, and indeed for most children, we still recommend the traditional foam flotation lifejacket : your child is litterally «bundled up» in a protection shell. While its primary function is to provide flotation, its foam volume acts as a real bumper, protecting the child from hard knocks ; also, it definitely slows down the movements of an inquisitive and adventurous brood, which some parents may find comforting ! Last but not least, do not forget to surround your decks with netting : in addition to the lifejacket which is the bare essentials, the guardrail netting is a wise and simple precaution.
EN ISO 12402-4
Ph.Plisson ©
considered by the The child’s weight is teria serving as a regulation as the cri r size. Therefore, pe basis for buoyancy as a guide only ; we indicate the age child tries the it is imperative that the purchase. lifejacket on before
Baby lifejacket 100 Newton category lifejacket. Self-righting capacity, keeps the child’s head well out of the water. • Buoyancy : polyethylen foam. Buoyancy is higher than the minimum required by official standards (transcends minimum requirements by 30%). • Large roll-around collar with increased buoyancy providing added comfort and improved head support. • Visibility : bright orange colour and retro-reflecting tapes. • Comfortable to wear : front floatation panel is split in 2 for increased comfort ; adjustable crotch piece. • Closure : adjustable waist belt with plastic clip, hem tightening drawstring, neck closing strap. • Grab handle and loop in the back to attach a safety line. • Whistle. Child’s weight 3 - 8 kg 8 - 15 kg 15 - 30 kg 30 - 40 kg
Age (as a guide only) Baby/toddler 0-2 years Child 1-5 years Child 4-10 years Child 8-12 years
BABY
63743 63744 63745 63746
Club Master lifejacket 100 Newton category. Specially designed for intensive use, e.g. sailing schools and clubs (dinghy, catamaran, canoe-kayak, Stand Up Paddle) : reinforced where wear and chafe are critical. • Self-righting capacity. • Buoyancy : one-block flexible foam on Elite model, polyethylene foam on Club Master. • Large wrap-around collar and grab handle. • Durability : outer shell in hardwearing coated polyester material. • Visibility : vibrant red colour and retro-reflective tapes. • Fastening with 2 straps and buckles, adjustable waist belt and hem tightening drawstring for snug fit. • Back strap concealed in a tunnel, to reduce the risk of snagging. • Crutch strap. • Whistle. Child’s weight 30 kg maxi
Age (as a guide only) Child 5-6 years
CLUB MASTER
CLUB MASTER ELITE
63937
63942
Inflatable lifejackets for children continued on following page 21
Cruising & blue water sailing
Inflatable lifejacket Pilot Junior
EN ISO 12402-3 12401
61138
61137
Without harness. Plastic fastening buckle.
With harness. Stainless steel buckle.
Certified integrated harness. Adjustable waist belt and st. steel fastening buckle.
150 Newton category, 120 Newton buoyancy. With harness : 61137 Without harness : 61138
Plastimo advises the use of an inflatable lifejacket by a child only if he can swim and is old enough to understand that the jacket must be ready to use in an emergency, and must only be inflated if such a situation arises. Therefore, Plastimo strongly recommends the use of a traditional foam-type lifejacket for very young children.
• Self-righting capacity. • Designed for children from 18 to 40 kg. • Fully automatic inflation with a 24 g CO2 cylinder. • Red outer cover. • Neon yellow air chamber with retroreflective tapes. • Fitted with a grap loop and a crotch strap.
Quickfit Child & Junior lifejackets 150 Newton category, 120 Newton buoyancy. Fully automatic inflation with a 24 g CO2 cylinder. Self-righting capacity. Belt system combines a double back webbing and crutch straps to ensure a perfect fit to the child’s body, on deck and in the water. • Child size (50-90 cm chest) : yellow outer cover. Designed to prevent the child from undoing the jacket himself : waist strap closes with a buckle on the side and D-ring for safety line is in the back. • Junior size (50-140 cm chest) : red outer cover. Model with integrated harness and stainless steel ring on the front for tether. Child’s weight
Description
QUICKFIT
Colour
18-40 kg 18-40 kg
Child : chest size 50-90 cm Junior : chest size 50-140 cm
61139 61140
Yellow Red
D-ring on the back to prevent inquisitive fingers from undoing the safety line.
Child Quickfit 61139 without harness.
Options & Accessories • Tether 1.50 m, 2 hooks 55981
• Re-arming kit 38429 (24 g CO2 bottle + dissolving capsule + clips)
22
• Water dissolving capsule
40255
Junior Quickfit 61140 with harness.
Ph. Plisson Š
EN ISO 12402-5
Olympia Weight 30-50 kg 50-60 kg 60-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg
Size
OLYMPIA Blue/black
OLYMPIA Silver
S M M L XL
63688 63689 63690 63691 63692
63693 63694 63695 63696 63697
Trophy Weight
Size
TROPHY Yellow/black
TROPHY Silver/black
30-50 kg 50-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg
S M L XL
63684 63685 64686 63687
63929 63930 63931 63932
OLYMPIA
TROPHY
Buoyancy
50 Newton - polyethylene foam
50 Newton - polyethylene foam
Durability
100 % polyester outer shell.
100 % polyester outer shell.
Adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle. Drawstring at hem and neck.
Adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle. Drawstring at hem and neck.
Fastening & body fit
-
Heavy duty zip.
Wide elasticated armholes.
Wide elasticated armholes.
Comfort
Buoyancy floats : 1 block in front, 2 blocks in back.
Short, non obstrusive cut for optimum ease of movement. Buoyancy floats : 2-block construction in front and back.
Other features
Loop in the neck to hang buoyancy aid.
Loop in the neck to hang buoyancy aid.
23
Coastal navigation, river/lake activities
Dinghy & multisports buoyancy aids
Lake, river & seashore activities
Water ski & jet ski Buoyancy aids
Passion Weight
Size
30 - 50 kg
S
50 - 70 kg
M
70 - 90 kg
L
+ 90 kg
XL
Buoyancy Durability Fastening & body fit Comfort Protection
PASSION Blue/black
PASSION Silver/black
63698 63699 63700 63701
63702 63703 63704 63705
PASSION 70 Newton (certified in 50 N category) Polyethylene foam. 100 % polyester outer shell. 4 fastening straps with buckles. Drawstring tightening at hem. Elasticated cutaway style around the arms for maximum freedom of movement. Good stomach and chest protection.
Canoe & kayak Stream Specifically tailored for paddling activities : paddler is seated and does the same ample arm/ shoulder movement repeatedly.
Buoyancy Durability
Weight
Size
STREAM Silver
Weight
Size
STREAM HD Red
30 - 40 kg 40 - 60 kg 60 - 80 kg + 80 kg
S M L XL
63925 63926 63927 63928
30 - 40 kg 40 - 60 kg 60 - 80 kg + 80 kg
S M L XL
63671 63672 63673 58507
SLIP-OVER 70 Newton (certified in 50 N category). Polyethylene foam. 100 % polyester outer shell. Crutch strap.
Fastening & body fit
Comfort Visibility 24
Adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle. Waist belt concealed in a tunnel, to reduce the risk of snagging in branches. Slip-over construction provides the largest possible armcut. One-block buoyancy floats (back + front). -
Stream HD
HD SLIP-OVER 70 Newton (certified in 50 N category). Polyethylene foam. 100 % polyester outer shell, PVC coated. Heavy duty. Crutch strap with plastic loop. Adjustable waist belt with plastic buckle on the side. Waist belt concealed in a tunnel, to reduce the risk of snagging in branches. Slip-over construction provides the largest possible armcut. One-block buoyancy floats (back + front). Bright colour. 100 cm2 reflecting tapes on shoulders.
The European standard requires a 50 Newton buoyancy for canoe and kayak practice, mostly carried out in sheltered water or where help is close at hand. However, for extra safety, Plastimo has uprated its range to a 70 Newton actual buoyancy : our buoyancy aids are approved in the 50 N category, but provide 70 N actual buoyancy.
Designed for intensive use (dinghy, catamaran, canoe and kayak, Stand Up Paddle) reinforced where wear and chafe are critical.
Coastal navigation, beach & shore
Voiles & Voiliers ©
Buoyancy aids for clubs & sailing schools
Club Master CLUB MASTER & CLUB MASTER ELITE 70 Newton actual buoyancy (certified in 50 N category) 100 Newton in XS size < 30 kg. Buoyancy • Club Master : polyethylene foam buoyancy • Club Master Elite : one-block foam buoyancy with superior flexibility. Outer shell in coated polyester for optimum durability. 2 adjustable straps + buckles. Fastening Waist belt concealed in a tunnel, & to reduce the risk of snagging. body fit Drawstring tightening at hem. Crutch strap. Wide elasticated armholes. Comfort One-block buoyancy floats (back + front). Vibrant red outer shell. Visibility Retro-reflecting tapes on XS model. Whistle. Other features Colour scheme per size (strap on shoulders). Durability
Weight
Size
CLUB CLUB MASTER MASTER ELITE
30-40 kg 40-60 kg 60-80 kg + 80 kg
S M L XL
63938 63939 63940 63941
63943 63944 63945 63946
Club Master, XS size (child < 30 kg) : 100 N type model with self-righting capacity, features a wrap-around collar and retro-reflective tapes. Weight Size max 30 kg XS
(5-6 yrs)
CLUB CLUB MASTER MASTER ELITE
63937 63942 with collar
Dog flotation vests Flotation ensured by soft closed cell foam. Fix-lock fastening. Adjustable straps. Size XS S M L
Example of dog Yorkshire Jack Russel, King Charles, Shi Tzu Spaniel Labrador, Retriever
Ref.
Buoyancy
18405
6N
18406
10 N
18407 25360
20 N 40 N
Sailing schools and kayak clubs must check lifejackets and buoyancy aids at regular intervals. Regular care consists in rinsing in fresh water after use, and drying away from direct sunlight. An annual inspection consists in a buoyancy test and a visual control of the various components (webbing, cover, sewing, buckles and zip).
25
B.Y. Leglatin ©
Coastal navigation, rivers & lakes
Recreational fishing
EN ISO 12402-3
Pilot Fishing inflatable lifejacket Lifejacket designed for fishing enthusiasts and also for shellfish and fishfarming professionals, who require a lightweight safety equipment, non obstrusive and comfortable to wear.
63761
PILOT FISHING 150 N • Inflatable lifejacket, 150 N buoyancy. Features • Green outer cover, very easy to keep up and clean. Fishing : sea, lake or river, whether on foot or in a boat. Recommended use Shellfish and fish farming activities. • Automatic or hydrostatic. Inflation • On hydrostatic model, a mesh patch built into the outer shell accelerates the water entry to trigger the firing head quicker. Air chamber Totally independent air chamber. Visibility when inflated Yellow chamber, 300 cm2 retro-reflecting tapes. • Back strap : 25 mm polypropylene webbing for improved Webbing straps comfort and body fit. • Waist strap : 40 mm adjustable polypropylene webbing. Buckles Buckles in composite material. Facilitates grabbing the person and hoisting out of the water. Grab loop 25 mm wide polypropylene webbing
PILOT FISHING forrest green Automatic Hydrostatic Hammar
63760
Options • Crutch strap, ref. 50524. • Emergency light, ref. 62058.
63761
Plein Sud fishing vest Designed to help safety-conscious anglers and fishing addicts get their tackle organised : • 50 Newton buoyancy : one-piece polyethylene floats on chest and back. • Durable 100 % polyester outer shell. • Zip fastening and drawstring tightening at hem. • Elasticated arm holes. • 6 pockets of different sizes, lure-padding and 2 buckles. • Loop in the neck to hang the vest.
26
Weight
Size
PLEIN SUD FISHING olive green
30-50 kg 50-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg
S M L XL
63839 63840 63841 63842
Professional fishing boats, merchant vessels, oil and windmill platforms, industry applications.
© B. Leglatin
EN ISO 12402-3
PLB shown on photo is not included and must be ordered separately
PILOT PRO 150 N Ref. Automatic Pro-Sensor with viewing window 62305 Hydrostatic Hammar with viewing window 62306
62305
automatic Pro-Sensor
Viewing window to monitor the status of the Pro-Sensor firing head : green when lifejacket is operational. If the gas bottle is pierced or not properly tightened, the indicator turns red automatically.
Pro-Sensor inflation system : indicator reflects the status of the firing head
PILOT 150 N Intensive professional use : professional shipping boats, Recommended merchant vessels, oil platforms, industry applications… use Comfortable and hard-wearing, perfectly adapted to working conditions. Self-righting capacity : turns most wearers face up within 5 seconds, Performance even unconscious (equipped with a regular foul weather gear). • CO2 gas cylinder (33 g) • Tube for oral inflation, with non-return valve Inflation / firing • Automatic Pro-Sensor or hydrostatic Hammar inflation modes. mechanism • Status monitoring : red/green indicator shows clearly the firing mechanism status. Air chamber Totally independent air chamber, efficiently protected by the outer cover. Yellow chamber. Visibility when 300 cm2 retro-reflecting tapes, sewn no the jacket for added resistance inflated and improved adherence. Yellow fabric, PVC coated on both sides, washable and fire-retardant. Outer cover Rounded comfortable neck. Reflective piping on shoulders. Viewing window to monitor the status of the firing mechanism. Improved comfort and better body fit. Back strap 25 mm wide polypropylene webbing. Waist strap 40 mm wide polypropylene webbing. Fits waistline 60 to 170 cm. Buckles Buckles in composite material. Facilitates grabbing the casualty and hoisting him/her out of the water. Grab loop 25 mm wide polypropylene webbing. Whistle Secured with lanyard inside the lifejacket. Weight of lifejacket As from 880 grammes
PLB or MOB electronic device can be easily secured inside the lifejacket.
Options
Crutch strap : 50524 Selection of tethers, flashlights, dye marker, PLB's etc. See page 18 27
Professional applications
Pilot Pro 150 N lifejacket
Army & navy, industry & civil engineering Capitalising on a comprehensive leisure activity range, Plastimo also develops technical skills and industrial expertise to meet the specific needs of army and navy forces, civil engineering and industrial applications. Our Marketing team supported by reactive R & D engineers ensure that we will always be able to meet your requirements in terms of product design and specifications or compliance with a particular standard.
FEATURES
French Navy lifejacket
Commando lifejacket
150 N
275 N
150-275 N
1 x 33 g CO²
1 x 60 g CO²
2 x 33 g CO² 2 x 60 g CO² x2
-
on request
Buoyancy category Turns most wearers safely on their back within 5 seconds (even unconscious) Inflation : gas cylinder Tube for oral inflation with non-return valve. Inflation manual only automatic, water-dissolving capsule automatic, Hammar hydrostatic
SOLAS lifejackets
All automatic lifejackets are also manual.
Yellow air chamber
Independent Independent Visibility when inflated : • Flashlight, included as standard • Retro-reflecting tapes 300 cm² 400 cm² + mirror + mirror Outer shell Army green Black, very PVC coated material hardwearing Fire-retardant Crotch strap Included (twin) Included (single) Waistline 90-150 cm 90-150 cm Weight of lifejacket 880 g 1280 g Pockets, add-on accessories, comfort extra features : see specific description by model
Independent 300 cm²/150 N 400 cm²/275 N Polyester or PVC coated material (ref. 59415) Included (single) 55-140 cm 1700-1800-2000 g
Recommended use : Professional applications, coastal and offshore, emergency manoeuvres and assault troops, commercial fishing or transport, industry applications. ised can be custom All our models ents. rticular requirem to meet your pa y an r les office fo Contact our sa t. specific reques
French Navy inflatable lifejacket For standard service and emergency manoeuvres on all vessels. • 150 N buoyancy. • Inflation : manual or automatic. • Army green PVC coated cover, fire retardant coating, Velcro or zip closure. • Automatic distress light, 2 dye marker pouches. • Supplied in storage bag. 28
Commando inflatable lifejacket Designed for assault troops. Supports one person + 30 kg of combat equipment. • 275 N buoyancy. • Inflation : hydrostatic (Hammar). • Special device prevents hydrostatic inflation when required (when trooping or jumping into the water) ; retroreflecting tapes can be hidden for camouflage. • Black cover, fire retardant coating, zip closure.
SOLAS inflatable lifejackets
Courtesy of WPD Offshore
Professional applications
Professional or industrial use : commercial or fishing vessels, windfarms and oil-rigging platforms...
SOLAS inflatable lifejackets Easy clean PVC fabric
Fire-proof
• Dual chamber. • 2 automatic firing heads with 2 x CO2 gas cylinders (2 x 33 g for 150 N jacket ; 2 x 60 g for 275 N jacket). • 2 tubes for oral inflation. • Crutch strap. • 55 - 140 cm waistline. • Whistle. • Automatically activated light (lithium battery). • Grab handle. • Safety line. SOLAS lifejackets
150 N
275 N 59414
59415
Ref.
Orange PVC cover, easy clean
59414
Fire-proof cover
59415
Red nylon cover
59416
mmar hydrostatic Also available with Ha ecial request. sp inflation system, on
Options & Accessories OMI MSC 200 (80)
• Sprayhood
39819
2 gas bottles, 2 firing heads • Waist belt extender
61136
Up to 175 cm waist size
• Spare LED flashlight
60908
• Re-arm pack for 150 N : 40200 x 2* for 275 N : 50375 x 2* *order 2 kits per lifejacket
59416 29
Typhoon lifejackets Suitable for staff in standard service, operation and exercise. Shown here with optional light and pouches, to be ordered separately.
EN ISO 12402-3
Typhoon Navy lifejacket Features MOLLE® type attachment webbing to upgrade the lifejacket with pouches for equipment and accessories. • 150 N buoyancy from polyethylene foam. • Abrasion resistance : coated polyester outer shell. • Closing and body fit : zip, adjustable waist belt with buckle, tightening string at hem. Double crutch strap. • Comfort : ergonomic 3-section head support collar. • Visibility : 300 cm² retro-reflecting stripes. • Grab loop. Weight 30-50 kg 50-70 kg 70-90 kg + 90 kg
Size S M L XL
TYPHOON NAVY
63557 63558 63559 63560
Options & Accessories Automatic flashlight : 56 x 38 x 27 mm (L x W x H) • Activated by direct contact in water : 60833
225
38
125
• Activated by wire contact in water : 60908
38
Pouches : • Small : 63565 10 x 10 cm • Medium, horizontal : 63566 10 x 19 cm • Medium, vertical : 63567 17 x 10 cm • Large : 63568 17 x 19 cm
ries n accesso Extra add-o on request : available r, 2 fastening lines, mirro ks... signalling er sachet, lightstic rk a dye m
Molle®* system is a pouch attachment grid of webbing sewn onto the lifejacket. • 2 rows of Molle® webbing on size S • 4 rows of Molle® webbing on sizes M, L and XL. *Modular Lightweight Load-carrying Equipment
Typhoon Army foam lifejacket
Suitable for all army manoeuvres (river crossing, flood rescue operations…). • 115 N buoyancy PE foam. • Colours : army green, navy blue, camouflage. • Buckle + zip, crutch strap, pockets.
30
B.Y.Leglatin ©
Commercial, fishing & passenger vessels
SOLAS lifejackets
Lifejackets designed for use on board fishing, commercial, recreational or passenger vessels above 25 metres.
59403
With flashlight 59406
Adult
The ship owner has the obligation to make sure that the safety equipment on board complies with the regulation of the country in which the boat is registered. SOLAS lifejacket Adult > 43 kg Child 15 to 43 kg Toddler/Infant < 15 kg Adult
59404 Child
OMI MSC 200 (80)
Without flashlight
With flashlight
59403 59404 59405
59406 59407 59408 Child
Storage
Toddler/Infant
43 - 140 kg 15 - 43 kg < 15 kg (waist 175 cm max.) Buoyancy 165 N 135 N 80 N Storage 32 x 32 x 25 cm 30 x 30 x 22 cm 52 x 30 x 10 cm dimensions (folded) L x W x Th. L x W x Th. L x W x Th. Buoyancy provided by polyethylene foam distributed in chest block and collar block for extra head support. Features Chin strap to optimise head position, adjustable belt with plastic buckles, retroreflective tapes (400 cm2), floating safety line, whistle, optional flashlight. Double crutch strap, – – Extra grabloop on collar, zip closure. Wearer
59405
Folded for flat storage
Folded for vertical storage 31
Safety harnesses The Plastimo range of safety harness includes a wide variety of models, to suit all types of use and navigation.
EN ISO 12401 Philip Plisson ©
It is usually when you most need them that harnesses are difficult to don and to use. In order to facilitate this, our harnesses feature different colour webbing straps, wide and stiff enough to increase comfort and improve ease of donning.
Try your harness on A safety harness is a personal piece of equipment : the straps must be perfectly adjusted to your body size. Try it on, adjust it, get to recognise every strap.
Keep your harness in good condition A safety harness is a fundamental piece of equipment for your safety : as opposed to a lifejacket, on which buoyancy can be tested and possible ageing signs are visible, a harness can loose some of its original qualities without there being any visible signs. • Rinse it with fresh water after use. • Check the seams regularly. • Never store it in a damp locker. • Discard and replace systematically a harness showing evidence of wear and tear or a harness which has been submitted to tension. We recommend that racers should replace their harness every year, in view of their intensive use and exposure to UV-rays. • Never use a harness for any other purpose than the one which it is designed for. Adjustable harness 2
Children’s safety harnesses Specifications Attachment point Waistband adjustment Shoulder straps adjustment Colour shoulder straps Different colours to identify different sizes Patch to keep harness in place Reflecting tape Crotch strap OPTIONS
Webbing 36 mm wide
Harness model ADJUSTABLE 2 BOLERO St. steel triangles Integrated tether ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
✔
✔
✔
Back-patch
Bolero
✔ -
✔ ✔
Leg strap, ref. 31559
-
Bolero harness Particularly recommended for children, the Bolero vest with built-in harness is definitely the simplest to use. It is equipped with a permanently integrated tether, to prevent the child from releasing it himself. It also features a chest pouch to store the tether when not in use. Size
Reference
• BOLERO HARNESS XS (child 20 kg max) S (junior 50 kg max) • ADJUSTABLE HARNESS 2 Harness alone, no tether Child Harness with single Child tether + 2 snap hooks Harness with integrated tether + 2 snap hooks
Adjustable harness 2 Fully adjustable, at waistband and shoulderstraps. Child size and adult size are clearly identified by different colours. A back patch holds the shoulder straps in the correct position ; it also contributes to comfort and makes donning easier. 32
60480 60481 31551 31549
Adjustable safety harnesses Specifications Attachment point Waistband adjustment Shoulder straps adjustment Colour shoulder straps Different colours to identify different sizes Back-patch to keep shoulder straps in place Reflecting tape Toggles (for fastening on sailing jacket) OPTIONS
Webbing 50 mm wide
ADJUSTABLE 1 Web loop ✔ ✔ -
Harness model ADJUSTABLE 2 St. steel triangles ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
BOLERO St. steel triangles ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
-
✔
-
• Leg strap, ref. 31559 • Tether, see following page
• Leg strap, ref. 31559 • Tether, see following page
• Leg strap, ref. 31559 • Tether*, see following page
*Except on Bolero models ref. 31553 and 31555, which already feature a permanently integrated tether.
Adjustable harness 1
Adjustable harness 2
Bolero Harness
Webbing harness, with adjustable waistband. Easy to use and don : shoulder straps and waistband come in different colours for easy identification.
Fully adjustable, at waistband and shoulderstraps. A back patch holds the shoulder straps in the correct position ; it also contributes to comfort and makes donning easier.
The simplest to use : Bolero vest with built-in harness. Particularly recommended for a regular use and specifically for children
ADJUSTABLE HARNESS 1 Reference Adjustable waistband,no tether 31547 Adjustable waistband, with 31546 single tether + 2 snap hooks
ADJUSTABLE HARNESS 2 Harness alone, no tether Harness with single tether + 2 snap hooks
Reference
31550
Harness with integrated tether + 2 snap hooks
31548
Also available in Child size.
Philip Plisson ©
BOLERO HARNESS
Size Reference Small (junior 60481 or adult up to 50 kg)
Harness with single Adult tether + 2 snap hooks
31552
Standard safety harness STANDARD HARNESS
Size Fixed waistband, with single L tether +1 snap hook XXL Attachment point Colour shoulder straps OPTION
Reference
31544 31545 Web loop ✔
Leg strap, ref. 31559
Basic, webbing model, without waistband adjustment. Wide 50 mm webbing. Easy to use and don : shoulder straps and waistband come in different colours for easy identification. 33
Tethers Suitable for inflatable lifejackets and safety harness.
r©
EN ISO 12401
L.Charpentie
A tether is the indispensable complement to an inflatable lifejacket, provided you have initially selected a jacket model “with harness”, i.e. with stainless steel buckles and meeting the resistance requirements of EN ISO 12401 standard. All Plastimo harnesses come with or without a tether, to allow all combinations (except for Bolero, child size : tether is integrated to harness). All our tethers are equipped with safety hooks to prevent accidental opening.
C A
Tethers Model
B
With screwtype hook(s)
Double action safety hook(s)
Tethers D
Single tethers
- 31560 A 31558 B 31561
C 55981 - 55982 - 55983
< 1.50 m (child size), 2 hooks < 2 m, 1 hook < 2 m, 2 hooks
- 31564
D 55984
Elastic, 2 hooks (elastic line < 2 m)
- 31563
-
Double tethers - 31565
55985
E 55986
< 2 m + 1 m, with 3 hooks Elastic, 3 hooks (1 straight line < 1 m + 1 elastic line < 2 m)
E
A tether is the indispensable accessory which makes an inflatable lifejacket a fully featured safety equipment. Provided of course, that you have originally selected a lifejacket with integrated harness : the only version providing the adequate resistance and featuring a stainless steel triangle to secure the tether. When using a harness in conjunction with a tether, it is essential to check that both the harness and the tether are designed to the same standard, and specifically to the same breaking strain level. The breaking strain is defined by the original standard, but also by the age of the harness or tether : the ageing and general condition of the webbing impacts negatively its level of performance. Tether : its essential features • Number of lines : a double tether has 2 lines. It enables you to remain clipped as you move about the deck. • Number of hooks : there is not systematically a hook at both ends ; the tether can be attached to the harness via a webbing loop (see photo : tether ref. 31558). • Length of lines : standard length is 2 m. In the case of a double tether, the 2 nd line is reduced to 1 m so that you can clip yourself on a shorter length. The very principle of a harness is to prevent a man falling overboard and being dragged ; one must therefore be clipped on a short length, as often as possible. Tethers on children harnesses are shorter. • Elasticity : this tether stretches out when needed and contracts when not under tension, which contributes to a greater freedom of movement and improved safety, as it is kept short and tidy to prevent accidental snagging. The elastic tether is the obvious choice for yachtsmen who wear their harness regularly. 34
EN ISO 12401
B
ISAF tethers Model
A Double action Wichard safety hooks
Tethers
Double action safety hooks C
Single tethers
2 hooks (elastic line < 2 m)
Double tether
Elastic, 3 hooks (1 straight line < 1 m + 1 elastic line < 2 m)
A 51564
B 57316
-
C 57305
Meets ISAF/ORC specifications.
Adjustable leg strap 31559 Adapts on all harnesses with a non-integrated tether, i.e. all our models but child’s Bolero.
When the tether is submitted to a heavy load (ex. man over board), the strain indicator exposes a label indicating that tether should be replaced.
Jacklines Yellow 36214 36215 36216 36217 36218 62102 62103
White 39447 39448 39449 39450 39451 -
Sold by the pair (Shackle or hook not included. Minimum recommended breaking strain for shackle/hook : 2000 DaN.)
Ph.Plisson©
Length 6m 7m 8m 9m 10 m 14 m 17 m
2
Ph.Plisson©
Polyester webbing, 30 mm wide. Breaking strain : 2000 DaN.
The installation of jacklines is essential to allow shifting location on the deck, while remaining clipped to a strongpoint at all times. Unfortunately, this vital element of the “harness-tether-jackline” set is often neglected or, worse still, is often the result of a “DIY” assembly done by a non-safety specialist. Plastimo reminds you the basic rules : • A jackline must be rigged only on strong points designed for that purpose. • Strong points must be mounted through deck, with a reinforcing plate below deck, and must resist 3 tons minimum. • A jackline must run free of knots, and sewn joints must be tested and calibrated. Jacklines should be positioned as far inboard as possible, in order to prevent falling over board. • Web jacklines will not roll under foot, as opposed to rope. Being made of fibres, jackline webbing is subject to ageing -even with no visible signs- due to UV-rays, sea water and temperature. Ideally, jacklines should be taken down, rinsed and stored in a dry place for wintering. Still, we stronly recommend to replace them regularly ; to be more specific, jacklines must be replaced after a cumulated period of 2 years of outdoor exposure. 35
© Th.Martinez/Sea&Co.
Horseshoe buoys Patented
RESCUE BUOY With floating light Without light
Rescue Buoy®
Yellow cover
White cover
27023 27022
35716 35717
Options & Accessories
Simple and ingenious, the Plastimo Rescue Buoy represents a simple but major breakthrough in the array of man overboard recovery aids. The principle is extremely simple : attach permanently a regular horseshoe buoy to a properly coiled lifeline ; when the buoy is thrown, the line pays out quickly, without tangling or fouling. • Horseshoe lifebuoy, 147 N buoyancy. • 40 m of yellow floating retrieval line. • Coated fabric storage bag, impervious to UV-rays, fitted with clips for attachment to pulpit. • Breaking strain of line : 400 kg. • Dimensions : height : 60 cm, width : 65 cm, thickness : 14 cm. • Weight : 2.3 kg without light.
• Floating light
57718
Fixed light, without bracket
• Spare cover / storage bag Yellow : 27949 White : 35719 • Cover set (incl. cover, reel and retrieval line) Yellow : 27026 White : 35721 Converts your existing regular Plastimo horseshoe buoy into a Rescue Buoy.
Inflatable horseshoe buoy • With light : 40206 • Without light : 40207 Stemming from state-of-the-art technology in rescue devices, the inflatable horseshoe buoy is composed of 2 different elements : - holder fixed on the boat’s pushpit ; - ABS canister containing the IOR Dan buoy horseshoe buoy. The canister is attached to the holder by a lanyard. In the event of a man overboard, throw the canister towards the victim. Deployment will occur when lanyard is fully tensioned. • Buoy Yellow nylon, polyurethane coated. Buoyancy : 117 N. Supplied with grabline and drogue. Water-activated light in option. • Canister : ABS plastic.
• Rearming kit for buoy with light : 40208 24 g gas cylinder + light. for buoy without light : 40209 24 g gas cylinder.
49 cm 64 cm
• Rail mounting kit
415010
36
57 cm
Options & Accessories
Ø 13 cm
The inflatable horseshoe buoy is much more compact than its traditional equivalent.
The complete buoy set includes a horseshoe buoy, a fixed light and a stainless steel bracket.
Horseshoe buoy with welded cover
Strong plastic moulded line loop
An articulation in the middle of the buoy allows an extra widening of the sides, so that the buoy also fits stouter bodies easily. Equipped with a lifeline and nylon hook. Colour
Buoy set
Buoy only
Orange Red Yellow White
10026 35922 10027 35923
16101 12061 16102 12062
Complies with
Buoyancy
French recreational boating standards - Division 240 147 N
Dimensions Height 57 cm, Width 64 cm, Thickness 10 cm
–
Accessories • Adhesive reflecting stripes :
60906 4 stripes, 20 cm long x 5 cm wide
Horseshoe buoy with removable cover Polyethylene foam buoyancy. Washable, highly resistant cover (1100 decitex, PVC coated). Zip closure. Wide opening, fits most body sizes. Comes complete with lifeline and polyamide hook. Complete buoy set includes a horseshoe buoy, a fixed light and a stainless steel bracket.
Colour
Buoy set
Buoy only
Orange Yellow White
63751 63465 63754
63750 63457 63753
Complies with
Buoyancy
French recreational boating standards - Division 240 147 N –
Dimensions
Spare cover
63752 Height 53 cm, 63578 width 62 cm, thickness 11 cm 63755 37
Buoy racks Rack for horseshoe buoy
Rack for horseshoe buoy + light
37800
31437
Composed of : • 1 Plasticlip, to be adapted on any tube Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. • 1 stainless steel rack for horseshoe buoy (max. thickness 10.5 cm). • 1 shock cord + plastic snap shackle to secure the buoy. Supplied with screws and nuts.
Composed of : • 1 Plasticlip, to be adapted on any tube Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. Specific clip designed to hold a floating light. • 1 stainless steel rack for horseshoe buoy (max. thickness 10.5 cm). Supplied with screws and nuts.
The Rescue range consists of 4 products designed to contribute to the recovery of a man overboard. Once the product is deployed, the boat simply circles the casualty so that he/she can grab the buoy without swimming and can then be pulled back to the boat.
G.Plisson ©
Man over board
Rescue Sling, Rescue Buoy and Rescue Buoy offer an extra safety feature : the retrieval line is coiled on a reel. This avoids the line getting entangled and allows a swift and reliable repacking. This extremely simple procedure also allows the crew to drill and get acquainted with the product, therefore more confident in the rescue process.
Rescue Line Rescue Buoy Rescue Ring Rescue Sling 38
Providing buoyancy
Hoisting casualty back aboard
-
-
145 N
-
155 N
-
95 N
B.Leglatin ©
Performance Bridging casualty to rescue team Product
Rescue range Rescue Sling® • Yellow : 27027 • White : 35713 Complete rescue gear, which delivers flotation to the victim and provides a means to hoist the person back aboard (with the help of a lifting tackle or halyard winch if necessary). The clever and exclusive design of the Rescue Sling consists in the retrieval line which is coiled on a reel: this avoids the line tangling or fouling, and makes the Rescue Sling the most efficient man over board recovery gear. Patented
• Buoyancy of flotation belt : 98 N. • 40 m of floating line. • Storage bag with clips for rail attachment. • Dimensions : height 50 cm, width 30 cm, thickness 20 cm. • Weight : 1.7 kg. • Breaking strain of line : 400 kg. • Breaking strain of flotation belt : 700 kg.
Accessories • Lighting : 60908 Lithium battery operated, 10-hour lifetime. Light is fixed on an elastic lanyard to be sleeved on the flotation belt.
©Th.Martinez/Sea&Co
1
2
3
4
STOP
• Spare cover Yellow : 38153 White : 38151
The clever and exclusive spool system offers a definite safety plus, as it prevents the line from getting entangled. Besides, it allows a swift and easy “repacking” procedure : another good reason to urge the skipper to drill the crew.
Rescue Line® 27020
1
3
2
5
4 LMHI
6
7
Throw bag heaving line, very simple to operate : a 20 m retrieval line stowed in a bag, allowing to connect the survivor to the boat. Equally useful in many circumstances, such as getting a line to a dock, and also in many river leisure activities, such as canoeing, rafting, etc. The Rescue Line is weighted, so that it can be thrown with accuracy at a reasonable distance, even against strong winds. It features a grab loop at both ends, enabling both the rescuer and the survivor to remain attached to the line. • 20 m floating line. • Bright yellow colour for good visibility. • Weight : 500 g. • Breaking strain of line : 400 kg.
8
Accessories • St. steel basket for Rescue Line : 30766 For pulpit mounting. Designed for tube Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. • Spare bag : 28367 39
Ring lifebuoys Rescue Ring® 35926
Patented
Set of products complying with SOLAS 74.96 standard : • 1 ring lifebuoy (ref. 16095). • 1 floating light (ref. 196482). • 30 m of yellow floating retrieval line, Ø 8 mm. Cleverly packed in a yellow coated fabric storage bag, impervious to UV-rays, and fitted with clips for attachment to pulpit.
Options & Accessories • SOLAS floating light : 196482 • Spare cover/storage bag : 35927 • Package : cover + reel + retrieval line
35928
Converts your existing ring buoy into a Rescue Ring.
Ring lifebuoy containers Container provides protection and easy spotting of ring lifebuoys by beaches, lakes, rivers or jetties... Made from polyethylene. Wall, pole or tube mounting.
90 x 90 cm container with door
75 x 85 cm ring lifebuoy container
196992 Designed for Ø 61/63 or 73/75 cm ring buoy. Features a transparent round opening to check the presence of the buoy. Dimensions : 90 x 90 x 22 cm (H x W x depth).
62241
62240
75 x 85 cm ring lifebuoy container
Ref.
Container with Ø 73 cm lifebuoy (ref. 61968) + throwing line (ref. 43767).
62241
Container alone Dimensions : 75 x 85 x 26.5 cm (H x w x depth).
62240
Container supplied empty. Buoy must be ordered separately.
Accessories for mounting
A C
40
Pole
For 75 x 85 cm container
40213 59037
For 90 x 90 cm container + door
Mounting kit for Ø 6 cm rail*
Mounting kit Wall mounting kit for Ø 4.5 cm rail* (bolts + screws)
40214
-
-
-
59038
59039 *(banister and jetty balustrade)
B
F E
Mounting kit for rail
Description
Pole
D
Pole
A
75 x 85 cm container 90 x 90 cm container + door
B
C
D
E
F (drilling)
150 cm 6 cm
4 cm
30 cm
30 cm
Ø 1.2 cm
200 cm 10 cm
5 cm
30 cm
30 cm
Ø 1.2 cm
SOLAS ring lifebuoys • Feature 4 retro-reflecting tapes and a 3 m grabline. • Polyethylene outer structure, filled with polyurethane foam. • Stowage height : anywhere up to 30 m above the waterline.
RINA 0474
61967
61969 Ext. Ø 61 cm 73 cm
Ref.
61967 61968
73 cm
61970
73 cm
61969
61968 & 61970
Description Without throwing line. Without throwing line. With 30 m throwing line, Ø 8 mm floating polypropylene. Heavier buoy without throwing line, to be used with a specific light designed for commercial vessels.
Int. Ø 41 cm 44 cm
Height 13.50 cm 10.50 cm
Weight Buoyancy 2.7 kg 145 N 3 kg 144 N
44 cm
10.50 cm
3.5 kg
144 N
44 cm
10.50 cm
4.6 kg
140 N
Non-SOLAS ring lifebuoys • Polyethylene structure. • Fitted with a 3 m grabline (except for model ref. 61972).
61972
61973 Ext. Ø 61 cm 61 cm 61 cm
61971
Ref.
61971 61973 61972
Description No foam-filling. Filled with polyurethane foam. No foam-filling, no grabline.
Int. Ø 41 cm 41 cm 41 cm
Height 13.50 cm 13.50 cm 13.50 cm
Weight 1.8 kg 2.7 kg 1.8 kg
Buoyancy 115 N 145 N 115 N
Accessories
Ring buoy rack 37832
Includes : • 1 Plasticlip to be adapted on any stanchion or pulpit Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. • 1 stainless steel rack to hold the ring buoy. • 1 shock cord + plastic snap shackle to secure the buoy. Supplied with screws and nuts.
Throwing line Floating polypropylene, compliant with regulation to equip lifebuoys. Description Length 30 m, Ø 8 mm
Colour Orange White
Ref.
43767 53134 41
IOR dan buoys ISAF regulations require the “marking of a man overboard for yachts sailing offshore”.
Inflatable IOR dan buoy ©Th.Martinez / Sea&Co.
ISAF-ORC compliant Inflatable IOR dan buoy MOB pole for crew-overboard visibility, provides 150 N buoyancy. • Yellow canister : 63455 • White canister: 61073 ø 13 cm
Canister • Torpedo-shaped canister in ABS plastic, height 49 cm x Ø 13 cm. • Weight : 3.8 kg.
49 cm
Dan buoy pole Yellow nylon, polyurethane coated. Height above water (inflated pole) : 1.98 m. Features : • adjustable webbing sling seat for man-over-board to rest on, • grab handle, • 0.75 cd automatically activated light, 8-hour battery life, • red and yellow flag (32 x 20 cm), • retro-reflective tapes (200 cm²), • signalling whistle, • rigid ballast with V-shaped batten structure, acting like a keel for optimum stability, • drogue anchor (28 x 28 cm) to help resist drifting.
Webbing sling seat and grab loop.
Options & Accessories
• Gas re-arming kit : 50374 60 g gas cylinder
Checking and servicing your inflatable dan buoy or lifebuoy To ensure that your inflatable dan buoy or lifebuoy is fully operational when needed, we strongly recommend that you check them and have them serviced at regular intervals. • Before putting off to sea, you can easily inspect their general condition visually, by checking the main components (container, inflatable chamber, retro-reflecting tapes, CO2 gas cylinder– check that the cylinder is tightly screwed –, firing head, safety light – check the date of the light –). Replace the re-arming kit if necessary. • A complete servicing session conducted at regular intervals includes includes checking the inflation system and the airtightness of the chamber. Plastimo recommends to have one spare kit for each dan buoy and lifebuoy on board. 42
• Light replacement kit : 63456 0.75 cd light + mounting accessories
• Stern rail mounting kit :
415010
Inflatable personal dan buoy • With light : 63747 • Without light : 53482 Manual activation : in the event of a man overboard, the victim activates the inflation by pulling the toggle.The inflated dan buoy increases considerably the visibility of the victim. To be attached to a belt (on foul weather gear or lifejacket). Dan buoy in neon yellow nylon, polyurethane coated. Height above water when inflated : 1.80 m.
Features : • red and yellow flag (21 x 14 cm), • retro-reflective tapes, • lanyard, • oral inflation tube, • light (option). Comes in a PVC pouch with belt attachment. Dimensions (in pouch) : 11 x 14 x 7 cm, without light, 11 x 16 x 8 cm, with light.
Additional equipment required by ISAF standards
• Re-arming kit : 53484 11 g CO2 gas cylinder + safety clip. For buoys 63747 and 53482. • Spare light : 63456 For buoy 63747. • Webbing belt : 53485
Rigid IOR dan buoys
Besides dan buoy and lighting, ISAF equipment includes : • 1 horseshoe lifebuoy. • 1 dye marker (ref. 38861). • 1 small drogue anchor (ref. 25354) and line. • 1 whistle (ref. 16303). The ISAF regulation stipulates that when at sea, the dan buoy must be either fully extended or, in the case of an inflatable model, deployed in less than 20 seconds.
B.Y.Leglatin ©
Options & Accessories
Telescopic IOR dan buoy • Yellow float : 55665 • Orange float : 55664 Ergonomic design and superior stability. Complies with the ISAF/ORC racing regulations. Features : • 1 fibreglass telescopic dan buoy with 1/4 twist fastening. • 1 ergonomic and shockproof cylindrical PVC floatation buoy (height 360 mm, Ø 180 mm/ 80 mm). • 1 man-over-board red and yellow flag 450 x 350 mm. • 3 m of floating rope to attach to a lifebuoy. • 1built-in stainles steel ballast. • 1clip and lanyard to keep the flag rolled up. To obtain a dan buoy with light, simply add the optional light kit. When fitted, light is situated 2.30 m above the waterline. Powered by a 9 V battery. When the dan buoy is thrown into the water, the lanyard detaches the clip from the light, which then activates automatically the light. To fit the light to the dan buoy, simply push the bayonet fitting into the top of the dan buoy. Height extended
Height telescoped
Height above water
3.52 m (3.64 m with optional light kit)
1.95 m (2.07 m with optional light)
2.30 m (2.42 m with optional light)
Inshore dan buoy 176928 Black GRP tapered pole 2.14 m long. Yellow encapsulated float. Yellow plastic dipped lead weight. Flag and 25 mm band of retro-reflective tape. 3 m of Ø 8 mm floating line.
Options & Accessories • Telescopic dan buoy holder : 56397 316L stainless steel, totally maintenance-free. Fits easily on Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm pushpits or backstays. • Fixed light kit : 16205 (battery not incl.) • Spare bulb for fixed light kit : 20614 • Spare flag : 10742 • Fixing clip for flag : 16703
56397 43
Lifefloats Plastimo lifefloats
Polystyren foam enclosed within a strong PVC cover, high frequency welded. Fitted with braided rope reeved through reinforced welded fairleads. Do not use life floats as cushions. Use 1 person 2 persons 3 persons 4 persons 6 persons
Ref.
16097 25353 16098 16099 16100
Buoyancy 147 N 323 N 451 N 598 N 902 N
Weight 0.9 kg 1.7 kg 2.3 kg 3.2 kg 4.5 kg
Dimensions 40 x 40 x 10 cm 45 x 45 x 16.5 cm 60 x 47 x 16.5 cm 74 x 50 x 16.5 cm 100 x 60 x 16.5 cm
Patented
Delfino lifefloats Provides efficient buoyancy in the event of shipwreck or Man Overboard. Allows the victims to gather in order to ease survival and rescue. High density polyethylene, filled with polyurethane foam for buoyancy. Fitted with reflecting stripes for added visibility. Braided rope is reeved through reinforced eyelets at regular intervals (2, 3 or 4 eyelets on each side) to account lian Approved by the Ita for a larger number of persons grasping e rin Merchant Ma the rope. Use
Ref.
Buoyancy
Weight
Dimensions
Approval
4 persons 8 persons 12 persons
195392 195393 195394
1370 N 1370 N 1970 N
16 kg 16 kg 23 kg
90 x 90 x 28 cm 90 x 90 x 28 cm 98 x 98 x 30 cm
n. 257/1982 n. 258/1982 n. 256/1982
Buoyant cushions Light polyethylene foam protected by a durable coated fabric cover. Great to sit, also provides efficient buoyancy aid in the event of a Man Over Board. Braided rope facilitates grabbing. Can easily be secured on board with integrated hook. Easy care : cover is washable with fresh water and can be sun dried. Buoyant cushions Single
Colour Navy blue Red Navy blue
51563 51561 51562
Buoyancy 78 N 166 N 166 N
Weight 0.50 kg 1.10 kg 1.10 kg
65 mm
65 mm
Double
Ref.
40
0m
m
83
0m
m
m
0m
40
44
m
0m
40
2 single cushions can be assembled with integrated Velcro to provide seat and back-rest.
Single cushion : seat only
Double cushion : seat + back-rest
Flushmount safety ladder
Safety ladder
51558
• 4 steps : 29008 • 5 steps : 29009
Helps any crewmember get back on board easily without external help. Suitable for current use (bathing) or in case of Man Over Board.
50 cm
Consists of 3 polypropylene steps and 1 st. steel handle assembled by a highly resistant line, (bright yellow Ø 3 mm polyester). Ladder is stored in a polyamide tube with a grey polypropylene cap, for optimum protection and waterproofness. The Man Over Board removes the cap, pulls the ladder down, and climbs onboard. • Light. • Very easy flush mount (like a thru-hull fitting). • Transom or skirt mount (sail and power boats), just above waterline.
132 cm
ø 48 mm m
18 cm 30 cm
235 m
© Rick Buettner
30 cm
13,5 cm
30 cm
1
ø 48 mm
2
Designed to increase safety on board, this ladder comes in a canvas bag with 2 handles : one handle to attach the bag alongside the boat ; the other handle for the man fallen overboard to grab. The bag pulls open and the ladder unfolds instantly, helping the person to get back on board easily.
Model D B
75 cm
120 cm
Ø 60 cm
3
A D C
Sea anchor Highly resistant models. Easily folded for storage. Model A - SOLAS B C D
Ref.
52957 25354 52559 18668
Dimensions Length 60 cm - Ø 40 cm Length 80 cm - Width 35 cm Length 90 cm - Width 75 cm Length 120 cm - Ø 60 cm
Material PVC coated mesh fabric Polyester fabric PVC coated fabric PVC coated fabric
Line 30 m line 30 m line -
Type of use SOLAS liferafts, up to 10-person Horseshoe buoy, Dan buoy, etc. ISO 9650 liferafts, from 4 to 10 persons Sailboats & Powerboats 45
Signalling • Sound Trump and MiniTrump Combines the powerful blast of sound of a gas fog horn, with the simplicity of a mouth horn : delivers over 100 dB with no effort. Operates on the vibration of a plastic diaphragm, which can easily be replaced with any thin plastic film. Hard-wearing, colourfast, nature-friendly and economical. Virtually can’t be lost, because it floats. The Mini-Trump is the more compact version.
Gas fog horn, screw-on type 200 ml canister. Delivers a 115 dB blast at 2 m distance. Ozone friendly. Type of gas
Fog horn, complete
Spare canister
Model Ref.
Inflammable Non flammable
27744 27178
27745 27179
TRUMP 27180 70 mm 140 g
195 mm
MINI37894 50 mm 50 g TRUMP
Adjustable from Shell pack. 87 to 163 mm
Ø
Weight Length
Description Comes in a tube canister, with lanyard and 2 spare diaphragms.
Fog horn
Whistle
16183
16303
Highly resistant polyamide. Length : 30 cm. Ø 8 cm.
2-tone whistle, manufactured from polystyrene. Equips all lifejackets.
10
• Visual Anchor ball Internationally recognised signal for use when at anchor. Folds flat for easy storage.
Motoring cone Indicates use of motor on a sailing boat. Folds flat. Dimensions, when folded 47 x 33 cm
Ø 30 cm 35 cm
Ref.
39552
Ref.
16185 39553
Hand lead lines
46
Description
30 m
50 m
Ø Nylon
Sounding lead weight
Marked every metre with colour change every 10 m.
16268
39258
2.5 mm
0.5 kg with recess for wax
Marked every metre.
417053
4 mm
0.6 kg
-
Dye marker Marine dye marker used for daytime emergency distress signalling and search and rescue marking. A person in distress scatters the dye marker on the water when a potential rescue vessel or aircraft appears. It spreads as a brilliant spotting mark, clearly visible as a distress signal for up to an hour, and in good visibility can be seen by aircraft over 10 km away. Ideal for boating, it is also an extra safety equipment for windsurfing, diving and snorkeling. Sold in a sealed sachet with fastening lanyard.
Description 40 g sachet + blister pack 40 g sachet + blister pack 80 g sachet.
Ref.
38861 301124 62236
Dimensions 185 x 80 x 12 mm 185 x 80 x 12 mm 185 x 80 x 17 mm
Other size sachets available on request.
Adhesive reflecting stripes Ref.
60117 60906
On a lifejacket, a safety harness or sailing jacket : combining light stick and reflecting stripes optimises visibility.
A
B
G. Plisson©
Description A 1 Roll of 47.5 m x 5 cm wide B 4 stripes, 20 cm long x 5 cm wide
Fluorescent storm jib The storm jib helps stabilising the boat and increases visibility in foul-weather conditions. Designed by a professional sail maker and manufactured in polyester, the storm jib features : • A high modulus cloth (380 g/m2). • A small surface (4 m2, 5 m2 ou 6 m2). • A compact shape. • A bright visible colour (fluorescent). It meets the ORC specifications. The fluorescent storm jib is equipped with quick snaps and can be easily hanked on any forestay, including a quick-release forestay. Boat length <8m < 26 ft < 12 m < 38 ft < 14 m < 44 ft Storm jib area 4 m2 5 m2 6 m2
Storm jib area 4 m2 5 m2 6 m2 A 4.68 m 5.79 m 5,90 m
B 3.32 m 4.15 m 4.52 m
Ref.
38009 38010 38011 C 2.53 m 2.66 m 2.80 m
B
A
C
47
Floating lifebuoy lights
Plastimo floating lifebuoy light For use with lifebuoys. Operated without mercure, simply with alcaline batteries, R20 type. 360° arc of visibility. Optimum visibility : 10 cm free-board above water line. Light model A
Patented
B
Fixed light, without bracket with bracket Strobe light, without bracket Flashlight, without bracket
Light intensity
Duration
No. batteries*
57718 57719
4 candela
2 hours
4
16198
2 candela
16197
2 candela
Ref.
approx. 40 hours at 1flash/sec. approx. 72 hours at 20 flash/min.
3 5 *Not included.
Operation principle of fixed light A
B
• The spring is in permanent contact with the base of the bulb and the positive terminal of the batteries. • The wire is in permanent contact with bulb socket.
Options & Accessories
When not in use, the weight of the batteries compresses the spring and shuts off the contact between wire and batteries negative terminal.
When the light is thrown into the water, it floats in vertical position immediately, thanks to its specific shape. The batteries slide down in the tube and, with their weight, create the contact with the wire connected to the bulb.
Light model
Bulb
Contactor
Spare glass
Strobe
16202 Contactor + bulb
16202 Contactor + bulb
20900
Fixed 5 batteries* Fixed 4 batteries
26320
16200
20900
54499
60789
56691
Flash
17660
16201
20900
10
*Before April 2011
Stella LED floating lifebuoy light Patented
Very compact lifebuoy light, low power consumption. LED-type flashlight, operates with one R20 alcaline battery. 360° arc of visibility. Dimensions : 160 x 80 x 80 mm. Weight : 90 g. (without battery). • Light intensity : 2 candela. • Duration : Approx. 8 hours at 60 flash/minute. • Battery : 1 x R20 battery (not included).
Accessories
• Mounting clip for Plastimo floating light : 37034 Fits any tube or rail, horizontal or vertical Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. Screws and nuts included. 48
• Mounting clip for Stella floating light : 45184 Fits any tube or rail, horizontal or vertical Ø 20 to 30 mm. Screws not included.
160 mm
196482
Compact LED-type lithium lifebuoy light 64047 Ultra-compact floating LED-type flash lifebuoy light. Activated automatically when the light is pulled from its housing. Powered by lithium battery (5-year run time), no maintenance or remplacement battery required. Rated among the smallest and lightest lights on the market. • Duration : 2 hours minimum. • Output : 2 candela minimum. SOLAS-MED & liant as US Co tguards comp • Weight : 91 g (light only), 115 g (light and holder). • Dimensions : light only 75 x 78 mm (Ø x H). light with holder 86 x 97 mm. • Supplied with polypropylene holder and 1 m lanyard to attach to lifebuoy.
Floating LED-type lithium light 63655
Accessories • Rack for horseshoe buoy + light :
Floating LED-type lifebuoy with automatic seawater activation. Operates with an integrated lithium battery, 5-year run time. Can be stored in any position with no risk of inadvertent activation. Circuit and lithium battery are sheltered and locked in polyurethane foam to avoid oxydation. • Duration : 2 hours minimum in operation mode. • Dimensions : 100 x 220 mm (Ø x H) • Supplied with holder and 2.65 m lanyard.
31437 Composed of : 1 Plasticlip, to be adapted on any tube Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. Clip designed to hold a floating light. 1 st. steel rack for horseshoe buoy (max. thickness 10.5 cm). Supplied with screws and nuts.
• Mounting clip for floating light : 37034 Fits any tube or rail, horizontal or vertical Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. Screws and nuts included.
To be rescued, we must be seen
Life Flag Photoluminescent and fluorescent : visible at any time night or day, the Life Flag enables a quick and effective location. Available in distress and diving flag.
ing, For recreational boat g, rfin su nd wi sailing and s. itie tiv ac ter wa or all
Innovative process Photoluminescence process combined with fluorescence optimizes the location by night or day, in all weather conditions. 5 minutes exposure to a bright light = 8 hours of photoluminescence. Benefits - Safety : excellent visibility by night or day, immediate spotting even from airplane. - Easy to use : quick and easy fastening with shock cords, fully operational when flat or hoisted. - Economic and eco-friendly : durable safety equipment, recyclable. No other energy source required other than light. - Quality : made in France, non-polluting manufacturing process with solvent-free, water based printing paste. French patent. LNE certificate. International maritime distress flag
Diving flag with Saint-Andrew’s cross
61689
61690
Dimensions : 75 x 112 cm Weight < 320 g Blocked mesh polyester fabric, 130 g/m² Tunnel strap (Life Flag exclusivity) Supplied with 4 shock cords Complies with OMI/RIPAM-IMO/COLREG distress signals (flag with black ball)
Dimensions : 30 x 40 cm Weight < 50 g Blocked mesh polyester fabric, 130 g/m² Tunnel strap (Life Flag exclusivity) Supplied with 4 shock cords
61689 – Day
61689 – Night
-
61690 – Day
61690 – Night 49
Signalling W3 compact flashing light Ultra-luminous lifejacket flashing LED light. The light is protected by an ultra low-profile dome ensuring a large light beam thus reducing damage possibilities during rescue operations. The light activates automatically when in water and can be turned off manually. Fits all types of lifejackets. Supplied with fixing clips.
A
Ref. A 60833 B 62058
C 61941
Description W3 compact flashing light alone W3 Compact flashing light with loop for attachment to oral inflation tube of inflatable jacket W3 Compact flashing light with mounts for universal use (inflatable lifejacket, windsurf, kitesurf,...). Supplied with : Velcro band and attachment plate ; loop for attachment to oral inflation tube of inflatable jacket ; self-adhesive Velcro.
B C
• Type of battery : Lithium. • Flash frequency : 55 per minute • Light output : 0.75 candela • Light duration : 8 hours • Weight : 35 g (fixing clip included) • Dimensions : H 26.9 x L 55.9 x w 37.8 mm
Sea Flash lifejacket light
LED flashlight
60908
301733
Extremely bright white flashing LED light. Activates automatically when the small sensor at the end of the trailing wire makes contact with water. The light can be activated and switched off manually by simply pressing the button located on the main body of the unit. Fits all types of lifejackets. Fixing on strap ≤ 50 mm.
Option 61032 Plate for attachment to the lifejacket oral inflation tube
• Type of battery : CR2 Lithium • Flash frequency : 50 to 54 per minute • Light output : > 1 candela • Light duration : 10 hours • Weight : 32 g (including clip) • Dimensions : 45 x 19 x 31 mm (light), 51 x 9.8 mm (clip)
A
Cyalume® lightsticks A B C -
Lightstick type Green lightstick Kit of 2 green lightsticks Kit of 3 assorted lightsticks (blue, red, green) Infra-red lightstick
Duration 19668 12 hours 301487 12 hours Blue : 8 hours 38847 Green & Red : 12 hours 301715 8 hours
B
Ref.
10 1 kit of 2 1 kit of 3 100
Available in other colours and other durations on special request.
Signalling mirror 27177 One of the most reliable, effective signalling devices : features an aiming spot to assist you in flashing in the intended direction. Ø 86 mm.
50
Watertight LED light, can be used in many circumstances : sport, sailing and diving. • 50 to 70 flash/minute. • Autonomy : over 50 hours. • Visibility up to 2 km with a new battery. • Watertight up to 100 m depth. • ABS body with incorporated loops for belt or strap. • Dimensions : Ø 52 mm, height 133 mm. • Weight : 205 g with batteries. • Power supply : 4 x AA batteries. • Supplied with lanyard and arm-strap.
C
Indispensable for every crewmember sailing at night. Visible at a distance of over one mile, this watertight floating light features an eye for attachment to a sailing jacket. 100 % reliable, unbreakable, non-corrosive, watertight, nontoxic. It does not produce any flames or sparkles, it is nonflammable, does not require any batteries and can be used in a variety of circumstances : Man overboard, gas leak, electricity failure or black-out, engine breakdown, windward use, in or below the water, mooring light... • Floating stick 24 x 2 cm, with attachment eye. • Produces a bright light instantly. • Minimum range 1 mile.
Radar reflectors A
B
C Complies with ISAF/ORC
Octahedral type radar reflectors
Ref.
Aluminium models, fold flat for easy storage. For optimum performance, the radar reflector must be mounted in catch rain orientation.
A B C
Reflective area* 215 x 215 x 280 mm 450 g 3 m² 300 x 300 x 415 mm 650 g 5 m² 340 x 340 x 470 mm 1000 g 7 m² complies with ISAF/ORC : diagonal > 456 mm Dimensions
27015 23648 10074
Weight
* As an indication only.
Tube-type radar reflectors Clever shape : creates minimum windage and also less chafe on gear.
A
B
Model
Ref.
Sailboat (photo A) Features a groove shroud
25586
Powerboat (photo B) Features a mounting bracket
25587
39099
29496
Dimensions Long. 58 cm Ø 5 cm Long. 59 cm Ø 10 cm Long. 56 cm Ø 5 cm Long. 56 cm Ø 10 cm
Weight
Max. reflective area.
250 g
2 m²
900 g
4 m²
300 g
2 m²
1100 g
4 m²
Inflatable radar reflector 61913 Ideal for use on liferafts. • Radar cross section : 10 m², complies with SOLAS requirements. • Weight : 600 g. • Packed dimensions : 230 x 305 mm. • Inflated diameter : 615 mm.
Option Rod kit
61914
Illustrated with rod kit, to be ordered separately. 51
Survival equipment Food & fresh water rations Contain GMO-free cereals.
Survival food rations Survival food processed in our laboratories from an exclusive recipe, under the strict control of an independent health protection certified organisation.
Drinking water
Come as readily divided biscuits, each vacuum packed individually. Standard pack ref. 14116 : 500 g. pack.
• Come in 125 ml individual portion sachets in aluminium coated polyethylene. • Best-before date : 5 years.
Other multiples and weights available on request.
Compliant with : SOLAS 74/96, IMO MSC 48(66) LSA, ISO 18813.
• 500 g = 10.000 kj • Best-before date : 5 years.
Bureau Véritas approved.
Compliant with : SOLAS 74/96, IMO MSC 48(66) LSA, ISO 18813. Bureau Véritas approved. Order status Description
Ref.
Standard
Standard food rations
On special request only
Standard food rations
300442 Pack of 2 x 50 g
On special request only
Aircraft type food rations
300438 Pack of 4 x 50 g
On special request only
Food + water rations Pack of 2 x 50 g + 300441 combined pack 2 x 125 ml
1 box = 27 packs
Extremely pure water, treated and processed in our workshops under the strict control of an independent health protection certified organisation.
Order status Description
Ref.
Standard
0.5 L bag drinking water 35541 (4 x 125 ml in foil coated PE sachets)
Standard
15 x 1 L 1 L bag drinking water 300445 white bags (8 x 125 ml in foil coated PE sachets)
Standard
10 x 1.5 L 1.5 L drinking water 300448 white bags (12 x 125 ml in foil coated PE sachets)
Standard
3 L drinking water 21368 (24 x 125 ml in foil coated PE sachets)
14116 of 500 g each
On special 1 L drinking water (10 x 100 ml request only in transparent PE sachets)
300444
28 x 0.5 L white bags
5x3L transparent bags -
Why should I take water in sachets on board, rather than a plain bottle of water ? Drinking water processed in vacuum sachets is submitted to a special treatment which guarantees that the water will remain totally bacteria-free for 5 years, whatever the temperature fluctuations (from -30 to +40 °C). Standard drinking water in bottles will remain pure for 2 years maximum. The 3-layer highly resistant packaging film contributes to the anti-bacteria protection over time and it also provides a high mechanical resistance : water sachets are designed to resist the high degree of compression in a liferaft and also resist a 35 m high drop (SOLAS standard), without leaking or bursting.
Water & food rations are processed in our Lorient facilities, run under ISO 9001:2008 standards 52
Thermal protective aid
Thermal protective bag
42152
22785
Designed with aluminised polythene to provide maximal protection to a temperature of minus 30ºC. Universal size. Dimensions : 2,4 m x 1 m. Weight : 160 g.
Made from polymer. Provides excellent protection from rain, wind and cold. Dimensions : 2,35 m x 1 m. Weight : 330 g.
Shark-repellent sachet 301802 Water-soluble powder producing a highly repellent acid solution. • Dimensions : 18 x 8 cm. • Weight : 100 g. • Expiring date : 3 years (in sealed sachet).
Thermal protective blanket 11057 Aluminium insulating blanket. Dimensions : 1.60 m x 2.10 m
Floating safety knife
36082
Floating knife with rounded blade for extra safety. 7 cm rigid stainless steel blade, serrated : ideal for rope or net cutting. Plastic handle. Description
Ref.
Folding knife
11053
Fixed blade knife
300744
St. steel flat and serrated blades for rope and net cutting. Floats and is very light. Dimensions : 260 mm including 140 mm blade. Supplied with sheath and fixing straps.
Dimensions Folded knife 115 x 35 mm 122 x 35 mm
1
Floating knive
1 12
53
Alarms
Carbon monoxide alarm 29486
Gas alarms Handheld gas detector 53446 Battery powered. Easy to use. Suitable for identifying sources of leaks in pipes, fittings, valves, gas storage tank/cylinders... Will respond to all types of flammable gases such as LPG, natural gas, LNG… Audible and visual warning. • Detection level :0-10.000 ppm (20 % of LIE / Lower Explosion Level). • Display : green LED : power on - gas <500 ppm*. yellow LED : low alarm - gas >500 ppm*. red LED : high alarm - gas >2.000 ppm*. • Power consumption : DC 600 mW. • Operating temperature : -10° C to +50° C. • Humidity : 95 % RH max. • Battery size : 1.5 V x 2 (AA Alkaline). • Dimensions : 188 mm x Ø 30 mm. • Weight : 110 g.
The SF450EN is an easy to use and reliable self-contained carbon monoxide alarm, usingsuperior electrochemical cell sensing technology to prevent accidents caused by carbon monoxide. Battery-powered : requires no wiring, no mains power and no maintenance. Free standing or wall mounted, the detector should be placed in the room or cabin where an appliance is likely to produce CO. • Gas detected : CO carbon monoxide. • Detection principle : electrochemical cell. • Alarm indication : flashing red light and audible alarm. • Alarm levels : 50 ppm* : 60 to 90 minutes. 100 ppm* : 10 to 40 minutes. 300 ppm* : within 3 minutes (as required by EN50291 : 2001). • Buzzer output : > 85 dB at 3 metres. • Approval/conformity : EN50291 : 2001 & Kitemark. • Operating temperature : -10° C to +40° C. • Humidity range : 30 to 90 %. • Switch on : instantaneous, no warm-up time. • Alarm life : 7 years guaranteed in normal operating conditions. • End of alarm life warning. • Dimensions : 110 x 76 x 34 mm. • Weight : approximately 140 g. *ppm : parts per million.
*concentration in the air : parts per million.
Completely odourless and colourless, carbon monoxide (CO) is produced by the combustion of fuels, therefore common with appliances such as heater, cooker, engine exhaust... Symptoms start with a simple headache, reach nausea within 2 or 3 hours, and can result in death after only 1 to 3 minutes in the worst cases.
What makes carbon monoxide such an insidious killer is that you can’t see it, and you can’t smell it.
Besides, the first symptoms of CO poisoning are very similar tothose of seasickness : • 200 ppm* : headache, tiredness, dizziness, nausea within 2 to 3 hours. • 800 ppm * : dizziness, nausea and convulsions within 45 minutes ; unconsciousness within 2 hours ; death within 2 to 3 hours. • 1600 ppm* : headache, dizziness and nausea within 20 minutes ; death within 1 hour. • 6400 ppm* : headache, dizziness and nausea within 2 to 3 minutes ; death within 10 to 15 minutes. • 12800 ppm* :death within 1 to 3 minutes. *Concentration in the air : parts per million.
Cable cutters
63579
Absolutely essential on sailing yachts and motor cruisers. Not suitable for cutting chain.
63580
54
Length
Ref.
For cable
45 cm 60 cm 90 cm
63579 63580 63581
Ø 6-8 mm Ø 10-12 mm Ø 14-16 mm
Fire fighting
Fire blanket 39816 Fibreglass fire blanket in rigid ABS container. Complies with BS EN 1869 standard. Blanket : 1 m x 1 m. Material is continuous filament glass cloth. Container : 25 x 17.5 x 4.5 cm. Pull twin tabs to operate.
Save boat 36022
The Save Boat spray belongs to a new generation of fire fighting equipment. Foam extinguishant, puts out all types of solid and liquid fire (wood, upholstery, textile, petrol, paraffin). Nonconductive. Can be used on electrical equipment up to 380 V. Long-lasting spray : 30 seconds minimum (compared to approx. 5 seconds with a classic fire extinguisher). Lightweight, it is easy to handle and use, even for a child. The foam melts on the surface and forms a skin covering the blazed material, thus starving the fire of oxygen and putting it out. The cooling effect prevents re-ignition. Biodegradable foam, non corrosive, non toxic, not messy, presents no health-risks. • Weight 750 g. • Dimensions : overall height 30.5 cm, bottle diameter 7.4 cm. • Non-corrosive aluminium bottle. • Can be discharged partially. • Approved 21B, conform to Afnor standard on aerosols (NF S 61 804). • No servicing.
Fire extinguisher storage case Allows safe and protected storage of a fire extinguisher in the cockpit or dashboard. UV-resistant ASA. Cut-out dimensions : - Storage case for 1 kg extinguisher : 124 x 374 mm. - Storage case for 2 kg extinguisher : 154 x 424 mm.
196669 -
C
For 2 kg extinguisher White
196461 196666 50006
50010
H
G
D
B
For 1 kg extinguisher Cream White
Colour A with door B with transparent door C without door
F
A
I
C
D
A
B E
I
1 kg extinguisher 2 kg extinguisher
A
Dimensions (mm) D E
A
B
C
174
424
120
370
204
474
150
415
F
G
H
I
105
434
196
124
374
120
484
226
154
424
55
Liferafts
© Graham Snook, Yachting Monthly
10 reasons why it couldn't happen to us
1. We are all good swimmers. Even strong swimmers weaken and tire quickly in rough, cold sea conditions.
2. We only sail a few miles offshore. For non-swimmers, children and older crew members, a few miles offshore is as far as the other side of the ocean.
3. I only venture out where there are boats around us. A marina is the only place where boats are always nearby to assist in the event of an emergency.
4. I have a VHF radio. Most fatal accidents at sea happen to boats that do have a radio.
5. I carry an inflatable dinghy. Without a ballast system, heavy seas will turn a dinghy upside down like a toy, while the liferaft “sticks” to the sea thanks to its ballast pockets. Besides, a dinghy is not designed for rescue and survival : it carries no water or survival equipment, and has no bright canopy for protection and visibility…
6. Our boat is quite new. So was the Titanic ! There are more shipwrecks than most people believe ; the press reports some of them, but a vast majority are never mentioned. 56
7. We have enough lifejackets for everyone aboard. After one hour in 10° C waters, a lifejacket cannot prevent exhaustion or unconsciousness. With 1 metre or higher waves, it is very difficult to see someone floating in the water from a relatively short distance.
8. Statistically, the chances of a serious accident are very slim. Yes, but when it comes to human lives, the slimmest chance is one too many…
9. I am a very experienced boater. No doubt, but have you ever faced the suddenness of a marine emergency ? Have you ever had to abandon ship in an emergency with all the panic and chaos that goes with it ? You are in charge of your boat, and in charge of your crew ; it is your responsibility to anticipate the worst in order to be able to bring them home alive…
10. I never leave without checking the weather forecast. Good, that’s a basic safety measure ; but forecasts can occasionally be wrong : the Fastnet tragedy of 1979 and the 1998 Sydney Hobart race will remain in our memories a long time...
His liferaft saved his life
Rescued off Tasmania, January 2013 A35 yacht, sailing solo round-the-world. « On 17 January 2013, after sailing for 83 days, a huge depression generates 70 knot winds and a raging sea. My boat capsizes. It quickly turns upright again but the mast is broken in four pieces and remains blocked through the roof. At no time however do I feel my life threatened and I wait inside the boat for the elements to calm down in order to organise a jury rig and head towards Hobart 550 NM away. The mast is gradually dismantling the roof as a wrecking bar would do. Bailing the water out regularly seems to do the trick. Around 6 hours later, a swell turns the boat around and it remains upside down. Water is flowing in through the damaged roof. The water inside acts as a ballast that relatively stabilizes the boat. The situation becomes critical and another swell slowly turns the boat upright. The water inside reaches the bunks and the chart table. The boat is now becoming extremely vulnerable. I decide to leave the boat. The liferaft is stowed at the aft of the cockpit, an open cockpit which helps me lift and throw the liferaft easily. The liferaft inflates instantly. I take the distress beacon, my survival suit, a watertight canister with a portable VHF, Iridium phone, GPS, flares… The rope connecting the liferaft to the boat is partially entangled in the wind vane that is damaged and hanging off the boat stern. The raft bangs regularly into the transom which now
shows some sharp and protruding parts (broken windvane, hydrogenerator…). As I fear that the liferaft might get damaged, I decide to cut the rope. I activate and secure the distress beacon. The following hours are a very busy episode, with five capsizes of the liferaft. I use the technique I learnt during the ISAF training session, i.e. stand on the tube to grab and pull the rope underneath the raft, designed precisely to lift up the raft and turn it in the correct position. This manoeuvre works perfectly. At some point, I loose my glasses and see my survival suit float away from the liferaft. It is getting dark when the fifth capsize occurs and I am totally exhausted by these turnaround manoeuvres. When daylight breaks, I set up a drogue which reduces the liferaft drift and that's when I can see the first aeroplanes above me. I indicate that I have no water, no food and no protection against the cold. They manage to throw a survival suit, water and food and two VHF's. In the meantime, rescue operations are being organised and Australian planes fly closer regularly and provide a real support. I have a good morale and remain positive. The cruise ship "Orion", just back from the Antarctic, sets off its course to come and rescue me. I have finally spent 56 hours in the liferaft in a 8-9°C water temperature and 9-11°C air temperature. I would like to thank the rescueing forces and partners : • CNES in Toulouse who received the signal from my distress beacon and reacted promptly • CROSS Gris Nez • AMSA, the Australian Marine Safety Authority, • Cruise ship Orion and crew who adapted their course to come and rescue me.
And of course, the essential element in this rescueing chain, my Plastimo liferaft which did the job perfectly in these extreme conditions. »
Plastimo thanks Alain Delord who visited our factory in LorientFrance and shared his liferaft experience with our production staff and R&D engineers. Alain Delord had his liferaft serviced before he set off around the world, which contributed to a more efficient rescue operation : with updated record and a perfect traceability programme, Plastimo was able to give precise information to the rescue forces and indicate that Alain Delord had no water or food on board. Providing him with water and food then became the no.1 priority. * Note : the same 4-man Transocean liferaft is available in + 24h version with water and food on board.
When you buy a Plastimo liferaft, do not forget to register the warranty : in addition to an orderly administrative procedure, it enables us to have updated records in order to cooperate more efficiently with rescueing forces, should the need arise.
57
10 reasons for a Plastimo 3 You will feel safe.
1 By coming
to Plastimo, the Specialist of Safety Equipment for 50 years, you are sure to make the right choice.
Our liferafts “adhere” to the sea. For additional safety, our liferafts are equipped with large deep ballast pockets, to improve the stability of the liferaft and prevent drifting. Plastimo ballast pockets feature a very large opening to facilitate the quick loading of water as soon as the liferaft is thrown to sea. Ballast pockets are ideally located on the outer ring of the liferaft for increased stability.
4 You won’t loose the survival
equipment.
In all Plastimo liferafts, the survival equipment is packed in a watertight pouch that is secured inside the raft ; whatever the conditions, the equipment will always be close at hand, and also visible through the transparent pouch.
2 Only Plastimo liferafts feature
a double chamber construction.
The “tube-within-a-tube” construction, very much like a tyre construction, consists of a polyurethane inner chamber, within a PVC coated polyester outer shell. This construction allows : • to take advantage of the very best features of every material : offering extreme resistance outside, and perfect airtightness inside ; • to reduce the cost of servicing : the outer shell is closed by a heavy duty nylon zipper, which allows for easy access, should the inner chamber need to be removed for repair ; • to repair more easily at sea, especially if the damage is situated under the water line.
5 Your Plastimo liferaft is
backed by a 12-year warranty. As far back as 1989, Plastimo was the first to answer your expectations by offering a 12-year* warranty on all its liferafts. * Starting on date of purchase.
PLASTIMO EXCLUSIVITY : the double chamber
58
liferaft on board
Sewing, welding or trading inflatable structures does not make you a liferaft specialist. At Plastimo, all operations are certified by Bureau Veritas as ISO 9001 compliant : product design, selection of materials, production and testing process. Our factory and teams are audited at regular intervals by independent officers in order to obtain the renewal of our certification, which guarantees a consistent quality of our liferafts.
7 We are so confident of our
technological skills that we offer you the possibility to service your liferaft only every 3 years*, i.e. 3 servicing sessions over the 12-year warranty period. This is another Plastimo innovation, with direct consequence on your liferaft budget. * For boats sailing in Europe, and subject to your national regulation.
9 Whatever your navigation programme, you will find a station to service your liferaft, anywhere in the world.
reason, what about trusting THE French manufacturer who has been SPECIALIST OF SAFETY AT SEA FOR 50 YEARS ? Every liferaft unit that Plastimo launches on the market comes out of our Lorient-France factory. 50 years of liferaft manufacturing and servicing give our engineers and technicians a unique experience and feedback for you and your crew to rely on.
We have been exporting liferafts worldwide for over 40 years.This unique experience gives you the assurance that our network of technical partners is perfectly tested and trained to service your liferaft. Wherever you are, you will find competent technicians to assist you.Please refer to the list of Plastimo authorized stations.
Because the sea is capable of the best but also of the worst, because the sea is unpredictable, your safety cannot be a question of optional extras and compromise solutions : your safety must be complete. This is our philosophy at Plastimo, and that’s why our liferafts are different.
59
Graham Snook - Yachting Monthly ©
ISO 9001 standard.
We are anxious to know you : learning from your own experience enables us to keep innovating and remain The Safety Specialist. Ph.Plisson ©
6 We run our factory under
life this year as a consequence of shipwreck, we will service your raft free of charge or, if necessary, replace it free of charge.
10 In case you might need a 10th
B.Leglatin ©
8 Should your liferaft save your
The specialist of safety at sea Plastimo has been the leading designer and manufacturer of safety equipment for 50 years : our Research and Developement team, whose know-how is supported by the most sophisticated industrial tools, is totally dedicated to your safety. Constant research on materials and techniques, combined with unique engineering skills, have made PLASTIMO THE INNOVATING PIONEER OF LIFERAFT TECHNOLOGY.
MO PLASTI n io invent
B.Leglatin
L. Charpentier ©
MO PLASTI ity iv exclus
Double chamber
Sealed protective envelope
Plastimo is the only manufacturer who offers the double chamber construction, an exclusive manufacturing process providing a resistance to perforation and abrasion unmatched in the industry : • outer envelope in 1100 Dx polyester, PVC coated, offering the best resistance to abrasion, • air chamber in polyurethane with an astonishing 600 % stretching capacity, guaranteeing absolute water and airtightness.
Remember… It is Plastimo who invented the vacuumsealed protective envelope, an ingenious technical addition -adopted since by many other manufacturerswhich protects perfectly the folded liferaft, within its valise or container.
MO PLASTI tion a v o n n i
MO PLASTI ervice ide s w d l r o w
Double action firing head
Plastimo worldwide service
Developed by Plastimo engineers and used on all our liferaft models, our patented firing head requires minimal pull on the firing lanyard for easy inflation and deployment : it is actuated by hand (10 %) and by gas pressure (90 %). Even a child or an injured person can blow the liferaft open.
Plastimo has appointed a large network of service stations throughout the world, to guarantee optimum service wherever your cruise may take you. Carefully selected for their professional service and skilled technicians, these stations are in permanent contact with our Lorient factory and engineers (regular training sessions, common quality assurance procedures…).
These technical benefits combined with a highly professional service allowed Plastimo to be the first – now widely imitated – to proudly introduce the 12-year warranty on its liferafts, provided of course that the raft has been serviced at required intervals in one of our authorised stations.
60
ISO 9650 standard
ISO 9650 is the international standard implemented in March 2005, to set up formal specifications on liferafts for use on board recreational boats. This standard clearly states the performance level and technical specifications of the liferaft and materials used in its construction. It applies to all recreational boats under 24 metres (78 ft). However, this standard is not compulsory yet in all countries.
The ISO 9650 standard defines the performance level in terms of inflation, launching, resistance, buoyancy, interior space and emphasizes particularly :
ISO 9650 standard defines 2 types of rafts according to the navigation type :
Offshore navigation : type I liferafts (ISO 9650-1) Liferafts designed for long voyages or cruises when gusts of wind can be expected, together with exceptional wave height (excluding abnormal conditions such as hurricanes). ISO 9650-1 liferafts are classified in 2 groups (A and B) to reflect the temperature conditions in the sailing area : t (SPVQ " liferafts designed to inflate in an environment temperature of -15°C to +65°C ; they feature an insulating double floor. t (SPVQ # liferafts designed to inflate in an environment temperature of 0°C to +65°C ; they feature a single floor. Liferafts are equipped with 2 types of survival kits, depending on how long the victim is likely to spend in his raft waiting to be rescued : t &NFSHFODZ LJU rescue forces expected after 24 hours. t 4UBOEBSE LJU rescue forces expected within 24 hours.
Coastal navigation : type II liferafts (ISO 9650-2)
t #PBSEJOH Plastimo has developed a reversible ladder and an inside grab handle to ease embarking. This system allows the victim to hoist himself up on the ladder and then topple easily into the liferaft. Should the liferaft inflate upside down, the boarding ladder simply reverts, to allow the victim to pull himself on the capsized liferaft and thus making it easier to turn over the raft in its natural position. On ISAF models, this ladder system is combined with a boarding ramp.
Liferafts designed for sailing in areas where moderate conditions are expected, such as coastal waters, bays, estuaries, rivers and lakes. ISO 9650-2 liferafts are designed to inflate in an environment temperature of 0°C to +65°C and feature a single floor. They come with a standard survival kit.
Type
ISO 9650-1
ISO 9650-2
Use Capacity (min/max) Max. launching height
OFFSHORE, BLUE WATER 4 to 12 persons 6 metres
COASTAL AREA 4 to 10 persons 4 metres
Inflation temperature
â&#x20AC;˘ Group A : -15°C to +65°C â&#x20AC;˘ Group B : 0°C to +65°C
0°C to +65°C
Bottom
â&#x20AC;˘ Gr. A : Insulating double floor â&#x20AC;˘ Gr. B : Single floor
Single floor
Free-board
250 mm (4 pers) 300 mm (> 4 pers)
200 mm (4 pers) 250 mm (> 4 pers)
Inside area / person Buoyancy / person Canopy Outside light Retro-reflective tapes Survival kit
0.372 m² 96 litres Deploys automatically 4.3 cd 1500 cm² Emergency > 24 h / Standard < 24 h
0.250 m² 82 litres Deploys manually 0.75 cd 1500 cm² Standard
t Stability Large number and volume of ballast pockets (220 litres minimum) provide improved stability.
t Visibility 4.3 cd SOLAS outside light on ISO 9650-1 and 0.75 cd on ISO 9650-2 ; 1500 cm² retro-reflective tapes. For optimum visibility, Plastimo liferafts are constructed with vibrant yellow buoyancy tubes and fluorescent orange canopy. 61
Our philosophy to Safety and our very demanding standards in the production of liferafts have allowed Plastimo to be awarded the official recognition of its quality assurance procedures, according to the ISO 9001:2008 international standards.
B.Leglatin ©
The BV/ISO 9001:2008 is an international reference, only awarded after a very serious audit of the company’s quality procedures. By obtaining this most valuable certificate, Plastimo confirms that it belongs to the top performing companies on the market, one of those that customers and suppliers trust for quality products and service.
Every liferaft is submitted to very stringent quality control procedures, implemented at all production stages : • Procurement and reception of raw materials. • At each manufacturing step, by skilled technicians. • Final control, through random picking followed by inflation of the raft, carried out weekly by our Quality Assurance Department.
In case you would still hesitate when choosing your liferaft… What does "12-Year Warranty" mean for Plastimo ? For Plastimo, "12-Year Warranty" means 12 years without any surprise : for 12 years, as from the date of purchase, you will never have to pay any operation (parts and labour) carried out on the inflation or buoyancy systems. You will never have to pay for repair or maintenance on the structure of a Plastimo liferaft ; this warranty only applies provided your liferaft has been serviced in one of our authorised stations and stored in normal conditions. The frequency of liferaft servicing is subject to : • National regulation first and foremost ; • In the absence of a national regulation on the frequency of servicing, your Plastimo liferaft must be serviced at 3-year intervals (for boats cruising in Europe).
Can a Plastimo liferaft accept a 3-year servicing interval ? Yes, our liferaft structure is designed to accept a 3-year servicing interval. However, this is subject to national regulations that may exist. In addition, we recommend a yearly servicing if your liferaft is used on a professional vessel or stored/used in tropical climate areas (South America, Central America, West Indies, Florida, Texas, Louisiana, California, South Africa, Seychelles Islands, Reunion Island, Australia, New Zealand, South-Eastern Asia).
Your Plastimo liferaft must be serviced exclusively in one of our authorised servicing stations see page 70-71 and on www.plastimo.com
• The inflation of the raft, in order to check the airtightness of the chambers. • The scrutiny of the general condition of the raft structure and valves. • The free-of-charge overhaul or replacement of all the parts of the raft which would justify it. • The inventory and checking of the products with expiry date, and replacement when necessary. • The vacuum-packing of the liferaft. Labour times are calculated on a contract basis. There is no extra cost for "spares". You will never have an unpleasant surprise : a detailed list of the various operations carried out on your raft is given to you.
Can my liferaft be used again if it has been blown open accidentally ? Yes, if it can be repaired. In case your liferaft would be blown open, either deliberately (to rescue a man overboard for example) or accidentally, you can indeed have it serviced and overhauled in our of our authorised stations. Here again the "tube-within-a-tube" construction definitely makes the difference : the inner chambers are better protected, therefore less exposed to handling and damaging (pulling the raft back on the boat, deflating and transporting the raft) ; this of course means a considerable impact on the cost of overhauling and repacking the liferaft.
When do you replace the equipment with What does a Plastimo servicing session consist of ? expiry date ?
In all the Plastimo authorised stations, servicing consists of : • The careful inspection of the gas bottle, including checking for possible leaks, by weighing the bottle. • The inspection of the firing head. 62
The equipment which is due for replacement before the next 3-year interval servicing session must be replaced. You can easily spot those products by yourself, by looking at the check-list which you are given after every servicing session.
L. Charpentier ©
In a canister or in a valise ? Canister We recommend that you choose a canister rather than a bag : the liferaft is better protected, and can be secured on board nicely and safely with the addition of a specially designed cradle. Canisters are equipped with 2 or 4 handles (depending on model), for a better grip and carrying facility ; they also make throwing into the water much easier.
L. Charpentier ©
t Remember… d the watertigh te n ve in o h w o al It is Plastim presenting a re e re , 9 7 9 1 in h c enc inner pou r your liferaft, h fo n o ti c te ro p l a is addition re. Thanks to th tu a fe ty fe a s a raft an extr pouch, your life ctly on m u u c va t h ig rt wate reflects dire h ic h w , d te c te is better pro rvicing bills ! e s d n a e c n a n the mainte
The liferaft is ready for use : all you have to do is to secure it safely on your boat. The tightening straps are designed to stay on the raft ; they will break off by themselves, should the liferaft be blown open.
In case the liferaft would be stored on its side, do make sure that the firing lanyard is upwards. We remind you, however, that a liferaft should ideally be lying flat, with instructions on the topside. Even though a canister raft is better protected than a raft in a bag… its rigidity does not allow you to use it as a stool or a seat ! Take good care of it : instead of thinking of it as a big clumsy box, do remember that this box contains concentrated technology which could save your life at any time.
Instructions shown on the liferaft. Get to know them beforehand : make sure you know exactly what to do, just in case…
Valise The valise is manufactured from highly resistant coated fabric, impervious to UV-rays. A valise-packed liferaft requires some relative protection : you will select its location on the boat accordingly, i.e. avoid the skirt for example. Indicated dimensions of liferafts in valises may vary by ± 10 %, due to the lack of rigidity of the valise. Be nice to your liferaft -think of how precious it could turn to be-, especially if it is packed in a valise : do not drag it, do not tread or sit on it.
63
Choosing your liferaft Choosing a liferaft should be a matter of informed choice rather than merely complying with a regulation. This is what to look for : â&#x20AC;˘ .BUFSJBMT CVPZBODZ UVCFT UIF EPVCMF DIBNCFS JT B 1MBTUJNP FYDMVTJWJUZ (air chamber within an envelope), used on all our liferaft models. Plastimo has selected a 1100 Decitex PVC for the outer envelope because if offers extreme resistance to abrasion. The inner chamber is constructed from an outstanding polyurethane sheet which guarantees an absolute water and airtightness, and offers an astonishing stretching capacity of 500 %. t *OTUSVDUJPOT GPS VTF Pictogrammes printed clearly on buoyancy tubes
t %PVCMF GMPPS Aluminium coated insulating foam.
Cruiser std
Single floor
Cruiser ORC, Transocean ISO-ISAF
Double floor
Ă&#x2DC;
t #VPZBODZ UVCF EJBNFUFS Upper and lower tubes are totally independent on all Plastimo liferafts. 4-man 6-man 8-man 2 x Ă&#x2DC; 21 cm 2 x Ă&#x2DC; 23 cm 2 x Ă&#x2DC; 26 cm
t 'MPBUJOH BODIPS Liferaft
Anchor size
Cruiser 1 x 0.40 m2 Transocean ISO-ISAF 1 x 0.67 m2
64
Anchor line 10 m 30 m
â&#x20AC;˘ Patented* firing head Developed by Plastimo engineers and used on all our liferaft models, this firing head is actuated by hand (10 %) and by gas pressure (90 %) ; even a child or an incapacitated person can blow a liferaft open. *Patents no. 89 4029 15.5 and 88 14 054.
t -JHIUJOH Lithium-powered light on the top of the canopy. Lifespan : about 12 hours.
Liferaft Cruiser Transocean ISO-ISAF
Outside light on canopy 4.3 cd – SOLAS. Automatic activation.
Inside light 0.5 cd – SOLAS. Automatic activation.
t "SDI UVCF Cruiser Transocean ISO-ISAF
Automatic inflation, simultaneously with tubes. Automatic inflation, simultaneously with tubes. An anti-return valve guarantees sufficient buoyancy in the arch tube, in case a puncture would occur in the upper tube.
t 4JHOBMMJOH NFBOT BOE WJTJCJMJUZ High visibility yellow buoyancy tubes. Fluorescent orange canopy. Liferaft Cruiser
Retro-reflecting stripes 300 cm2
Transocean ISO-ISAF
900 cm2 canopy + 600 cm2 bottom
t #PBSEJOH Very large opening to facilitate access directly from the boat. 1 outside rope ladder
Cruiser
1 webbing reversible ladder, weighted, + inside grab handle (2 ladders on 10-man raft). 1 boarding ramp + inside grab handle (1 boarding ramp + 1 ladder on 10-man rafts).
Transocean ISO
Transocean ISAF
6-man Transocean ISAF
t *OGMBUJPO UFNQFSBUVSF SBOHF Although not visible, this criterion is essential : passagemakers and round the world racers must pay a particular attention to selecting the right liferaft, with a firing system and bottle capacity that is designed to perform at best in the specific geographic areas where they sail. Liferaft
Cruiser Transocean ISO-ISAF
t #BMMBTU QPDLFUT Liferaft
Inflation temperature range 0° to +65° C -15° C to +65° C ✔ ✔
✔
Cruiser Transocean ISO-ISAF
468man man man Number of ballast pockets
Capacity per pocket
3
3
4
30 litres
4
4
4
55 litres
65
Blue water liferafts 4-man Transocean
1.02 m
2.23 m2
6-man Transocean
1.05 m
2.98 m2
6-man ISO 9650-1 Transocean.
8-man Transocean
ription See full desc ed d lu c of in ent m ip u eq -73 . 72 s e g a on p
Useful dimensions, i.e. useful area inside liferaft and headroom below archtube.
1.05 m
1.49 m2
PLASTIMO EXCLUSIVITY : the double chamber
ISO 9650-1 Transocean Designed for navigation in extreme conditions : large capacity and quantity of ballast pockets, large area drogue anchors, -15°C inflation temperature (group A), double insulating floor, fluo orange canopy with automatically erecting arch tube, 4.3 cd. outside light, radar- and retro-reflecting stripes. The Transocean ISO 9650-1 also features a ballasted reversible ladder and grab handle to ease embarking. This system allows the victim to hoist himself up on the ladder and then topple easily into the raft. Should the liferaft inflate upside down, the boarding ladder simply reverts, to allow the victim to pull himself on the capsized liferaft and make it easier to turn over the raft in its natural position. The emergency survival equipment pack is available with this liferaft : the emergency pack includes water and food (rescue forces expected after 24 hours).
TRANSOCEAN PLUS ISO 9650-1 (Type 1, Group A) 4-man 6-man Valise Valise
63391
41 kg 74 x 48 x 31
63394
SURVIVAL PACK : RESCUE AFTER 24 HOURS 8-man Valise
50 kg 82 x 50 x 35
63397
61 kg 85 x 52 x 35
Dimensions in cm, as a guide only (length x width x height). Dimensions of liferaft in a valise particularly may fluctuate by Âą 3 cm.
66
See full description of included equipment on pages 72-73.
1.03 m
1.49 m2
1.04 m
2.23 m2
6-man Transocean
1.05 m
2.98 m2
ACES. OFFSHORE R T S O M R FO andards, REQUIRED O 9650-1A st s IS e th m o fr tegorie Developed ISAF 1&2 ca . it meets the requirements v i-i ) (d .2 0 .2 and OSR 4
8-man Transocean
ISAF Transocean
PLASTIMO EXCLUSIVITY : the double chamber
Developed from the ISAF standard, specially adapted to offshore racing. Designed for navigation in extreme conditions : large capacity and quantity of ballast pockets, large area drogue anchors, -15째C inflation temperature, double insulating floor, fluo orange canopy with automatically erecting arch tube, 4.3 cd. outside light, radar- and retro-reflecting stripes. The Transocean ISAF also features a boarding ramp with an inside grab handle to ease embarking. This system allows the victim to hoist himself up on the ramp and then topple easily into the raft. The emergency survival equipment pack is available with this liferaft : the emergency pack includes water and food (rescue forces expected after 24 hours).
PVC coated polyester boarding ramp, with fibreglass frame.
ISAF TRANSOCEAN 4-man Canister
63393
44 kg 74 x 47,5 x 29
SURVIVAL PACK : RESCUE AFTER 24 HOURS 6-man Canister
63396
53 kg 80 x 50 x 33
8-man Canister
63399
67 kg 90 x 55 x 32
Dimensions in cm, as a guide only (length x width x height).
67
Useful dimensions, i.e. useful area inside liferaft and headroom below archtube.
4-man Transocean
4 - man Cruiser
0.91 m
2.24 m2
Useful dimensions, i.e. useful area inside liferaft and headroom below archtube.
0.87 m
1.49 m2
6 - man Cruiser
6-man Cruiser liferaft
Cruiser liferafts The Cruiser liferafts are designed for coastal cruising and moderate navigation conditions. Different versions of survival equipment are offered : see description of included equipment on following pages.
Special notice to ISAF racers
PLASTIMO EXCLUSIVITY : the double chamber
Cruiser ORC+ models do not fully comply with ISAF offshore special regulations (for ISAF races cat. 1 & 2) applicable from 01.01.2003. This restriction applies to ISAF racers only. Please contact our sales office for full details.
6-man
4-man Valise
Cruiser Standard Cruiser ORC+
Canister
Valise
Canister
28.5 kg 74 x 50 x 21
54586
54584
57041
21.5 kg 65 x 43 x 25
24.5 kg 74 x 50 x 21
25.5 kg 73 x 40 x 25
35235
57045
35233
57050
28 kg 70 x 42 x 27
31 kg 74 x 50 x 23
32.5 kg 73 x 42 x 28
35.5 kg 74 x 50 x 25
57046
• Single floor on Cruiser Standard.
• Insulating double floor on Cruiser ORC+.
Dimensions in cm, as a guide only (length x width x height). Dimensions of liferaft in a valise particularly may fluctuate by ± 3 cm.
C-Safe 25590 Small impact-resistant case, waterproof up to 5 metres. The case fits snugly around the waist, and will protect your valuables (credit cards, car-keys, cash...) or any item you wish. • C-Safe floats, even when fully laden. • Double closing with lateral latches, clamped tightly shut. • O-ring ensures watertight security. • Supplied with webbing belt and strong plastic buckle.
68
Philip Plisson ©
Storing the liferaft on board
316L EEL ESS ST L IN A T S
Cradles for liferafts A cradle makes for easy mounting on the deck, the pushpit or the transom (according to model). Each cradle can be padlocked to prevent theft (in that case, remember to unlock before casting off). 3 types of cradles are available, offering different mounting possibilities. If you decide to mount a hydrostatic release unit which triggers the inflation of the raft automatically, you must go for the deck-mount cradle with straps.
Type of cradle Universal Deck-mount standard Deck-mount with straps
Position of liferaft Horizontal, Vertical, Vertical, deckpushpittransommount mount mount
Compatibility* with a hydrostatic release unit
-
-
-
-
-
-
Universal cradle 27462 Stainless steel, adjustable cradle. Fits all liferafts. Installation possibilities : • Horizontally on deck. • Vertically on pushpit or transom. Tube diameter : 19 mm.
*This cradle is the only model compatible with a hydrostatic release unit (Pains Wessex or Hammar).
69
316 L EL STAINLESS STE
Standard deck-mount cradle
Deck-mount cradle with straps
Stainless steel cradle to be mounted horizontally on deck. Tube diameter : 22 mm.
Stainless steel cradle to be mounted horizontally on deck. Tube diameter : 25 mm. Comes complete with set of adjustable straps, 40 mm wide.
Standard deck-mount Ref. cradle
Liferaft model Cruiser (ref. no. of liferaft > 56000) Cruiser 4, Cruiser 6 std, ORC & GR Cruiser (ref. no. of liferaft < 56000) Cruiser 4 std & ORC, Giglio 4 Cruiser 4 ORC+, Cruiser 6 Cruiser 8 Other models Capri 4 & Ibiza 4,Transocean 4 , Offshore 4 & 6, Offshore Plus 4 & 6 Offshore 8,Transocean 6 Offshore Plus 8, Offshore 10,Transocean 8, Transocean Plus 6, Capri 6, Ibiza 6 & 8 Offshore Plus 10,Transocean 10 & 12, Ibiza 10, Transocean Plus 8 & 10, Capri 8 & 10 Coastal ISO 4, 6 & 8, Giglio 6
8
53442
5 1 7
14117 10565 29851
6
18673
2
10566
3
10567
4
10568
8
53442
Options
This cradle is the only model compatible with a hydrostatic release unit.
Deck-mount Ref. cradle + straps
Liferaft model Capri 4 & Ibiza 4, Offshore 4 & 6 Transocean 4 Offshore 8 & 10, Transocean 6 & 8, Transocean Plus 6, Capri 6, Ibiza 6 & 8 Offshore Plus 10, Transocean 10 & 12, Ibiza 10, Transocean Plus 8, 10 & 12 Capri 8 & 10
B
40446
C
40447
D
40448
Hydrostatic release units The hydrostatic unit releases automatically the liferaft from a sinking vessel. It consists in a double looped white rope line, a release mechanism and a weak link (that will break away when the system is triggered). â&#x20AC;˘ Operating depth : 1.50 to 4 metres. â&#x20AC;˘ Lifetime : 2 years from date of installation on board. â&#x20AC;˘ No servicing required. â&#x20AC;˘ Corrosion-proof. â&#x20AC;˘ Dimensions (excluding attachment braids) : 95 x 65 x 60 mm. 2 shackles (bow-type Ă&#x2DC; 8 mm, not included) are necessary for installation.
t )ZESPTUBUJD SFMFBTF VOJU 300550* t "OUJ UIFGU DBCMF Supplied without padlock. 'PS DSBEMF # 40450 'PS DSBEMF $ & 23136 'PS DSBEMF % 40452 *
A hydrostatic release unit can be
installed only on Plastimo liferafts manufactured after 1997.
Deck-mount cradle + straps, shown here with all optional extras : hydrostatic release unit, anti-theft cable and padlock.
Application
Reference
SOLAS liferaft, 6 to 150-person capacity
HA2000H
Authorised service stations U.S.A. California Avalon Rafts Sales and Service Inc. - WILMINGTON (310) 549 9665 / daraftman@aol.com Salâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Inflatables - ALAMEDA (510) 522 1824 / salsinflatables@sbcglobal.net
Lifeline Inflatable Services - MIAMI (305) 621 1500 / lee@lifelineinflatable.com Solution One Maritime - TAMPA (813) 241 6654 / sales@solutiononemaritime.com Lifeline Marine Safety Inc. - CAPE CANAVERAL (321) 636 5212 / info@liferaft321.com
Rhode Island
Washington
Life Raft and Survival Equipment - TIVERTON (401) 816 5400 / brian@lrse.com
70
Florida
Puget Sound Inflatables - SEATTLE (206) 762 3877 / Info@life-raft.com
VIRGIN ISLANDS Caribbean Inflatable Services - ST THOMAS (340) 775 6159 / janis@carribeaninflatable.com
Approval
Authorised service stations ANTIGUA Seagull Inflatables FALMOUTH - 1 268 460 1020
seagullinflatables@hotmail.com
AUSTRALIA
New South Wales Bulbeck Marine - WOLLONGONG 4226 6917 / richardc@bulbeck.com.au Survitec Services Sydney - AUBURN 9330 7015 / dean.omalley@rfdaust.com.au
Northern Territory Nautical Supplies - DARWIN - 8981 6651 service@nauticalsupplies.com.au
Queensland
t 3FVOJPO
RFD Wellington- WELLINGTON
Eureka - LA POSSESSION - 02 62 42 30 19 erk3@wanadoo.fr t /FX $BMFEPOJB
4 499 9179 / rfdnz.wgt@survitecgroup.com
Speed Marine - NOUMEA 687 28 34 69 / station@speedmarine.nc t 'SFODI 1PMZOFTJB
RFD Christchurch- CHRISTCHURCH 3 389 2117 / rfdnz.chch@survitecgroup.com
Tahitisport SA/Nautisport - PAPETEE (689) 454885 / survie@nautisport.pf
Rammsalt - VETTRE - 66 90 42 16 rammsalt@gmail.com
Chantier Naval des Iles Sous le Vent
RAIATEA - (689) 66 10 10 / cni@mail.pf
Seatronic - MOSS - 692 50960 seatronic@seatronic.no
t 4BJOU 1JFSSF .JRVFMPO
PACIFIC ISLANDS
NQEA Marine Safety Pty Ltd - CAIRNS 4052 7381 / bill.butland@nqeamsd Whitsunday Ocean Services - AIRLIE BEACH 4948 1366 / wokwood@whitsunday.net.au Sunshine liferaft and inflatable boat services WARANA - 5493-8882
EMVSP Ecole Municipale de Voile - SAINT PIERRE 05 08 41 47 36 / emvsp@cheznoo.net
Survitec Services Brisbane - SLACKS CREEK 3808 8918 / neal.skinner@rfdaust.com.au Wiltrading - TOWNSVILLE 4789 7301 / devans@wilh.com.au Port Curtis Sea Safety Services - GLADSTONE 4972 4813 / info@pcsss.com.au
Marinesport Kösling - FRIEDRICHSHAFEN 7541 23793 / info@koesling.de
steveharleys@hotmail.com
South Australia Eyre Peninsula Fire & Safety - PORT LINCOLN 8683 4744 / epfire@chariot.net.au Pacific Australia Marine Safety - ROYAL PARK SA 5014 - 8244 0086 liferaft@pacificaustralia.com.au Survitec Services Melbourne- DINGLEY VILLAGE 9558-0055 / scott.hyndman@rfdaust.com.au
Western Australia Survitec Services Fremantle - WESTERN AUSTRALIA 89331 4000 / Wayne.inkpen@rfdaust.com.au
Tasmanie Peter Johnson Pty Ltd - HOBART 6234 5422 / liferaft@peterjonhson.com.au
AUSTRIA
Moerth Marine Gmbh & CoKG - GRAZ-FELDKIRCHEN 316293929 / service@moerth-marine.com
BELGIUM
SKB Livesaving OSTEND - 59 339600 / info@skblse.be ANTWERP - 32 138670 peterlongueville@skblse.be
RFD Nelson- NELSON / 3 548 2996 rfdnz.nelson@survitecgroup.com
NORWAY
Papua - New Guinea
GERMANY
Marine Engineering Services - PORT MORESBY 5321 4509 mes@steamships.com.pg
Baden Würtemberg
Fuji
Glab Yachtcharter - ESSINGEN BEI AALEN 7365 919613 / info@glab-yachting.de
Marine Safety Services SUVA - (00679) 331 24 26 NADI - (00679) 331 24 26 isaac.whippy@marinesafety.com.fj
Mecklenburg Vorpommern
PORTUGAL
Survitec Service & Distribution GMBH - ROSTOCK 381 811 2780 / rostock@survitecgroup.com
REP Maritima Unipessoal Limitada - MADERA 291 969 800 / estaleiroap@repmaritima.com
Industrie & Yachtausrüstung Rostock - ROSTOCK 381 492 2170 / i-ya.hro@t-online.de
Electro Central Vulcanizadora - LISBOA 21 814 41 83 / carmo.fonseca@ecv.pt
Nordrhein-Westfalen
SLOVENIA
Lenz Rega Port - DUSSELDORF 211 306371 / Info@lenz-rega-port.de AW Niemeyer - DORMAGEN 2133 9781 0 / awn_dormagen@awn.de Survitec Service & Distribution GMBH- HAMBURG 40-675096-0 / info@cosalt.de
Schleswig-Holstein Friedrich Netlitz - KIEL 431 56 10 68 / netlitz@netlitz.de AW Niemeyer - KIEL 431 97 41 70 / awn_kiel@awniemeyer.de
Bremen SVB - BREMEN - 421 57290-15 / mti@svb.de
GIBRALTAR Marine Safety - NEW HARBOUR 350 200 40402 / service@marinesafetygibraltar.com
Remop - PORTOROZ 5 6250 180 / Neon.kp@siol.net
SPAIN Andalusia Mascyf CADIZ - 956 25 86 03 mascyf@mascyf.com Extinval - ALMERIA 950 622 389 / extinval-almeria@extinval.com Cordón Equipos de Salvamento Maritimo - HUELVA 959 285 337 / jl.cordon@telefonica.net
Cantabria José Antonio Docal - SANTANDER 942 324 300 / docal@docal.es
Catalonia
GREECE
Cesmar - L’ESCALA (Girona) 972 77 38 47 / info@cesmar.cat
Pyrsos Safety - PIRAEUS 210 4520391 / info@pyrsos-safety.gr
Balsamar - BARCELONA 937 586 078 / Info@balsamar.com
CANADA
Galanos Bros - PIRAEUS 210 4136035 / service@galanos.gr
Equipments Survie maritime Inc. - CHATEAU RICHER 418 824 3770 / info@esmquebec.com
Nautica Alfacs - SANT CARLES DE LA RAPITA 977 742 000 / estacio@nauticaalfacs.com
David Nash & Partners O.E - CORFU 26610 46146 / davidnash1@ker.forthnet.gr
Galice
BRASIL
Seasafety Sea Trade & Services Ltda - SAO GONCALO RJ - 2 133 964 000 / contato@seasafety.com.br
CROATIA
Antipiros - SPLIT 21 495 062 / antipiros@antipiros.com
ITALY
Tridente - VIGO 986447446 / tridente@tridentesl.com
Valencia
Palby Marine - KOLDING 75 88 13 11 / pably@pably.dk
Versilia Marine Service SNC VIAREGGIO - 0584 396491 ORBETELLO (GR) - 0564 86 08 71 SAN REMO (IM) - 0184 50 87 33 info@versiliamarineservice.it
Velcron Oy - USUSIKYLÄ 400430947 / info@velcron.fi
Motomarsarda - PORTO TORRES 0795 16181 / motomarsar@tiscali.it
Basque Country
DENMARK FINLAND FRANCE
Mainland France Plastimo - LORIENT - 2 97 87 36 56 sav.radeaux@plastimo.com
Corsica Bizzari Nautic - AJACCIO-MEZZAVIA 4 95 22 12 37 / bizzari.nautic@wanadoo.fr
Overseas regions t $BSJCCFBO Eurosurvie - PETIT BOURG, GUADELOUPE - 05 90 32 24 51 eurosurvie@wanadoo.fr La Survy - LE MARIN, MARTINIQUE 05 96 74 63 63 / la.survy@wanadoo.fr Liferafts Etc. - SAINT MARTIN 06 90 74 43 30 / info@liferaftsetc.com
MALTA D’Agata Marine - GZIRA 356 21 341 533 / info@dagatamarine.com
NETHERLANDS Survitec Service & Distribution ROTTERDAM - (0031) 102 380380 GROU - 566 623.884 netherlands@survitecgroup.com Jacobs Lifesaving B.V - RIDDERKERK 786 849 070 / jc.jacobs@jacobslifesaving.nl
Extinval - VALENCIA / 963 674 053 jcosin@extinval.com Equipos de Salvamento - SANTA POLA (Alicante) 966 691 220 / blascobalsas@hotmail.com Juan Gorordo Egaña - SAN SEBASTIAN 943 394 942 / jgorordo@telefonica.net
Balearic Isles O.S. Safety Equipment - PALMA 971247211 / service@oscarsierra.com Sea Safe - SANTA PONCA 971 69 5507 info@seasafemallorca.com Velamar Sails - IBIZA 971 31 16 60 / velamarsails@telefonica.net
Canary Isles
SWEDEN Sydost Brand AB - KARLSKRONA 455 619810 / info@sydostbrand.se Båtaccenten Handels AB - STOCKHOLM 87 775 200 / info@bataccenten.se Goteborg Flottservice AB - GÖTEBORG 31 542 526 / service@gbgflottservice.se Sjösäkerhetskompaniet AB - HÄEGERSTEN 8 651 38 00 / ombordinnan@telia.com
TRINIDAD (W.I.) Marine Safety Equipment - CHAGUARAMAS 634 44 10 / info@marinesafetytt.com
TURKEY Onursan - TUZLA- ISTANBUL +90 (216) 395 82 27 / barbaros@onursan.net Blues Yachting FETIYE, IZMIR, BODRUM, MARMARIS, GOCEK, ANTALYA +90 645 20 66 / blues@bluesyachting.com
UNITED KINGDOM England t $IBOOFM *TMBOET A.B. Marine Ltd - GUERNSEY 722378 / abmarine@cwgsy.net Jackson Yacht Services - JERSEY 743819 / sales@jacksonyacht.com South Pier Shipyard - JERSEY 711 000 / ed@southpiermarine.com t $PSOXBMM C.E. Banyard Ltd - LOSTWITHIEL 873777 / ce.banyard@btconnect.com t /PSUIFSO *SFMBOE K.T.S Sea Safety - NEWRY 835870 / chmarine@hotmail.co.uk t %PSTFU Safe to Shore Ltd - DORSET 662520 / info@safe2shore.co.uk t &TTFY South Eastern Marine Services Ltd - BASILDON 534427 / glen@aerosafe.co.uk Premium Liferaft Services - BURNHAM ON CROUCH 784858 / info@liferafts.com t )BNQTIJSF Ocean Safety Ltd - SOUTHAMPTON 729075 / glasgow@oceansafety.com Viking Lifesaving Equipment Ltd - SOUTHAMPTON 454184 / vikingsth@viking-life.com Universal Safety - SOUTHAMPTON 987198 / service@universalsafety.co.uk t 4VGGPML Suffolk Sailing - IPSWICH - 833010 liferafts@suffolk-sailing.freeserve.co.uk
Scotland Ocean Safety Ltd - GLASGOW 74 54 12 / mail@oceansafety.com Survitec Service & Distribution Ltd - EDINBURGH 5548531 / serviceuk@survitecgroup.com
Wales
VCU Veiligheidscentrum - URK 527 688125 / tineke@vcu.nl
NEW ZEALAND
Inprecasa Industria de Prevención Canarias LA LAGUNA -TENERIFE 922 650 131 / inprecasa@inprecasa.com
Survitec Service & Distribution Ltd MILFORD HAVEN, DYFED 692032 / paul.mayhew@survitecgroup.com
RFD Auckland - AUCKLAND 9 373 2019 / joanne.mcmahon@survitecgroup.com
Inprecasa - LAS PALMAS inprecasa@gmail.com
Glaslyn Marine Supplies - PORTMADOG 513545 / glaslynmarine@aol.com
71
Liferaft equipment
Raft equipment Liferaft model Equipment
A. Floating anchor B. Pump
A
C. Thermal protective overalls D. Paddles
C
E. Floating knife F. Rescue quoit with line
H B
I
H. Sponge
G
I. Repair kit
E
J. Checkbook and liferaft instructions manual
J
K. Survival instructions and signal card
D
F
K
G. Bailer
Personal survival - Raincatching gutter on canopy L. Rainwater collecting pouch M. Water (quantity per person)
N
N. Graduated cup O. Food rations (quantity per person)
O
P. Fishing kit
L
Q. First aid kit
M
R. Seasickness pills (6/person)
P
-
Q R
Seasickness pouch (1/person)
Signalling equipment S. Handflares, SOLAS T. Parachute rockets, SOLAS - Floating smoke, SOLAS
W
U. Chemical light sticks
X
V. Signalling mirror W. Outside light on canopy
Z
V
X. Inside lamp, on arch tube - Retro-reflective tapes on canopy
T
-
S
Retro-reflective tapes on bottom (to spot capsized raft)
- Radar-reflecting tapes Y. Waterproof torch
U
Y 72
- Spare batteries and bulb for torch Z. Whistle
CRUISER STANDARD
CRUISER ORC+
TRANSOCEAN ISO-ISAF PACK >24H
1 0,40 m2 + 10 m line
2 0,40 m2 + 10 m line
1 0,67 m2 + 30 m line
1
1
1
-
-
2, SOLAS
1
2
2
1
1
1
1+ 15 m line
1+ 30 m line
1+ 30 m line
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0,2 L
0,5 L
1,5 L
-
1
-
-
125 g
500 g
-
1
-
-
1
1
-
-
-
-
3
6
-
2
2
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
-
-
1
-
300 cm2
900 cm2
-
-
600 cm2
-
-
-
1
1
2
-
-
1
1 73
Heelmeters Indispensable for measuring the optimum angle of heel, for racing dinghies and larger yachts. Designed to be mounted inside or outside. Ref.
A
B
Model
Graduation
Mounting
Dimensions
A 51601
45° heelmeter
5° graduation, up to 45°
Adhesive backing
80 x 40 mm
B 51494
6° and 45° double reading heelmeter 1° graduation, up to 6° or 5° graduation, up to 45° 4 screws
110 x 82 mm
Loud hailer Loud hailer with built-in microphone
Loud-hailer 423506
61682
White ABS, lightweight and and compact. Pistol handle. Trigger switch. With wrist strap. No siren. Average range : 320 metres. Powered by 6 LR6 batteries (not supplied). Ø 125 mm, length 235 mm.
Features a Class-D amplifier, max power 25 W. 4 functions : conversation, whistle, foghorn & siren. Average range : 450 metres. Powered by 10 x AA batteries, (not included). Autonomy : about 8 hours. Weight (without batteries) : 950 g. Ø 203 mm, length 350 mm.
Protective pouches
A B
C
Waterproof pouches AquaSafe pouches have been designed to provide efficient protection against nature elements : sea water, sand, dust, sun, oil and grease. Used by sailors, sportsmen, fishermen or even windurfers, Aquamate pouches provide a safe operation of mobile phones, cameras, or VHF radio : talk and listen through the pouch losing only 5% volume. Aquamate pouches float.
74
Ref. A B C D
175857 175858 175861 175863
E 175864
D
E
Description For small mobile phones up to 140 mm, not flip. For medium mobile phones up to 190 mm, not flip. For small VHF radios. For large VHF radios. Suitable for most GPS units. Also protects valuables, passports, travellers cheques, keys, calculators, etc.
Dimensions 78 x 140 mm 132 x 190 mm 110 x 310 mm 132 x 383 mm 132 x 250 mm
75
Jean-Marie Liot Š
Tenders & Mooring
Plastimo tenders
Selecting your inflatable tender The right questions for the right selection How do you store your tender on board ?
Is the floor a prime consideration ?
Slatted
Inflatable, rigid
Full
Flat, V-shape hull
Flat, integrated storage hatch
Is weight a prime consideration ?
Yes
or
Folded
Do you intend to use your tender in a tropical zone ?
No
Yes
or
HORIZON Series Pages 78-79
RAID II Series
FUN II Series
Pages 82-83
Pages 84-85
TRAIL Series
YACHT Series
Pages 86-87
Pages 90-91
FISH Series
LIGHT Series
Pages 94-95
Pages 80-81
CHARTER Series Pages 88-89
tion requires : What the regula comply , tenders must â&#x20AC;˘ Up to 2.50 m 85 standard. pean with ISO/CD 61 mply with Euro tenders must co , m 50 2. m fro â&#x20AC;˘ As CE*. Directive 94/25/ ne 1998.
* Enforced 16 Ju
76
On davits
On the deck
Material Constructed from 1100 Decitex PVC fabric for increased abrasion resistance and extra durability. 2 or 4-year warranty on material and seams*. * Subject to conditions.
No
Why choose a Plastimo tender ? Bow The new square-shaped bow, in particular on Raid and Trail series, makes the most of space on board, with additional comfort for the crew and optimum storage areas, without sacrificing performance and manoeuvrability.
Fabric Plastimo tenders are manufactured in Plastel速 fabric from Mehler Texnologies, specially engineered for inflatable tenders. It features multiple layers, is highly watertight and offers outstanding resistance to abrasion, UV and marine environment. Plastel速 fabric is recyclable and manufactured according to the DIN EN ISO 9001 standard. Top coat Primary coat Base fabric Primary coat Top coat
Valves Recessed inflation valves, for increased protection and easy access.
Inflatable floor Our Fun models feature inflatable Heytex速 floor, which ensures perfect rigidity with no distortion combined with lightweight and excellent stability. 3rd coating (airtight)
Heytex速 double-wall
2 coating (airtight) nd
1st coating (primer) Base fabric Spacer threads Base fabric 1st coating (primer) 2nd coating (airtight) 3rd coating (airtight)
Transom filler Large diameter and screw-free transom filler : to prevent corrosion and offer quicker water draining.
Cone ends On square-shaped tenders, the innovative design of reinforced cones contributes to optimised planing.
77
Horizon tenders Tenders manufactured in PVC fabric 1100 Decitex, abrasion resistance and UV protection.
Slatted floor
200S
ISO CD 6185
ISO CD 6185 1.31 m
1.97 m
2.25 m
1.31 m
Ă&#x2DC; 35 cm
Ă&#x2DC; 34 cm
200S
230S
Slatted floor Horizon tenders Model
200S
230S
Reference
Grey : 61184
Grey : 61185
Maximum load
250 kg
270 kg
Overall dimensions
197 x 131 cm
225 x 131 cm
Stowed dimensions
102 x 58 x 29 cm
102 x 58 x 29 cm
Weight
17 kg
21 kg
Maximum power
1.9 kW (2.5 CV)
2.5 kW (3.3 CV)
Max number of persons
15 cm wide slats
Floor Tube diameter
34 cm
35 cm
Number of air chambers
2
3 Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard
Seat D-towing rings Equipment included
78
1
2 Valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles
230B
ISO CD 6185
le
le inflatab Removabo fl or
Category C 1.46 m
2.59 m
2.25 m
1.32 m
Ă&#x2DC; 35.5 cm Ă&#x2DC; 39.5 cm
230B
260B
Removable inflatable floor Horizon tenders Model
230B
260B
Reference
Grey : 61186
Grey : 61187
Maximum load
290 kg
440 kg
Overall dimensions
225 x 132 cm
259 x 146 cm
Stowed dimensions
102 x 58 x 29 cm
112 x 58 x 33 cm
Weight
18 kg
23 kg
Maximum power
2.5 kW (3.3 CV)
3.7 kW (5 CV)
Max number of persons
Rigid, inflatable & removable
Floor Tube diameter
35.5 cm
39.5 cm
Number of air chambers
3+1
3+1 Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard
Seat D-towing rings
2
2
Equipment included
Fixing strap for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles
79
Light tenders Lightweight tender, easy to carry and store, can also be conveniently stowed in a car trunk or a boat locker.
P180S
ISO CD 6185
Slatted floor
Ă&#x2DC; 32 cm
1.83 m
1.23 m
Model Reference
Š B. Leglatin
P180S
P180S Grey : 61222
Max number of persons Maximum load
150 kg
Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions
183 x 123 x 34 cm 89 x 53 x 27 cm
Weight Maximum power Floor* Tube diameter Number of air chambers
13 kg 15 cm wide slats 32,33 cm 2
Seat
Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard
D-towing rings
1
Equipment included
Carrying strap, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles
* Slats can be taken apart from the tender floor, thus reducing the folded dimensions to a minimum.
80
Compact Light tenders
(P240LG) Slatted floor table floor V-shape infla ) (P240LJ
P240LJ
ISO CD 6185
ISO CD 6185
1.56 m
2.40 m
2.36 m
1.59 m
Ă&#x2DC; 42 cm
Ă&#x2DC; 42 cm
P240LG
P240LJ
Model Reference
On square-shaped tenders, the innovative design of reinforced cones contributes to optimised planing.
P240LG Grey : 61224
P240LJ Grey : 61223
Maximum load
350 kg
300 kg
Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions
240 x 159 x 54 cm 110 x 57 x 31 cm
236 x 156 x 71 cm
Weight Motor size Floor Tube diameter Number of air chambers Seat D-towing rings
26 kg 3.7 kW (5 HP) 30 cm wide slats 42 cm 2 Wooden floor 1
20 kg 3.7 kW (5 HP) Rigid, inflatable floor 42 cm 2+2 Wooden floor 1
Equipment included
Valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 aluminium paddles
Valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 aluminium paddles
Max number of persons
90 x 57 x 32 cm
Rigid inflatable tube extensions on both sides of the transom contribute to a lightweight tender, more compact to stow.
81
RAID II tenders The innovative design makes the most of space on board with additional storage areas and optimum comfort for the crew. The reinforced cones contribute to optimize planing.
ISO CD 6185
ISO CD 6185
1.96 m
Ă&#x2DC; 36 cm
Ă&#x2DC; 36 cm
P200SH
2.18 m
1.37 m
1.37 m
Slatted floor ric b Reinforced fa
P220SH
Model
P200SH
P220SH
Ref.
Grey/Dark grey : 61161 Grey/Navy blue : 61162
Grey/Dark grey : 61163 Grey/Navy blue : 61164
Maximum load
250 kg
280 kg
Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions
196 x 137 x 46 cm 100 x 57 x 27 cm
218 x 137 x 46 cm 100 x 57 x 27 cm
Weight
17 kg
19 kg
Maximum power
2.5 kW (3.3 HP)
3 kW (4 HP)
Floor*
35 cm wide slats
33 cm wide slats
Tube diameter
36 cm
36 cm
Number of air chambers
2
2
Max number of persons
Aluminium seat + seat patches : supplied as standard
Seat D-towing rings
2
2
Carrying handle
-
-
Equipment included
Valise, repair kit, belows pump, 2 paddels *Slats can be taken apart from the tender floor, thus reducing the folded dimensions to a minimum.
82
With its very wide slats, the Raid series combines the advantages of slats and full floorboards : it rolls up compactly and yet has a perfect rigidity.
B. Leglatin ©
Category C
ISO CD 6185
P240SH
2.40 m
Ø 39 cm
Ø 40 cm
2.69 m
1.50 m
1.43 m
P270SH
Model
P240SH
P270SH
Ref.
Grey/Dark grey : 61165 Grey/Navy blue : 61166
Grey/Dark grey : 61167 Grey/Navy blue : 61168
Maximum load
350 kg
450 kg
Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions
240 x 143 x 51 cm 105 x 57 x 30 cm
269 x 150 x 53 cm 110 x 57 x 30 cm
Weight
21 kg
27 kg
Maximum power
3.7 kW (5 HP)
7.4 kW (10 HP)
Floor*
25 cm wide slats
35 cm wide slats
Tube diameter
39 cm
40 cm
Number of air chambers
2
3
Max number of persons
Aluminium seat + seat patches : supplied as standard
Seat D-towing rings
2
2
Carrying handle
-
2
Equipment included
Reinforced cones with innovative design contribute to optimize planing.
Valise, repair kit, belows pump, 2 paddels *Slats can be taken apart from the tender floor, thus reducing the folded dimensions to a minimum.
83
FUN II tenders V-type inflatable hull tenders, for increased lightweight and stability when taking fast rides under power, loaded or not.
Pi270VB
ISO CD 6185
Category C
Category C 1.54 m
2.67 m
2.32 m
Ø 35 cm
3.21 m
1.53 m
1.35 m
Ø 43 cm
Ø 43 cm
Pi230VB
Pi270VB
Pi320VB
Model
Pi230VB
Pi270VB
Pi320VB
Ref.
Grey/Dark grey : 61169
Grey/Dark grey : 61170
Grey/Dark grey : 61171
Maximum load
380 kg
664 kg
736 kg
Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions
232 x 135 x 65 cm 107 x 59 x 32 cm
267 x 153 x 77 cm 112 x 60 x 33 cm
321 x 154 x 77 cm 112 x 60 x 33 cm
Weight
18 kg
27 kg
31 kg
Maximum power
3.67 kW (5 HP)
6 kW (8 CV)
11.03 kW (15 CV)
Max number of persons
Floor
Rigid, V-shape, inflatable + flaps
Tube diameter
35 cm
43 cm
43 cm
Number of air chambers
2+2
3+2
3+2
Seat
Aluminium seat + seat patches : supplied as standard
Inflatable keel
Reinforced keel
-
-
-
D-towing rings
2
2
2
Rear carrying handles
-
2
2
Equipment included
84
Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles
: ps ble floor + fla
0VB, Pi320VB
Pi230VB, Pi27
ta
B. Leglatin ©
c V-shape infla
table
Pi270VH : infla
Category C
V-shape rigid inflatable hull (Pi230VB, Pi270VB & Pi320VB).
floor + keel
Ø 44 cm
2.72 m
1.58 m
Pi270VH Inflatable keel (Pi270VH).
Lightweight aluminium seat.
For a comfortable ride, 2 flaps extend the inflatable floor. They ease the lift off and keep the boat well balanced throughout the speed band (Pi230VB, Pi270VB & Pi320VB).
Model
Pi270VH
Ref.
Grey/Dark grey : 61172
Max number of persons Maximum load
500 kg
Overall dimensions Stoweddimensions
272 x 158 x 78 cm 112 x 58 x 32 cm
Weight
33 kg
Maximum power
7.4 kW (10 CV)
Floor
Rigid & inflatable
Tube diameter
44 cm
Number of air chambers
3+2
Seat
Aluminium seat + seat patches : supplied as standard
Inflatable keel
Reinforced keel
D-towing rings
2
Rear carrying handles
2
Equipment included
Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles
85
Trail tenders Same features as the Raid series : innovative design and reinforced cones. The Trail models are equipped with an inflatable V-type hull providing a stable and comfortable ride, and making it ideal to use under power. For an easy ride to the harbour in all seasons and situations.
P270KH luminium Wooden or a or full flo ll Inflatable hu
Inflatable hull.
ISO CD 6185
Category C
1.58 m
Ø 41 cm
Fixing strap for fuel tank (fuel tank not supplied).
P240KH
2.72 m
2.40 m
1.47 m
Ø 44 cm
P270KH
Model
P240KH
P270KH
Reference
Grey : 61173
Grey : 61174
Maximum load
380 kg
500 kg
Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions
240 x 147 x 71 cm 112 x 60 x 41 cm
272 x 158 x 74 cm 110 x 57 x 30 cm
Weight
36 kg
49 kg
Maximum power
3.7 kW (5 HP)
7.4 kW (10 HP)
Floor
Full, wooden floor
Full, wooden floor
Tube diameter
41 cm
44 cm
Number of air chambers
2+1
3+1
Max number of persons/
Seat
Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard
Inflatable keel
Reinforced keel
D-towing rings
2
2
Rear carrying handle
-
2
Equipment included
86
Fixing strap for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles
P310HA
Category C
Category C
3.06 m
3.36 m
3.80 m
1.74 m
1.58 m
Ø 47 cm
Ø 47 cm
P340HA
P380HA
Ø 44 cm P310HA
Category C 1.74 m
Model
P310HA
P340HA
P380HA
Reference
Grey : 61175
Grey : 61176
Grey : 63713
Maximum load
600 kg
750 kg
850 kg
Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions
306 x 158 x 75 cm 112 x 58 x 35 cm
336 x 174 x 83 cm
125 x 58 x 35 cm
380 x 174 x 83 cm 125 x 58 x 35 cm
Weight
52 kg
59 kg
68.8 kg
Maximum power
11.2 kW (15 HP)
15 kW (20 HP)
18.7 kW (25 HP)
Floor
Full, aluminium floor
Full, aluminium floor
Full, aluminium floor
Tube diameter
44 cm
47 cm
47 cm
Number of air chambers
3+1
3+1
3+1
Max number of persons/
Seat
Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard
Inflatable keel
Reinforced keel
D-towing rings
2
2
2
Rear carrying handle
2
2
2
Equipment included
Fixing strap for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles
87
Charter tenders Hypalon tender : heavy duty fabric, ideal for intensive use in tropical enviroment.
Pri310RH P240HH
HYPALON
Category C
ISO CD 6185
Category C 1.54 m
1.58 m
Ø 44 cm
P240HH
3.10 m
2.72 m
Ø 39 cm
2.40 m
1.43 m
Ø 40 cm
Pri310VH
P270HH
Model
P240HH
P270HH
Pri310VH
Pri340VH
Reference
Grey : 55753
Grey : 55754
Grey : 55755
Grey : 55756
Maximum load
350 kg
500 kg
520 kg
640 kg
Overall dimensions
240 x 143 x 51 cm
272 x 158 x 74 cm
310 x 154 x 88 cm
340 x 171 x 73 cm
Weight
21 kg
49 kg
45 kg
56 kg
Maximum power
3.7 kW (5 HP)
7.4 kW (10 HP)
11.2 kW (15 HP)
11,2 kW (15 CV)
Floor
Slatted, 15 cm wide slats
Full
Non-skid
Non-skid
Hull
-
-
Single skin V-type hull with ridges
Tube diameter
39 cm
44 cm
40 cm
Number of air chambers
2
3+1
Seat
Grey wooden seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard
Inflatable keel
-
3 3 Polyester seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard -
Reinforced keel
-
-
-
D-towing ring
2
2
1
1
Lifting ayebolts for davits
-
-
3
3
Front carrying handles
-
-
1
1
Rear carrying handles Equipment included
Storage bag, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles.
2
2
2
Max. number of persons
88
41 cm
Straps for fuel tank, storage bag, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles
B.Y. Leglatin ©
Category C
Category C
1.71 m
3.08 m
3.40 m
Ø 41 cm
1.54 m
Ø 42 cm
Pri340VH
(P240HH) Slatted floor HH) le hull (P270 40VH) b ta a fl in + r & Pri3 Full floo ull (Pri310VH h r ) e st e ly o p or (Pri310RH o fl t V-shape a fl + ll u h ester V-shape poly
Pri310RH
Model
Pri310RH
Reference
Grey : 55757
Max. number of persons Maximum load
500 kg
Overall dimensions
308 x 154 x 75 cm
Weight
58 kg
Maximum power
11.2 kW (15 HP)
Floor
Flat & non-skid. Integrated storage hatch.
Hull
Double skin V-type hull with ridges.
Tube diameter
42 cm
Number of air chambers
Inflatable keel
3 Polyester seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard -
Reinforced keel
-
D-towing ring
1
Lifting ayebolts for davits
4
Front carrying handles
1
Rear carrying handles Equipment included
2 Straps for fuel tank, storage bag, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles.
Seat
V-shaped polyester hull features two ridges for increased stability and safe turns.
Non-skid flat floor (Pri310RH).
89
Yacht tenders V-type rigid hull tender : for fast cruising with added safety. Can be easily mounted on davits.
Pri240V ISO CD 6185
Category C
Category C
Category C
1.71 m 1.52 m
Ø 42 cm
Pri240V
Pri270V
Ø 42 cm
Pri310V
Ø 41 cm
Pri340V
Model
Pri240V
Pri270V
Pri310V
Pri340V
Reference
Grey : 61177
Grey : 61178 Blanc : 61179
Grey : 61180
Grey : 61181
Maximum load
460 kg
510 kg
600 kg
640 kg
Overall dimensions
243 x 156 x 68 cm
268 x 154 x 70 cm
309 x 152 x 75 cm
340 x 171 x 73 cm
Weight
43 kg
46 kg
51 kg
56 kg
Maximum power
4.78 kW (6.5 HP)
7.4 kW (10 HP)
11.2 kW (15 HP)
11.2 kW (15 HP)
Floor
Non-skid
Non-skid
Hull
Single-skin V-shape, with ridges
Single-skin V-shape, with ridges
Tube diameter
41 cm
42 cm
42 cm
41 cm
Number of air chambers
3
3
3
3
Max. number of persons
Polyester seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard
Seat D-towing ring
1
1
1
1
Lifting ayebolts for davits
3
3
3
3
Front carrying handles
1
1
1
1
Rear carrying handles
2
2
2
2
Equipment included
90
Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles
3.40 m
3.09 m
2.43 m
Ø 41 cm
2.68 m
1.54 m
1.56 m
Pri310RF B.Y. Leglatin©
ester hull V-shape poly 340V) ri (Pri240V & P floor er hull + flat st e ly o p e p a V-sh ri340V) (Pri240V & P
V-shaped polyester hull features two ridges for increased stability and safe turns.
Non-skid flat floor. Integrated storage hatch (Pri310RF & Pri350RF).
Model
Pri310RF
Pri350RF
Reference
Grey : 61182
Grey : 61183
Maximum load
500 kg
600 kg
Overall dimensions
308 x 154 x 75 cm
348 x 176 x 72 cm
Weight
58 kg
73 kg
Category C 1.54 m
Maximum power
11.2 kW (15 HP)
11.2 kW (15 HP) or 18.4 kW (25 HP) when equipped with a Jockey console
3.08 m
Max. number of persons
Ø 42 cm
Pri310RF
(Consoles : please refer to Powerboating chapter)
Flat, non-skid. Integrated storage hatch.
Hull
Double-skin V-shape, with ridges.
Tube diameter
42 cm
48 cm
Number of air chambers
3
3
Seat
Polyester seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard.
D-towing ring
1
1
Lifting ayebolts for davits
4
4
Front carrying handles
1
1
Rear carrying handles
2
2
Equipment included
Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles.
Category C 1.76 m
3.48 m
Floor
Ø 48 cm
Pri350RF 91
Rigid hull tender
ISO
V-type rigid hull tender with folddown transom for easier storage in a boat locker. Can be mounted on davits. â&#x20AC;˘ Material : 1100 Decitex PVC fabric â&#x20AC;˘ Polyester hull
Fold-down transom Model Reference
MX-240/0 RIB White : 62271
Max number of persons 460 kg 243 x 155.5 cm 43 kg 4.78 kW (6.5 CV) Non-skid Single-skin V-shape, with ridges 41 cm 3 Polyester seat + seat-patch : supplied as standard 1 3 1 2 Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles
Maximum load Dimensions Weight Maximum power Floor Hull Tube diameter Number of air chambers Seat D-towing ring Lifting eyebolts for davits Front carrying handle Rear carrying handles Equipment included
ISO CD 6185
Ă&#x2DC; 41 cm
MX-240/0 RIB 92
2.43 m
1.55 m
Minimum size : the fold-down transom allows the storage of the motor inside the tender.
Fold-down transom with system lock ĂšTU steel hinches) & watertight gasket.
Tender with folding rigid hull V-type rigid hull tender for fast cruising and stability. Folding tender, easy to carry and store. • Material : 1100 Decitex PVC fabric • Polyester hull
V-shape hull Non-skid floor
Model Reference
MS-310/1 RIB White : 62272
Max. number of persons 400 kg 310 x 150 cm 55 kg 7.4 KW (10 CV) Non-skid Single-skin V-shape, with ridges 40 cm 2 Polyester seat & seat patch : supplied as standard 1 1 1 2 Straps for fuel tank, valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles.
Maximum load Overall dimensions Weight Maxi power Floor Hull Tube diameter Number of air chambers Seat D-towing ring Lifting eyebolt for davits Front carrying handle Rear carrying handles Equipment included
Ease to application.
Category C
Ø 40 cm
3.10 m
1.50 m
Easy to store and carry. Folded dimensions : 1.5 m x 1 m.
MS-310/1 RIB 93
Fish tenders The ideal tender for lake or river fishing. Outstanding stability and specific accessories on the P270SF model.
P180SF
Varnished wooden seat.
P270SF
Model
P180SF
P270SF
Reference
Green : 61225
Green : 61226
ISO CD 6185
Maximum load
150 kg
350 kg
Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions
183 x 123 x 34 cm 89 x 53 x 27 cm
270 x 133 x 38 cm 112 x 58 x 33 cm
Weight
13 kg
29 kg
Maximum power
-
4.4 kW (6 HP)
Floor*
Slatted, 15 cm wide slats
Tube diameter
32 cm
37 cm
Number of air chambers
2
2
Seat
Wooden seat + varnished seat patch : supplied as standard
D-towing ring
1
-
Rear carrying handle
-
2
Equipment included
Carrying strap, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles
Valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles, underseat hold-all bag + rod holder bag
A rod holder bag situated at the bow is equally suitable for grapnel anchor or fishing tackle. It is supplied with 2 rod holders. 94
Front and back transoms feature carrying handles.
1.83 m
1.23 m
Max number of persons
Ă&#x2DC; 32 cm
P180SF Category C 1.33 m
Ă&#x2DC; 37 cm
2.70 m
* Slats can be taken apart from the tender floor, thus reducing the folded dimensions to a minimum.
Slatted floor
P270SF
Underseat hold-all bag for fishing tackle and personal accessories. Thanks to the net at the bottom of the hold-all bag, it can be used as a fish well to stow fish and baits.
Compact Fish tender Ideal for inland angling waters, this compact and lightweight tender can be conveniently stowed in a car trunk or a boat locker.
P240SF
Model
P240SF
Reference
Green/camouflage : 61227
B. Leglatin
Slatted floor
Max number of persons 350 kg
Overall dimensions Stowed dimensions
240 x 159 x 54 cm 110 x 57 x 31 cm
Weight
26 kg
Maximum power
3.7 kW (5 HP)
Floor*
Slatted, 30 cm wide slats
Tube diameter
42 cm
Number of air chambers
2
Seat
Wooden seat and seat-patch, supplied as standard
D-towing rings
1
Equipment included
Valise, repair kit, bellows pump, 2 paddles, underseat bag
ISO CD 6185 1.59 m
2.40 m
Maximum load
Ă&#x2DC; 42 cm
P240SF
* Slats can be taken apart from the tender floor, thus reducing the folded dimensions to a minimum.
2 inflatable tube extensions on both sides of the transom contribute to a lightweight tender, more compact to stow.
95
Accessories for RIB's and inflatables Covers Ripstop polyamide. UV-resistant. Fits most inflatables. 2 self-gripping straps for quick folding and neat storage. Perfectly tailored with special zip and Velcro opening for motor. • For P200SH model : 55790 • For P220SH model : 55791 • For P240HH, P240KH & P240SH models : 55792 • For P270HH, P270KH, P270SH & Pi270VH models : 55793 • For P310HA & Pi310VH models : 55794 • For P340HA model : 55795 • For P380HA model : 57063 • For 350RH / PRI350RH models : 62286
56629 : ≤ 2.40 m 56631 : > 2.40 m
24833 : black 56627 : grey
56630 : ≤ 2.40 m 56632 : > 2.40 m 24818 : black 50881 : grey
58132 : grey
Halkey Roberts
60923 : grey 50328
50423
24813
24814: black 52606: grey
Motor bracket
52352
P230RT - P260RT
24816 : Repair kit*
*Not suitable for Hypalon tenders.
Fish tenders
52330 : below seat 52331 : rod holder bag 58613 : grey wooden seat for 1.80 - 2.20 m tenders 24828 : varnished wooden seat for 2.40 - 3.30 m tenders 58612 : grey wooden seat for P240LG/LJ tenders 58611 : green wooden seat for P240SF tenders
42351 : 2 m - 2.20 m 42352 : 2.40 m - 2.70 m 42353 : 3 m - 3.20 m 53458 : 3.20 m - 3.50 m 50879 : Pri270 50880 : Pri310
60944
Clamseal ® 51645
Patented
Ideal to repair a tear instantly in situ. Can be used bellow as well as above the waterline. Easy repair, no need for any tool or glue : • enlarge the tear up to 5 cm wide ; • introduce the back plate through the tear ; • use the nut to clam the two plates tight around the tear and secure the seal. Can be used again.
96
60943
53457
Accessories for RIBs Wheels for pneumatic boats Detachable and swing-up wheels, to be mounted on transom pad. Suitable for all pneumatic boats with rigid transom pad. Wheels swing up easily and instantly. When sailing, the lateral movement of the engine is not hindered by the tracks locked upright. Supplied by pair with mounting instructions and accessories.
17,5 cm max
Option
Max. speed : 5 km/h. Do not trailer-drive. Slightly reduce the tyres inflation for easier roll on sand.
Ref.
51477 51478
Maximum load 150 kg 250 kg
416216
Rubber inflatable wheel with polyamide rim.
Thickness
Tracks
Construction
Ø wheels
Pressure
Spindle
Weight
2 mm 2.5 mm
30 x 30 mm 35 x 35 mm
304 L st. steel 304 L st. steel
260 mm 400 mm
1.0 - 1.2 bar 1.0 - 1.2 bar
Ø 20 mm Ø 25 mm
4.3 kg 8.6 kg
Overall height 730 mm 800 mm
Fenders for RIBs Made from closed cell polyethylen foam, UV and hydrocarbon resistant. Curved shape to fit the RIB or tender tube. Provides efficient protection against abrasion along pontoons or jetties. Stacks easily for storage. Size S L
Dimensions 270 x 440 mm 350 x 800 mm
White
Grey
55798 55796
55799 55797
Plastic handle with suckers
Plastic handle
Can be used underwater when cleaning the hull.
Modern design, invisible screws. White
402622
Length x useful height 225 x 38 mm
Hole spacing 190 mm
Blue and yellow
Length
Height
177220
230 mm
100 mm
Sucker diametre 110 mm 97
Consoles Plastimo polyester consoles are designed for a dynamic ride for the pilot and optimum comfort for the crew on board RIB’s.
Steering console 56081
For RIBs from 4 to 6 metres.
Jockey console
35,5 cm
56080
For RIBs from 3 metres. This 2-seat console can be mounted on semirigid tenders with a polyester flat floor. Seat lifts open to provide a storage compartment, ideal for instruments and fuel tank. Supplied with cushion (polyurethane foam with leather-style upholstery). Overall length at base : 134 cm. Overall width : 49 cm. Overall height : 70 cm. 70 cm
This console can be mounted on semi-rigid tenders with a polyester flat floor. Features a stainless steel grab handle, a windscreen, a seat and a storage compartment. Supplied with cushion (polyurethane foam with leather-style upholstery). Overall length at base : 73 cm. Overall width : 66.5 cm. Overall height : 137 cm.
35 cm 104 cm 40 cm
68 cm
84 cm 49 cm
130° 45 cm
98
© B. Leglatin
134 cm
Davits Pivoting davits
Davits for tenders up to 100 kg or 160 kg depending on the model. When used, davits are blocked in a fixed position, determined when installing the davits (spacing between arms). When not in use, the arms swivel and can fold up for space saving on deck and transom. Easy flushmount installation thanks to mounting shoe. Ref.
Max. load 100 kg 160 kg
36182 36183
Tube Ø 40 mm 60 mm
Supplied in pairs.
Sheave Single Double
ØE
A
B
F ØE
Supplied in pairs, complete with blocks and lines. C
C ØD
ØD
Ref.
A B C D E F 36182 1050 mm 700 mm 130 mm 45 mm 130 mm 580 mm 36183 1150 mm 750 mm 170 mm 64 mm 150 mm 645 mm
36182 : 2 blocks, 2 hooks, 2 x 3 m of rope.
36183 : 4 blocks, 4 hooks, 4 x 3 m of rope.
Cargo boom Removable and folding cargo boom 39122
Facilitates the handling of heavy and bulky loads (up to 35 kg or the equivalent of a 6 HP/4-stroke engine). Helps carrying the engine from the tender to the boat’s motor bracket or lifting the liferaft from the pontoon to the boat’s deck. Swivels on 360°. Can be mounted either on a sailing boat’s pushpit (Ø 22.5 to 25.5 mm) or in the cockpit. Once the location has been selected and the fastening brackets firmly secured, it only takes seconds to set up the Plastimo cargo boom ready for use. Supplied with a storage bag including : • The 316 L stainless steel folding cargo boom. • 1 rope system, 4:1 purchase (2 double blocks, + 10 m braided polyethylene). • 1 Plasticlip equipped with a st. steel fixing plate. • 1 st. steel articulated mounting shoe which adapts to different mounting angles.
80 cm Ø 30 mm
Ø 30 mm
Option Ø 35 mm
50 cm MINI => 25 kg MAXI 60 cm MINI => 35 kg MAXI
140 cm
t 0VUCPBSE FOHJOF IBSOFTT
39315
2 m webbing, 35 mm wide. Strap is stitched together on a short length to be used as a handle. St. steel buckle. 99
Pumps
Recommended pressure :
• For tender’s tube = 300 mBar. • For inflatable floor = 800 mBar, the correct pressure for required rigidity of the floor and optimum performance of the tender.
B
Inflate the floor normally until pumping becomes difficult, giving clear indication that you should switch to the second chamber which will provide the extra pressure required (see pump instructions manual).
C
A
Remember to ease the pressure if you leave your boat inflated on a hot day, to prevent potential distortion due to volume fluctuation caused by the heat.
Foot pumps Heavy duty foot pump particularly suitable for synthetic or rubber coated boats. • Glassfibre polyamide plates. • Reinforced fabric coated bellows. • All metal parts in stainless steel. • Reinforced hose. • Universal adaptor.
Capacity A 5L B 6.5 L C 6.5 L
Pressure gauge
Ref.
57713 10157 55669
Max. pressure 400 mbar - 5.8 psi 200 mbar - 2.9 psi 300 mbar - 4.4 psi
28189
Spare connector for pumps 57713 & 10157.
Double chamber pump
Dimensions 28 x 21 x H 6 cm 29 x 21 x H 8 cm 32 x 23 x H 7 cm
Air pressure gauge 35723
55275
Helps checking the pressure of inflatable tenders and boats. Fits easily on the inflator connector.
Reaches a max. pressure of 1 bar without effort. Ideal for tenders' inflatable floor. • Capacity 5 +1,5 litre. • Max. pressure : 1 bar - 14.5 psi. • Dimensions : 32 x 23 x H 7 cm.
Hand pumps Double action hand pump, takes the backache out of inflating fenders, tenders or SUP. Constructed totally of plastic materials for rust free, low maintenance. Comes complete with hose and nozzle fittings.
C
Pressure Ref. gauge A 2 x 2000 cc 14301 B 2 x 2500 cc 10386 C 2 x 2500 cc 417263 Capacity
A
B
Mini-compressor 13436 Automatic electric compressor, can inflate or deflate very quickly any small size boat or fender. • Output 150 L/min. • Pressure control 300 mbar - 4.4 psi
max. • Safe : stops automatically at selected pressure. • Operates on 12 V battery. • Power consumption 9 Amp. • Dimensions : 23 x 13 x 13 cm. • Weight : 1.1 kg. Includes nozzle fittings and battery clips. 100
Max. pressure
Body
Dimensions
500 mbar - 7.2 psi Polypropylene 21 x 10 x 45 cm 600 mbar - 8.7 psi ABS 21 x 12 x 47 cm 600 mbar - 8.7 psi
Electric inflator 37213 Suitable to inflate or deflate all inflatable structures. • Output 800 L/min. • Pressure 190 mbar - 2.8 psi. • Power 750 W. • Voltage 230 V. • Overall dimensions : 24 x 13 x 13 cm (L x W x H). Nozzle fittings and 2 m hose included.
BTP12 digital inflator 62262 Can inflate or deflate any medium size boat, kite or SUP. • Digital pressure setting : simultaneous display of real and programmed pressures. • Safe : stops automatically at selected pressure. • Easy access to exhaust air filter for cleaning or replacement. • Shoulder bag included. • Dimensions : 25 x 9 x 9 cm. • Weight : 1.5 kg. Includes nozzle fittings, 1.7 m hose and 3 m power cable.
Option
Piston flow rate 160 L/min
Ni/Mh battery kit
62263
8 A/h capacity. Delivers 40 min operation at medium pressure rate.
Turbine flow rate 450 L/min
Pressure
Cons.
1 bar - 14.5 psi
20 Amp
Super Turbo electric inflators
39326
Inflates and deflates large units in a few minutes (RIB’s up to 5 m, kites, SUP...). • Ajustable pressure. • Powered by 12 V battery. • Safe : stops automatically at selected pressure. • Protected in a handy carry-bag. • Weight : 1.9 kg. Model with battery : 4.8 kg. Includes nozzle fittings, battery clips and 3 m power cable.
55670
Piston flow rate Turbine flow rate Pressure Ref. Description 300 mbar - 4.4 psi 39326 No battery. Dimensions 23 x 16 x 11.5 cm. 150 L/min 450 L/min 800 mbar - 11.6 psi 47534 No battery. Dimensions 23 x 16 x 11.5 cm. Incorporates a 7 Ah rechargeable battery. Provides approx. 15 min independent operation when fully charged. 150 L/min 450 L/min 800 mbar - 11.6 psi 55670 Dimensions 28 x 18 x 18 cm. Includes a charger with cigarette-lighter plug. 55674
Power 12 V - 15 A 12 V - 20 A 12 V - 20 A
230 V battery charger for inflator ref. 55670. With standard plug for the mains.
Quick and powerful : 7 m boat inflated in 7 minutes.
Turbo Max inflator 473348 Inflates and deflates inflatables and RIBs up to 10 m. • Adjustable pressure (175 to 250 mbar) • Powered by 12 V battery. • 2 motors mounted on aluminium plate to disperse the heat. • Safety fuse • Comes in a handy carry-bag. • Dimensions : 31 x 18 x 19 cm. • Weight : 3.5 kg. Includes nozzle fittings, battery clips and 3 m power cable.
Inflation time Boat length Mini-compressor ref. 13436 230 V. electric inflator ref. 37213 Digital inflator BTP12 ref. 62262 Super Turbo ref. 39326, 47534, 55670 Turbo Max ref. 473348
2.60 m 7 min 3 min 3 min
3.50 m 5 min 5 min
4.80 m 9 min
5.20 m 11 min
5.80 m -
7.30 m -
3 min
5 min
9 min
11 min
-
-
-
3 min
4 min
-
6 min
8 min
9.50 m 9 min 101
Rigid tenders
PRS 210 & PRS 245 tenders • Outstanding stability. • Large built-in wheel. • Central bench with reserve buoyancy. • UV-resistant polyethylene. • Highly resistant and very sturdy boat. Model
PRS 210
Reference
Grey : 40270 Green : 40271
PRS 245 Grey : 42579
Max number of persons Max. load
200 kg
250 kg
Length
2.10 m
2.45 m
Width
1.30 m
1.50 m
Depth
0.40 m
0.40 m
Weight
30 kg
41 kg
Max. engine HP (short shaft)
2 HP
3 HP
Transom mount roll-on wheel
1
1
Transom pad for outboard
Specific features
Built-in central bench + removable bench with reserve buoyancy.
Benches Removable rowlocks
2
2
Flushmount rowlock sockets
2
2
Large built-in wheel for easy pulling, even on sandy or pebbly ground.
Accessories & Spare parts Spare parts • Rowlock, Ø 51 mm : 44681 10 • Socket for rowlock Ø 51 mm : 43588
10
Accessories • Recommended oars 1.65 m : 16547 1.80 m : 16548
Slots for oars storage.
102
0 PRD 260 AND PRD 30 NDARDS : STA ISO TENDERS MEET /2002 • ISO 12217-3 of 08 on buoyancy 001 • ISO 14946 of 12/2 d. loa on maximum
PRD 300
Double skin hull for optimum safety
PRD 260 & PRD 300 tenders • UV-resistant, maintenance-free polyethylene. • Monoblock double skin hull construction provides a 320 litres buoyancy (for PRD 260) & 395 litres buoyancy (for PRD 300) and ensures optimum safety for the crew. • Wide and steady roll-on wheel, tenders can be easily towed on a sandy or shingly beach. • Can be stored on a jetty (with chains or padlock) or stay moored with virtually no risk of damage.
Model Reference
PRD 260 Vert : 47418
PRD 300 Vert : 30836
290 kg 2,55 m 1,50 m 0,31 m 52 kg 4 CV/2,9 kW
335 kg 2,85 m 1,40 m 0,40 m 57 kg 4 CV / 2,9 kW
PRD 260
Max number of persons
Max. load Length Width Depth Weight Max. engine HP (short shaft) Specific features Transom mount roll-on wheel Ø 22 cm Transom pad for outboard Benches Removable rowlocks Flushmount rowlock sockets
2 2 2 4
1 3 2 4
Reinforced transom pad. 2 built-in wheels (PRD 260) for easy pulling. And a wide and steady roll-on wheel for PRD 300 (illustrated model).
Boats designed for sailing on sheltered waters, with wind up to and including force 4 (Beaufort scale) and height of waves up to and includind 0.5 metre.
Accessories & Spare parts Spare parts for PRD 260 • Rowlocks Ø 51 mm, black : 44681 10 • Socket for rowlock Ø 51 mm : 43588 10 Spare parts for PRD 300 • Rowlocks Ø 56 mm, black : 44682 10 • Socket for rowlock Ø 56 mm, black : 43588 10 Accessories • Recommended oars 1.65 m : 16547 1.80 m : 16548
Central seat specially designed for you to find your ideal rowing position, with slot on either side for oar storage (maximum oar length : 2 m). 103
Wooden oars & paddles Oars and paddles manufactured in quality seasoned pine. The oars in particular are laminated in several layers of wood which gives greater flexibility and durability.
A + B. Brittania oars Quality pine oars, heavily polyurethane varnished. Wide 12 cm blades with shaped handgrip. The high grade model comes with oar collar and reinforced blade tip. Also available in standard pine. QUALITY PINE
BRITTANIA
Length
with PVC collars (A)
without collars (B)
1.50 m 1.65 m 1.80 m 1.95 m 2.10 m 2.25 m 2.40 m 2.70 m 3.00 m 3.30 m
16546 16547 16548 16549 16550 16551 16552 16553 16554
10162 10163 10164 10165 10166 10167 10168 10170 10171 22745
–
Each blade tip is specially reinforced with a wedge shaped cross grain insert.
C. Jointed oars Heavily varnished pine oars. Shaft Ø 35 mm. Wide 12 cm blades, with composite ferrule. Ideal for inflatables or small dinghies. Length 1.50 m 1.65 m 1.80 m 1.95 m 2.10 m
Ref.
10193 10194 10195 10172 10173
D. Newbourne oars Laminated, lightweight pine oars. Shaft Ø 30 mm. Wide 12 cm blade. Supplied with PVC oar collars. Length 1.50 m 1.65 m
104
Ref.
16561 16562
A
B
C
D
Canadian paddles
A
B
Length 1m 1.25 m 1.40 m 1.50 m 1.60 m
C
A - Canadian DeLuxe 10174 : 575 g 16563 : 725 g 16564 : 750 g 16565 : 800 g Light and perfectly balanced. Aspen with insert of alder, and varnished. Shaft Ø 30 mm. Very broad blade : 18 cm. Reinforced blade tip.
B - Canadian standard pine
C - Junior paddle 16569 : 650 g -
16566 : 575 g 16567 : 700 g 10175 : 750 g 16568 : 800 g Laminated in several layers and heavily varnished. Shaft Ø 30 mm. Blade fitted with spine. Blade width 16 cm with reinforced tip.
Laminated pine shaft with plastic blade. Supplied with drip ring. Shaft Ø 28 mm. Paddle width 16 cm.
Oarlocks Metal oarlocks
A
B
Model
Ø Shank
Ø Oarlock
Width
Oarlock
A
Chrome plated brass
B
Aluminium
48 mm 60 mm 56 - 62 mm
12 mm 13.5 mm 17 mm
37.5 mm 38 mm 55 mm
29610 29611 13372
Oarlock + locking bar -
13371
Side-mount socket
Top-mount socket
29614 29615 13374
29612 29613 13373
1 1 5
Polyamide oarlocks Colour Black White
Ø Shank
Ø Oarlock
Width
Oarlock
Side-mount socket
Top-mount socket
Closed-end thru-type socket
51 mm 56 mm 51 mm 56 mm
17 mm 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm
31 mm 37 mm 31 mm 37 mm
44681 44682 197207 197208
43588 43588 197210 197210
43587 43587 197209 197209
16542
10
-
10 1 1
Options & Accessories
• Clip 10 • Plastic oar collar
10
Heavy duty flexible PVC. For easier fitting, submerse the collar in soapy water. Brown, Ø 32 mm : 16543 Brown, Ø 44 mm : 11510. For Brittania oars ref. 10162 to10170.
Newbourne oars, Junior and Canadian paddles, clip Ø 30 mm : 45210 Jointed oars, clip Ø 40 mm : 45236 For all Brittania models, clip Ø 45 mm : 45242
• Plasticlip holder 37034 Holds an oar Ø 40 to 45 mm along a horizontal or vertical tube. Adapts to any tube diameter from Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm. Supplied complete with screws and nuts. 105
Oars and paddles Single oars and paddles Anodised aluminium shaft, plastic blades. Model
Length
Jointed oar A for tender. Sold in pairs.
Shaft Ø
Ref.
Assembled 1.60 m. 35 mm Taken apart 1.05 m
10399
1.50 m Oar for tender. Supplied with oar collar. 2 m C Paddle for tender. 1.40 m
35 mm 35 mm 35 mm
11791 11792 62264
Paddle with D take-away blade. Sold in pairs.
28 mm
10401
B
1.50 m
C
D
Model
Length
Shaft Ø
E
Jointed telescopic boat hook/paddle.
1.20 m to 1.80 m. 25 - 30 mm Taken apart : 80 cm
10400
F
Telescopic paddle-hook, with handle integrated to the blade.
1.56 to 2.30 m
30 mm
44365
Length
Shaft Ø
Ref.
Kayak paddle with 90°, Lexan spoon-shape blades. G Aluminium shaft coated with oven baked polyethylene paint.
2.26 m
28 mm
16570
70° spoon shaped blades for optimum penetration H into the water. Lightweight and highlyresistant aluminium shaft.
2.15 m
28 mm
51151
A
B
Oars-Paddles Ref.
Kayak paddles Model
E
F 106
G
H
Hooks
Grained rubber handle for better grip (ref. 62093 & 62094).
Telescopic boat hook Anodised aluminium. Rubber handle. Quarter turn locking action, at desired length. Plastic hook. Model
A
B
C
D
A B C D E
E
White aluminium Anodised aluminium Anodised aluminium Anodised aluminium Anodised aluminium
Length cm 62 to 91 62 to 91 60 to 100 120 to 200 120 to 210
Moor Fast® mooring aid 61118 1
2
3
25 mm
Shaft Ø 25/30 mm
-
-
-
-
62093
-
-
16593 -
62094
30 mm
44262 44256 -
Color hook Grey Grey Grey Black Grey
Spare hook -
62095 38579 62095
Moor Fast® is a ready-to-use mooring system. It helps threading a rope through a buoy ring or marina cleat up to 2 meters away from the safety of your deck, easily bringing it back on board. The unique Moor Fast® claw even scoop up rings and shackles that lie flat thus uneasy to reach. Manufactured from high-tech materials and built to last in a marine environment, the Moor Fast® design has been carefully researched and tested by boat owners. The Moor Fast® head has a lifetime guarantee against breakage in normal mooring use. Supplied without pole, it fits any Swobbit® pole
107
Floating pine hooks Model
Length cm
120 180 Floating pine boat hook. 180 B Plastic en buffer. 240 Anodised light alloy hook. 300 Floating pine boat hook. 180 C Plastic end buffer. 240 Plastic hook. 300 A
Floating pine boat hook.
Hook 32 mm colour
Ø Shaft
30 mm
-
16591 16592
-
Spare hook
Grey
62244
10333 10334 White 10335
10337 10338 10339
-
14733
Grey
62244
Fibre glass hooks Model Fibre glass boat hook. D Combines strength with lightness. White.
Length cm
Ø Shaft
120 180 240
10111 10112 10113
25 mm
Hook colour
Spare hook
Black
38579
Light alloy hooks Model
Length cm
Floating anodised light alloy. 130 180 E Rubber end buffer. Plastic hook. 210
Ø Shaft
25 mm 62090 62091 62092
Hook colour
Spare hook
Grey
62095
A
B
C
E
D
E
Options & Accessories t 3FQMBDFNFOU IPPLT Model
Colour
25 mm
Ø int. 30 mm
32 mm
-
A Female hook fitting, plastic
Grey
-
62244
B Female hook fitting, plastic
Grey
C Female hook fitting, plastic
Black
62095 38579
D Female hook fitting, anodised aluminium
Grey
-
-
A
B
C
14733
A
t 'PMEJOH DMJQ
Ref.
A B ØC 196072 72 mm 82 mm 30 mm
108
C B
t 1MBTUJDMJQ IPMEFS 37034
To be fixed on Ø 18.5 to 25.5 mm pulpit or stanchion. Suitable for any tube with a diameter from 40 to 45 mm. Screws and nuts included.
D
E
Fenders Bow fenders Bow protector 63918 White PVC. Dimensions 60 x 14 cm. Weight 1.8 kg.
Multifender 63919 White flexible PVC. Waffle design creates an articulated bumper grid that adapts to the bow shape. Multiple boat protection and dock edging applications. Dimensions 60 x 30 cm. Thickness 8 cm. Weight 3 kg.
A B
C D
Ring fender Bow fenders
PVC inflatable fender. Int. Ø 10 cm External Ø 33 cm • White : 39626 • Blue : 49088
White
Blue
39627 16333
49089 49090
A 35 cm 48 cm
B 27.5 cm 38 cm
C 25.5 cm 38.5 cm
D 34.5 cm 50.5 cm
A B
Stern fender White
Blue
16334
49091
C D
A 47.5 cm
B 39 cm
C 19 cm
D 30 cm 109
Performance fenders
Performance fenders Manufactured from soft, shiny and UV resistant PVC. Can be used either horizontally or vertically. Thanks to the design of the fender’s extremities, the PVC spreads evenly inside the mould during the rotomoulding process. This even distribution of the plastic material guarantees a perfect shock absorption, no matter where the point of impact is on the fender. Max. boat length 6m 8m 10 m 12 m 14 m
Inflated with rope Blue White Black
Not inflated with rope Blue White Black
Ø
35691 46655 35692 35693 39486 46660
57222 57223 57224 57226 57225 57227
10 cm 13 cm 15 cm 20 cm 21 cm 23 cm
35301 46653 35302 35303 39484 46658
47861 47862 47863 47865 47864 47866
57216 57217 57218 57220 57219 57221
57228 57229 57230 57232 57231 57233
Overall Ø (for fender baskets) 40 cm 50 cm 60 cm 80 cm 62 cm 85 cm
1.3 cm 1.6 cm 2 cm 2.7 cm 2.7 cm 2.8 cm
• Size guide Do not underrate the size of your fenders, just because they are bulky on the deck when you actually sail : if space is really an issue, you’d better have one fender less, while keeping a generous diameter. Do not compromise for the sake of space on board : opt for the next size up. We recommend you to place one fender every 2.5 m, and minimum 6 fenders. An extra fender with a larger size will be most useful when rafted to another boat with a higher free-board. For optimum efficiency, choose a fender which length is equivalent to the 2/3rd of your boat’s free-board. • Pressure We advise you to check the pressure of your fender or Bumper once or twice a year. The right pressure is obtained by using a pressure gauge or by measuring the circumference of your Performance fender. To be really efficient a fender or Bumper must be neither under nor over inflated. Recommended pressure Standard fender 0.15 to 0.20 bar Spherical fender 0.15 to 0.20 bar Bumper 0.07 to 0.10 bar 110
10.5 cm 14 cm 15.9 cm 21.3 cm 22.9 cm 24.8 cm
Two-colour Performance fender Same technical features as Performance fenders, in two-colour version : white fender body and black cones. Can be used either horizontally or vertically. Perfect shock absorption no matter where the impact is on the fender, thanks to an even PVC thickness throughout the product.
Overall Ø (for fender baskets)
Max. boat length
Inflated with rope
Not inflated with rope
Ø
6m 8m 10 m
63902 63903 63904 63905 63906 63907
63908 63909 63910 63911 63912 63913
10 cm 13 cm 15 cm 20 cm 21 cm 23 cm
12 m 14 m
Thanks to instructions on the fender, you can check at any moment if your fender is perfectly inflated, either with an air pressure gauge or by measuring its circumference.
40 cm 50 cm 60 cm 80 cm 62 cm 85 cm
1.3 cm 1.6 cm 2 cm 2.7 cm 2.7 cm 2.8 cm
10.5 cm 14 cm 15.9 cm 21.3 cm 22.9 cm 24.8 cm
Exclusive valve on Performance fenders Valve in injected polyethylene. • can be replaced in seconds, simply using a coin • 100 % corrosion-free • features a protection cap. Spare valve
Ø 14 mm
3/4
Adapter for Plastimo valve
10 56860 Specially designed to inflate Performance fenders and Bumpers. Compatible with all our pumps and inflators.
6
• Black valve and cap : 63935 • White valve and cap : 63936 For Performance fenders and Bumpers
One-eye fender Max. boat length
Ref.
Ø
10 m 12 m
39624 39625
18 cm 22 cm
48 cm 68 cm
2 cm 2 cm
Parabor fender Features a through-bore hole for rope (supplied as standard with fenders). Max. boat length 6m 8m 10 m 12 m 14 m
Not inflated -
46664 46665 46666 46667
Inflated
Ø
46663 47485 47486 47487 47488
10 cm 15 cm 20 cm 25 cm 30 cm
30 cm 43 cm 55 cm 68 cm 80 cm 111
Heavy duty series Plastimo offers a range of heavy duty fenders with an excellent abrasion and tear resistance. Ideal for superyachts manoeuvring in marinas, barges passing through locks, strong currents areas, or any intensive use. Suitable for use in temperatures from -20°C to +60°C.
Two-eye long fenders Max. boat length
5m
7m
9m
14 m 18 m > 18 m
Type
White with blue eyes
Blue with blue eyes
Ø cm
F01 S F01 M F01 L F02 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F11 F13
62123 62125 54678 54682 54680 54684 54686 54688 54690 54692 54694 54696 54698 54700
62124 62126 54679 54683 54681 54685 54687 54689 54691 54693 54695 54697 54699 54701
13 13 13 19 14.5 21.5 21.5 21.5 29 29 37.5 37.5 60 80
cm
cm
Weight kg
Volume L
37 46.5 56 66 61 61 74.5 105 77 109.5 93 147.5 145.5 195
1.8 1.8 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 3.5 4
0.6 0.7 0.9 1.5 1.1 1.9 2.1 3.1 3.1 4.6 6.2 7 11.5 24
3 4 5 15 8 16 22 35 40 70 95 150 310 750
Volume L 16 35 62 115 225 430 670
One-eye spherical fenders Max. boat length
Type
White with blue eye
Red with blue eye
Ø cm
5m 7m 9m 14 m 16 m 18 m > 18 m
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7
54704 54706 54708 54710 54712 54714 54716
54705 54707 54709 54711 54713 54715 54717
31 40 48 59 75 93 110
cm
cm
Weight kg
39 51 62 73 94 119 142
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 3 3.8 6
1.2 2.1 3 4.1 8.5 13.5 21
• Size guide Do not underrate the size of your fenders, just because they are bulky on the deck when you actually sail : if space is really an issue, you’d better have one fender less, while keeping a generous diameter. Do not compromise for the sake of space on board : opt for the next size up. We recommend you to place one fender every 2.5 m, and minimum 6 fenders. An extra fender with a larger size will be most useful when rafted to another boat with a higher free-board. For optimum efficiency, choose a fender which length is equivalent to the 2/3 of your boat’s free-board. • Pressure We recommend you to check the pressure of your fender or Bumper once to twice a year. The right pressure is obtained by using a pressure gauge or by measuring the circumference as for our Performance range. To be really efficient a fender or Bumper must be neither under nor over inflated. Recommended pressure Standard fender 0.15 to 0.20 bar Spherical fender 0.15 to 0.20 bar Bumper 0.07 to 0.10 bar
112
Fenders with reinforced eyes
The measurements are calculated at a pressure of 0.15 bar at approximately 20° C. Do not over-inflate : to provide dependable service, inflate buoys at circumference less 10% and they will naturally expand.
Solid head fenders Soft shiny white PVC fender with black reinforced heads. Max. boat length
Ref.
Ø
8m 10 m 12 m 15 m
63914 63915 63916 63917
13 cm 15 cm 20 cm 25 cm
54 cm 65 cm 75 cm 85 cm
2.8 cm 2.8 cm 2.8 cm 2.8 cm
Fender with reinforced eyes Max. boat length 7m 8m 10 m 12 m
White
Blue
Ø
39616 39617 39618 39619 39620 39621
51535 51536 51537 51538 51539 51540
12 cm 14 cm 17 cm 21 cm 23 cm 27 cm
48 cm 53 cm 58 cm 64 cm 72 cm 81 cm
2 cm 2 cm 2.5 cm 2.5 cm 3 cm 3 cm
Spherical fenders with black eye Moulded in tough, UV-resistant PVC. The solid black eyes will accommodate rope or shackles, and cannot pull-through under stress. Max. boat length 7m 9m 14 m 18 m
Yellow
Orange
White
39603 39606 39609 39612 39615
39602 39605 39608 39611 39614
39601 39604 39607 39610 39613
Buoyancy 35 cm 45 cm 55 cm 65 cm 85 cm
48 cm 62 cm 73 cm 88 cm 105 cm
3 cm 3 cm 3 cm 3 cm 3 cm
21 kg 45 kg 83 kg 138 kg 310 kg
er : Big size fend long up to 1.40 m
Fender for large yachts UV resistant white PVC. Max. boat length 15 m 18 m
Ref.
Ø cm
39622 39623
35 cm 45 cm
110 cm 140 cm
3 cm 3 cm 113
Flat fenders Flat fender Made from high-density closed-cell foam, this fender offers an excellent pressure resistance. Can be positioned either vertically or horizontally. • It features a nylon/PVC waterproof cover with a zip fastening. Navy colour. • The cover is washable and removable for easy maintenance. • Supplied with rope. Thickness 6 cm 12 cm 12 cm
Width 25 cm 30 cm 40 cm
Length 30 cm 40 cm 50 cm
Rope 2.10 m 2.60 m 3m
Ref.
62298 62299 62300
Accessory Polyamide snap hook, black
16795
Can also be used as a seat cushion or back supporter.
Length : 55 mm, Ø 15 mm.
2
Fleece-covered flat fender Ideal to moor alongside another boat, this flat fender also offers optimum protection when against quays or piers. Made from closed cell polyethylen foam with outer white PVC cover, it features a soft fleece-covered facing, to prevent scratches on the hull. Those models can be positioned either vertically or horizontally and fasten easily together with a lanyard (not supplied). The cover is washable and removable for easy maintenance. Thickness 10 cm 10 cm
Width 20 cm 40 cm
Length 60 cm 60 cm
With its comfortable fleece cover on one face, the flat fender can also be used as an extra knee-pad, seat cushion or back supporter.
Ref.
56922 56923
Flat type fenders • Semi-rigid fenders : will not puncture or deflate. • Manufactured in polyethylene closed cell foam, they provide good hull protection. • Do not absorb oils or water. • Easily stack in a locker. • Will not mar the hull. • Easy to clean. * Royal blue, light grey, navy blue. Thickness
Width
Length
Blue*
5 cm 8 cm 8 cm
18 cm 31 cm 31 cm
49 cm 65 cm 95 cm
14518 14519 14520
Fenders for RIBs Made from closed cell polyethylen foam, UV and hydrocarbon resistant. Curved shape to fit the RIB or tender tube. Provides efficient protection against abrasion along pontoons or jetties. Stacks easily for storage. Size S L 114
Dimensions 270 x 440 mm 350 x 800 mm
White
Grey
55798 55796
55799 55797
Can also be used as a cushion to sit on or to kneel on.
Multifender 63919 White flexible PVC Waffle design creates an articulated bumper grid that adapts to the boat hull or dock shape : flat, rounded or angled. Dimensions 60 x 30 cm. Thickness 8 cm. Weight 3 kg.
Ladder fender Multi-function ladder fender : to protect topsides and enable easy access on board. Colour White
Blue
Model 2-step 3-step 4-step 2-step 3-step 4-step
Ref.
186362 186364 186366 186363 186365 186367
Dimensions 25 x 12 x 55 cm 25 x 12 x 75 cm 25 x 12 x 95 cm 25 x 12 x 55 cm 25 x 12 x 75 cm 25 x 12 x 95 cm
Weight 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg 3 kg 4 kg 5 kg
Inflatable fender 62302 Inflatable fender manufactured in 1100 Decitex PVC fabric, equipped with standard valve for inflation in few seconds. Practical solution in addition to fenders on board. Can be positioned either vertically or horizontally. • It features a nylon/PVC waterproof cover. • Easy to store on board. • Quick and easy set-up. • Ø 15 x 45 cm.
Accessory Foot pump
57713
Capacity 5 L. Max. pressure : 400 mbar - 5,8 psi. Dimensions : 28 x 21 x H 6 cm.
115
Accessories for fenders Plasticlip®
33.5
A clever multi-purpose clip, engineered by Plastimo : • Easy and swift installation : no drilling required, you can change the installation of your equipment at any time. • Fits virtually anywhere on board : Plasticlip fits the most common tube diameters (from 18.5 to 25.5 mm) and can be mounted vertically (stanchion, pulpit) or horizontally (pulpit, pushpit). Clip in heavy duty polyamide, metal parts in 316 L stainless steel.
M5x4C 18.5 < Ø < 25.5mm
C
B
A
Standard one-fender model
A
Supplied complete with clip, screws and 316 L stainless steel basket. Ø Fender 200 mm 230 mm 250 mm
Ref.
36189 36190 36191
A 455 mm 558 mm 475 mm
B 205 mm 235 mm 255 mm
Patented design
C 235 mm 265 mm 285 mm
A
Standard 3-fender model Supplied complete with clip, screws and 316 L stainless steel basket.
B
Ø Fender 150 mm 200 mm
Ref.
A 310 mm 455 mm
36207 36209
B 460 mm 610 mm
Universal holder Unique fender holder : both clips feature a 316 L st. steel spring-mounted bracket which holds the narrow ends of the fender. The clips can be adjusted up and down the rail, the only limit being the rail length. When fenders are taken away, the brackets fold flat thus leaving ample room to move about on the deck. Suitable for vertical (stanchions or pushpit) or horizontal fender stowage (pulpit).
Flush stowed
Ø Fender 90 - 200 mm
Ref.
36203
A 180 mm
Rope for fender 3-strand polyester rope for fender. Features a spliced extremity.
Fender cleat Colour Black White 116
For Ø 3-6 mm
For Ø 6-12 mm
16857 14087
16856 14088
Ø 6 mm 8 mm
Ref.
48200 48201
Length 1.50 m 2m
Weight 0.05 kg 0.11 kg
Fenders socks
Long fender socks Prevent scuffs and scratches on the hull. Protect the fenders from harbour grime and UV rays. Made from washable, thick, stretchy polyester.
Sock size
Fender dimensions Red
Navy
Black
Green
Burgundy
Fits Performance fender
Ă&#x2DC; max.
Long. max.
Mini*
10 cm
35 cm
57251
57252
57253
-
-
10 x 40 cm
F0*
15 cm
40 cm
57236
57246
57241
57257
57262
13 x 50 cm
F01-F1*
15 cm
56 cm
57237
57247
57242
57258
57263
15 x 60 cm
F02*
20 cm
68 cm
57254
57255
57256
-
-
-
F2*
23 cm
56 cm
57238
57248
57243
57259
57264
21 x 62 cm
F3*
23 cm
76 cm
57239
57249
57244
57260
57265
20 x 80 cm
F4*
23 cm
102 cm
27113
35681
35662
-
-
-
F5*
30 cm
76 cm
57240
57250
57245
57261
57266
23 x 85 cm
F6**
30 cm
107 cm
27115
35683
35664
-
-
-
F7**
38 cm
102 cm
54724
54725
54726
-
-
-
* single layer ** double layer
Spherical fenders socks Washable, thick, stretchy polyester.
Sock size
Ă&#x2DC; max.
A1*
Red
Navy
31 cm
57700
57702
A2*
40 cm
57701
57703
A3**
48 cm
42564
42569
A4**
59 cm
42565
42570
A5**
75 cm
42566
42571
A6**
93 cm
42606
42607
A7**
110 cm
54738
54739
* single layer ** double layer
Fender sock, one size fits all 24733 Made of polyamide. Fits nearly every type of our fender range, thanks to its endless, tube-shaped fabric of great elasticity and resistance. Sold in 5 metres, with 12 plastic holder clips. Can equip 6 fenders. 117
Bumper®, dock fender Whether you sail shorthanded or singlehanded, whether you are a beginner or a confirmed skipper, the Bumper will take away some “emotional” moments when approaching the pontoon, in particular when the wind blows hard and currents are unkind ! The Bumper is a really efficient fender, to be fixed on the pontoon ; according to its location, it provides efficient protection to the bow and amidships. Suitable for all pontoon or catway shapes : square or round end pontoon. Sturdy construction, from rotomoulded PVC, UV-ray protected. Registered design. Max. pressure : 0.10 bar / 1.45 psi
The Bumper filled with foam is ideal for boats from 9 m and is also recommended for very busy pontoons (such as the technical pontoon : fuel and water intake…). 3/4 1/2
Bumper® 3/4 Model Ø 18 x 40 cm Ø 25 x 90 cm
BUMPER standard White Blue
38082 30102
39357 37781
Grey -
BUMPER foam-filled White Blue -
36856
37783
37784
Bumper® 1/2 Model Ø 18 x 40 cm Ø 25 x 90 cm
BUMPER standard White Blue
38558 38068
39358 39356
39362
A bow Bumper really facilitates dock manoeuvres, and a second Bumper amidships protects efficiently against shocks.
Articulated Bumper® Model Ø 18 x 80 cm
BUMPER foam-filled White -
White
Blue
39146
39359
The Bumper can be secured with screws on the pontoon. 118
57407 57406
Dock protections 2 mooring protections made from Bacell®, a 100% closed-cell foam. Bacell® offers excellent resistance to perforation and optimum shock absorption. It is easy on hulls and fully resistant to UV.
The Marina Fender and the Fender List can be cut out and bent to fit all pontoons or catway shapes.
Model Marina Fender Fender List
Ref.
Colour
Length
Height
57406
White
1000 mm 140 mm
60 mm
57407
White
940 mm
44 mm
85 mm
Thickness Accessories included 4 plastic fixing plates St. steel bolts.
Dock fender 16339 Multi-purpose boat or marina fender. Designed to be secured on a flat surface. Fastening with 8 screws (not included). Dimensions : 50 x 12 x 7 cm.
Angle dock fender 16340
Fully adjustable up to 90°, ideal for corners of pontoons. Fastening with 8 screws (not included).
Dock rubber fender 13710 White rubber. Dimensions : 30 x 10 x 4 cm.
Accessories for Bumper
Pole
J.M. Liot ©
29640 Length : 111 cm. Whether casting off or picking up your mooring lines, you operate in optimum safety conditions : your line is always handy, with no need for a crewmember to step off.
Fastening clamps 36663 Some harbour authorities may not authorize screws. If so, you will fix your Bumper with the set of fastening clamps. (except for the articulated model).
119
Jean-Marie Liot ©
Regatta mark buoys
Regatta mark buoys Large inflatable mark buoys, manufactured from bright yellow PVC. Totally resistant to UV rays. Fitted with carrying handles and two inflation/deflation valves. Both buoys feature large transparent pocket(s) for advertising use. Dimensions of pockets : 69 x 60 cm. Fitted with special net that absorbs pulling forces from anchor line. No special ballast required, no special maintenance necessary.
Accessories t 4QBSF CVOH
36081
t 4QBSF OFU
Model
Reference Ø
Cylindrical Spherical
16448 16445
Height
0.90 m 1.50 m 1.50 m 1.60 m
Supplied with repair kit including PVC patch and adhesive.
120
Inflated weight 4 kg 8 kg
Transparent pocket 1 pocket 2 pockets
22754 : for buoy Ø 0.90 m. 22755 : for buoy Ø 1.50 m.
t &YUSB SFQBJS LJU
16447
Buoy for regatta training 38076 Developed in cooperation with the French Tornado Olympic Team, this buoy is specifically designed for the training of top regatta racers, speed challenges and sailing school training sessions. It can be used either as a drifting buoy, or as a traditional regatta buoy, with the additional advantage of small dimensions and ease of use. â&#x20AC;˘ PVC 1100 Decitex : sturdy and rigid. â&#x20AC;˘ Bright yellow colour for good visibility. â&#x20AC;˘ Little drifting in the wind ; the buoy stands vertically thanks to the ballast bag at the bottom and to a high immersed section (52 cm). â&#x20AC;˘ Quick inflating and deflating : 1/4 turn valve (Halkey Roberts type) accommodates most pumps. â&#x20AC;˘ Easy to hoist back on board thanks to numerous grab handles. â&#x20AC;˘ Easy to carry : small dimensions when folded.
The ballast pouch with velcro fastening contains up to 14 kg (recommended weight, to be made up of stones, pebblesâ&#x20AC;Ś). This pouch will also prove handy to stow the extra length of mooring line, in order to prevent the rudder or keel from getting entangled.
When the buoy is used as a traditional regatta buoy, the mooring line is fastened to the grab handle on the lower section of the buoy.
â&#x20AC;˘ Length : 1.88 m. â&#x20AC;˘ Diameter : 26 cm. â&#x20AC;˘ Weight : 2.7 kg (without ballast).
Accessory t 3FQBJS LJU TVJUBCMF GPS CPUI CVPZT
24816
PVC 1100 Decitex
Jumbo regatta mark buoy 40266 Aimed at large yachts, the 3.20 m high Jumbo mark buoy can be easily spotted even from a distance. Its PVC 1100 Decitex construction makes it very resistant to handling and to potential collisions with boats. Can be ballasted according to sea and wind conditions, thanks to 3 reinforced attachment D-rings at the base of the buoy. â&#x20AC;˘ 5 grab handles facilitate handling. â&#x20AC;˘ Fitted with 3 pockets (60 x 90 cm) for logo or advertisement display. â&#x20AC;˘ 2 D-rings for flag attachment at the top of the buoy. Compact when deflated.
â&#x20AC;˘ Dimensions when folded : 1 m x 40 cm x 20 cm. â&#x20AC;˘ Dimensions when inflated : height 3.20 m ; length (triangular base) : 2 m ; cylinder diameter (top part of the buoy) : 60 cm. â&#x20AC;˘ Weight : 16 kg. â&#x20AC;˘ Inflation : 20 min. with electric inflator. 1/4 turn valve (Halkey Roberts type) accomodates most pumps.
Reinforced attachment D-rings.
Flag attachment D-rings.
5 grab handles. 121
Anchors A good anchor is your best insurance policy. What is a good anchor ? An anchor that enables you to face all situations safely : open berth in a nice calm weather, or ”emergency” berth when the boat drifts towards the rocks.
The basic rules of a good anchoring system Do not overlook the importance of every element in your anchoring system : it is only by selecting top quality elements and assembling them correctly together that one obtains a perfectly reliable anchoring. • Chain : diameter must be generous and length at least 5 times the boat length (see table). • Rope : opt for polyamide, which provides good abrasion and tension resistance, with a good stretching capacity (18 to 25%) to absorb the surges that waves impact on the anchor.
P. Plisson ©
Numerous tests carried out throughout the world have demonstrated that the geometric proportions of the anchor are more important than its actual weight. Anchors of recent construction, such as the Kobra, bites into the seabed within seconds due to its weighted tip and holds very well thanks to its broad shoulders. Tests carried by French magazines Voile Magazine and Moteur Boat Magazine gave clear evidence that ”a 6 kg Kobra anchor held a 600 kg traction load, in a mixed sand-mud seabed”, which corresponds approx. to the traction exerted by a 42-knot wind on a 9 m boat, where a 12 kg anchor is traditionally recommended. When the local regulation imposes a minimum anchor weight for a given size of boat, it is imperative to follow strictly the regulation. In the absence of a specific regulation, we suggest that you use our table as a guide, to select your primary and secondary anchors.
Which anchor for which boat and use ? Max. boat length Dinghy, tender, Optimist Dinghy, inflatable boat Small catamaran up to 4 m Boat up to 5.50 m 6.50 m 7.50 m 9m 10.50 m 12.50 m 16 m 18 m 20 m 25 m + 25 m
122
Boat displacement -
Min. anchor weight 2 kg 4,4 lb
Ø schackle 8 mm
300 kg
3.5 kg 7.7 lb
800 kg 1000 kg 2000 kg 3000 kg 4500 kg 8000 kg 12000 kg 16000 kg 20000 kg 30000 kg + 30000 kg
6 kg 8 kg 10 kg 12 kg 14 kg 16 kg 20 kg 24 kg 34 kg 40 kg 60 kg
13 lb 17 lb 22 lb 26 lb 31 lb 35 lb 44 lb 50 lb 75 lb 88 lb 140 lb
given as an indication, The anchor weight is only per length of boat. ur anchor ne is not sufficient, and yo alo ion ter cri this , ver we Ho n nise the specific constructio selection should also recog of your vessel.
6 mm
Nylon rope Ø 6 mm
8 mm
6 mm
6 - 8 mm
8 mm 8 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 12 mm 12 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 18 mm
6 mm 6 - 7 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 10 mm 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm 14 mm 16 mm
10 mm 10 mm 14 mm 14 mm 14 mm 18 mm 18 mm 22 mm 24 mm 24 mm 28 mm
Ø chain
Safe anchoring The “universal” anchor still does not exist : the variety of seabeds and the length of the anchor rode impact the anchor holding power enormously. It is therefore recommended to have systematically 2 anchoring systems, regardless of boat size and regulation.
Water depth
• Bower and secondary anchor Use for example a plough anchor Kobra-type, efficient on 80 % of seabeds, and a flat Britany-type anchor, ideal for soft grounds.
2 anchors connected together
• A third anchoring rode Is also advisable : aluminium anchor with a weighted rope. Easy to handle by the whole crew and ideally suitable for a “lunch-hook”, it can also be used as an extra emergency anchor.
2 anchors on same line, with a 2 to 5 m chain interval
• Scope of anchor line Should be determined according to the water depth below the keel and the wind conditions : - less than 10 m : 3 times the water depth, up to Force 3 5 times the water depth, up to Force 6 7 times the water depth, up to Force 9 ; - more than 10 m : no more than 5 times the water depth ; - beyond Force 9 : you should set 2 anchors, either each on its own line, or both anchors on the same line.
Calm weather : 2 anchors with wide angle
3° to 120°
• Select a sheltered anchorage Whenever possible, taking into consideration the weather forecast and the evolution of currents and tides. In very busy mooring anchorages, it may be safer to shorten the anchor rode. If the wind pipes up or in case of emergency conditions, do not hesitate to veer some extra length of chain or rope, in order to increase the anchor holding capacity. A paint colour-coding every metre on both rope and chain facilitates manœuvres immensely.
Strong breeze : 2 anchors with smaller angle Less than 45°
B. Leglatin©
Pull-out ratio, in relation to wind force and boat size Boat length
15 knots
30 knots
42 knots
60 knots
120 knots
4.50 m
25 kg
100 kg
220 kg
450 kg
1800 kg
6m
40 kg
160 kg
320 kg
650 kg
2600 kg
7.50 m
55 kg
220 kg
440 kg
880 kg
3550 kg
9m
80 kg
300 kg
620 kg
1260 kg
5080 kg
10.50 m
100 kg
400 kg
800 kg
1630 kg
6540 kg
12 m
130 kg
540 kg
1000 kg
2180 kg
8720 kg
15 m
180 kg
710 kg
1450 kg
2900 kg
11620 kg
18 m
220 kg
900 kg
1800 kg
3620 kg
14530 kg
21 m
300 kg
1200 kg
2450 kg
4850 kg
19620 kg
The longer the scope, the smaller the pulling angle, and the stronger the holding power.
123
Plough anchors
High resistance galvanised ste2 el : 55 kg/mm
Kobra® anchor The Kobra anchor bites into the seabed within seconds and has a very high holding power, thanks to its weighted tip and very broad shoulders. The outstanding performance of the Kobra results from its particular geometric proportions, which allow you to select safely up to 2 sizes down compared to the usually recommended anchor weight.
stainless steel 316 L
• Kobra 1 with folding shank (patented) Cleverly designed to be stored on the bow roller or stowed in the chain locker thanks to its collapsible shank. Its high holding power makes it ideally suitable for use as a picnic anchor, used in conjunction with a weighted mooring line. This reduces the effort necessary in the absence of windlass. • Kobra 2 with fixed shank. For winterizing, unbolt the shank before folding it. It will ease the stowage of the anchor in its compartment. Before using the anchor again, relock the shank in position with a well gripped new nylock nut. • 316 L stainless steel Kobra 2 anchor with fixed shank.
med by Unanimously acclai
g press
the European boatin
th e e ex ce lle nc e of ot ag e pr ov es th fo er its at d rw an de t– un tes “O ur chor on s the second-best an ve r design –the Kobra wa pr ed ic ta bl e. It ne y gl rin su as re s wa e us It’s ll. be ha vio ur in d burying itself we st digging in rapidly an account the mode failed to set, always this test. Taking into of er nn wi e th y dl assure nt value-for-money.” price tag, it’s excelle rs July 2009 v 2009/Voiles & Voilie Yachting Monthly - No muddy magazine Yacht on an rm Ge th wi er nn wi Kobra : test . and sandy bottoms 09 20 st gu Au t Yach
C D
A
E B F Kobra 1 : folded anchor, ready for storage in the chain locker.
Boat length 4m 6m 8m 10 m 12 m 13 m 14.50 m 16 m 18 m 20 m 25 m 13 m 14.50 m 124
Model
KOBRA 1 folding galva
KOBRA 2 fixed galva.
KOBRA 2 fixed st. steel
Ref.
39140 39141 37680 37688 37649 49223 49226 49229 49296 49304 49360 56892 56893
Weight kg Ib 4.4 2 8.8 4 13.2 6 17.6 8 22 10 26.5 12 30.8 14 35.3 16 44.1 20 55.1 25 77.2 35 26.5 12 30.8 14
A mm
B mm
C mm
D mm
E mm
F mm
408 523 592 640 698 739 789 815 863 937 1029 739 789
182 236 270 294 322 341 361 374 409 456 483 341 361
168 218 247 265 290 305 330 340 366 395 446 305 330
238 310 359 388 424 452 500 503 536 586 644 452 500
132 170 190 205 222 234 254 259 275 296 331 234 254
441 567 638 693 758 800 852 881 940 1023 1121 800 852
Soc® anchor
Plough anchor, available in hot dipped galvanised steel and 316 L stainless steel. galvanised steel and in 316 L stainless steel. Weight* Boat Galvanised St. Steel length Steel kg lb 15 7 5.50 m 37846 20 6.50 m 9 37847 18690 9m 12 25 37848 18691 12.50 m 37849 15 32 18692 17 m 22 45 37850 18693 18 m 27 60 37845 37851
F D B
Anchor weight* lb kg 7 15 9 20 12 25 15 32 22 45 27 60
G
E A
A mm 750 800 930 970 1000 1080
C
Galva. SOC B mm 400 410 440 480 517 670
C mm 250 270 305 320 360 420
A mm 650 790 830 860 870 895
St. steel SOC B mm C mm 345 228 405 272 425 290 450 290 468 322 490 335
Eye Ø E mm F mm 19 18 15 19 16.7 25.5 17.5 21 23 21.6 22 22
D mm 19 15 16.7 17.5 23 22
G mm 44.5 42 51.4 48 55 53.5
* Anchor weight can fluctuate slightly due to the manufacturing process.
B
Galvanised
Stainless steel 316 L
FHD anchor
F D
• Galvanised steel : thermal treatment increases the breaking resistance. • 316 L Stainless steel : dipped in decontaminating fluid, totally impervious to corrosion. Boat length 3.50 m 5m 6.50 m 7.50 m 10.50 m 16 m 19 m 25 m > 25 m
A
Weight Galvanised kg lb A mm B mm C mm D mm 350 140 195 130 2 4.5 51602 5 11 470 260 300 215 35735 7.5 17 470 300 330 240 35736 10 22 520 315 370 265 35737 15 33 620 365 440 320 35738 20 44 690 390 450 330 35739 810 425 520 380 30 66 37852 910 500 625 450 50 110 60779 80 176 60780 1045 595 698 525
D
G
E
Stainless steel A mm B mm C mm D mm E mm 51603 360 140 190 130 9 35740 440 255 310 210 35741 450 285 340 240 14.2 13 35742 520 315 375 270 35743 615 355 440 310 14.5 22 35744 650 395 460 330 22 37853 765 450 515 375 -
C
Eye Ø F mm G mm H mm 24.5 9.7 29 27.5 12.5 33.8 13.6 13 32.5 38 14.5 38 40 22 51 40 22 51 -
The anchor weight can be subject to variations due to the manufacturing process. 125
Folding grapnel with spoon flukes
Grapnels
Grapnel holder
Hot galvanised steel. Weight 1.5 kg 2.5 kg 3.2 kg 4 kg 6 kg 8 kg
Ref.
16471 16472 16473 16474 16475 16476
16920 Soft white PVC, UV-treated. Length 260 mm. For grapnel 2.5 kg max.
Length 300 mm 360 mm 410 mm 450 mm 550 mm 570 mm
Chain-anchor connectors Stainless steel
Anchor connectors
Galvanised
Fits most anchors on the market, with fixed or articulated shank. Model
Galvanised steel
St.steel with swivel
For chain Ø 6 mm Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 12 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 6 mm Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 12 mm Ø 14 mm
* SWL : Safe Working Load
Ref.
57664 56388 56389 56390 56391 57725 56392 56393 56394 56395
A 16 mm 22 mm 24 mm 24 mm 30 mm 16 mm 22 mm 24 mm 24 mm 30 mm
B 11 mm 21 mm 21 mm 25 mm 25 mm 12 mm 22 mm 22 mm 26 mm 26 mm
C Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 12 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 16 mm Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 12 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 16 mm
D Ø 6 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 6 mm Ø 8 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 14 mm Ø 14 mm
E 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 17 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 17 mm
F 7 mm 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm 16 mm 7 mm 11 mm 12 mm 14 mm 16 mm
B
One-piece fixed connectors or models with one swivelling axis only must be used exclusively with articulated shank anchors. Fixed shank anchors should be equipped with connectors that feature two rotation axes.
C A
Anchor connectors
Ø
For articulated-shaft anchors. Ensure perfect sliding of the chain without the possibility of jamming in either the stemhead or chain stopper. Model Dual-axis st. steel moulded 1 piece 126
For chain Ø 6-8 mm Ø 10-12 mm
Ref.
402452 402500
Length 116 mm 135 mm
A 21.4 mm 28.5 mm
SWL* 500 kg 900 kg 1400 kg 2250 kg 2750 kg 500 kg 900 kg 1400 kg 2250 kg 2750 kg
B 14.8 mm 18.1 mm
C 11.2 mm 13.1 mm
D 7.8 mm 13.1 mm
D
SWL 600 kg 1800 kg
Bow rollers St. steel bow rollers Standard bow rollers Ref.
13244 A 27102 18376 39673 B 27104 39387
Length 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm 400 mm 500 mm
A
Hinged bow rollers
B
Maximum weight anchor* Plough* Flat* 7.500 kg 7.500 kg 7.500 kg 10 kg 10 kg 15 kg 15 kg 20 kg 20 kg
Width 50 mm
80 mm
Ref.
A
Length
Maximum weight anchor* Plough* Flat* 10 kg 10 kg 15 kg 15 kg 20 kg 20 kg 10 kg 10 kg -
Width
300 mm 400 mm 500 mm 330 mm 500 mm
27103 A 13246 39386 39384 B 39385
B
80 mm 70 mm 90 mm
*For most of anchors.
*For most of plough and flat anchor.
Accessories
Bow rollers for anchor platform Ref.
39380 39381 39382 B 39383
A
Length 150 mm 200 mm
A
B
Width
Maximum weight anchor*
51 mm 64 mm 51 mm 64 mm
Plough anchor max. 15 kg
t 4QBSF TIFBWFT t -PDLJOH EFWJDF 39388 For bow rollers 13246, 27103, Ă&#x2DC; 54, width 48 mm : 39389 27104, 39385 Ă 39387, 39673 Ă&#x2DC; 54, width 62 mm : 39390 Ă&#x2DC; 70, width 62 mm : 39391
Flat anchor max. 15 kg *For most of plough and flat anchor.
St. steel bow rollers A
Maximum anchor weight
Sheaves
3 to 6 kg
St. steel bow roller 304
Rubber
A 411008
Nylon
B 411111
C 417626
C B
A
B F
E D
C
Ă&#x2DC; Sheaves
Ref.
A
B
C
D
E
F
Ă&#x2DC; Sheaves
411008 417626 411111
10 mm
40 mm
390 mm
290 mm
48 mm
52 mm
60 mm
45 mm
30 mm
160 mm
100 mm
46 mm
50 mm
60 mm
40 mm
30 mm
160 mm
100 mm
50 mm
55 mm
60 mm
127
Aluminium bow rollers Aluminium bow rollers A B C D
Max anchor weight 3 to 6 kg 4 to 8 kg 8 to 12 kg 8 to 12 kg 18 kg Ref.
A B C D
402235 417888 418618 414549 417889
Ref.
402235 417888 418618 414549 417889
A 30 mm 30 mm 25 mm 10 mm 15 mm
B 30 mm 10 mm 25 mm 45 mm 45 mm
A
C 160 mm 155 mm 210 mm 242 mm 325 mm
B
D 110 mm 100 mm 150 mm 150 mm 225 mm
E 25 mm 30 mm 42 mm 42 mm 45 mm
F 42 mm 25 mm 50 mm 58 mm 62 mm
Type A B C
Ø sheave 40 mm 60 mm 45/20 mm 70/30 mm 80/40 mm
C
Type D C
C B
D
A
A
With locking device
B F (ext.)
E (int.) D
E (int.)
F (ext.)
Ø réa
D
Ø réa
Chain pipes Open chain pipes A B
Material Ref. Anodised 417885 aluminium St. steel AISI 404842 316
St. steel AISI 400712 C 316 410697
A Through-hole
Overall dimensions
Cut-out dimensions
Ø 30 mm
99 x 75 mm
Ø 42 mm
121 x 70 mm
203 x 127 mm
141 x 86 mm
37 x 93 mm 50 x 102 mm
140 x 62 mm 152 x 82 mm
47 x 103 mm 155 x 105 mm
Chain pipes with cover A B
B
A
Description
Ref.
Round chain pipe Oval chain pipe
400750 13249
For chain Ø 25 mm 6 - 12 mm
B Through-hole 36 mm 103 x 52 mm
Chain swivel Galvanised steel. Two swivels are necessary per mooring buoy. Swivel diameter must be 4 mm superior to chain diameter. 128
C
Overall dimensions Ø 78 mm 160 x 114 x 38 mm Ref.
13240 13241 13242 13243
Ø 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm
Cut-out dimensions Ø 40 mm -
SWL* 560 kg 1000 kg 1600 kg 2300 kg
5 5 2 2
Ladders Boarding ladders are often associated to comfort and fun but they remain first and foremost a safety element on board (EN ISO 15085 standard, July 2003). Therefore Plastimo has chosen to further improve the comfort and sturdiness of its ladders.
J.Kelagopian
Two concepts have been developed by our R&D department : • The exclusive assembly process which allows the steps to keep horizontal, whatever the shape and inclination of the free-board, transom or skirt, simply with an allen key. • The specific design of the steps, slightly curved and rounded also deep and wide, helps keep your feet away from the free-board and increases the rigidity of the ladder to make boarding safer and easier.
Provides unparalleled comfort and safety. The width and depth of the anti-slip steps enable you to keep your feet always flat on the step, thus feeling safe and steady. The material and smooth shape of the steps are soft to bare-feet, adding to your comfort. Withstands the harsh marine environment. The use of materials with a proven record of reliability such as 316 L stainless steel, polypropylene guarantees the durability and the performance of the ladder. In our Brittany-based factory, all our products are tested in a seawater fog laboratory, where the product undergoes accelerated ageing to reproduce the extremely harsh marine environment.
Ladders, width 290 mm
B.Y.Leglatin(c)
When selecting your ladder, remember that at least 2 steps of your ladder must be immersed.
Skirt and platform ladder
Vertical transom ladder
1 fixed step + 3 mobile : 55694 The exclusive steps allow the use of the same ladder for swimming and to get access to the boat, from the pontoon.
55704 3 steps. Ideal for small power boats. 23
140 mm
0m
m
753 mm 250 mm
750 mm 250 mm
m
120 m
110
Ø 22 mm
Ø 22 mm
290
mm
mm
55704
29
0m
m 129
m
Pontoon st. steel ladder
2 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 55695 3 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 55696 2 fixed steps + 3 mobile : 55697 3 fixed steps + 3 mobile : 55698
Ref.
Ref.
A B 90 mm 485 mm 245 mm 630 mm
55705 55706
55695 55696 55697 55698
300 mm
90 mm
1 fixed step + 2 mobile : 55699 2 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 55700 3 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 55701 2 fixed steps + 3 mobile : 55702 3 fixed steps + 3 mobile : 55703
B Ø22 mm
0m
Ref.
m m 180 m
B 405 mm 655 mm 405 mm 655 mm
St. steel folding ladder, 90° crook
A
29
55695
A
el
316 L st. ste
m 120 m
Ø22 mm
29
0m
m
m
200 m
A 1050 mm 1300 mm 1300 mm 1550 mm
B
55699 55700 55701 55702 55703
A 785 mm 835 mm 1085 mm 1085 mm 1335 mm
m
135 m 250 mm 70 mm
Easily mounted, it helps getting on board easily and safely. 2 steps, crook height 90 mm : 55705 2 steps, crook height 245 mm : 55706
250 mm
St. steel folding ladder, 180° crook
280 mm
185 m
B 300 mm 370 mm 620 mm 370 mm 620 mm
B
m
120 m
A
Ø22 mm
29
0m
m
Accessories & Spares • Spare stand-offs, st. steel (x 2)
36932 Ø 25 mm. • A. Stand-off extensions, st. steel (x 2) 12563 Length 120 mm, Ø 25 mm. To increase the length of stand-offs in order to incline the ladder slightly and thus facilitate climbing back on board.
A
D
• St. steel fixing plates for stand-off extensions (x 2)
12586 For tube Ø 25 mm. If your ladder is fixed permanently,these plates offer 4 fixing points, B so as to have a better rigidity of the whole set. • B. St. steel fixing brackets for stand-offs (x 2) 12587 For tube Ø 22 mm. Same use as above. C • C. Fixing plates with trunnion nut (x 2) 27073 Suitable for brackets 12586 & 12587. Allow ladder to be mounted and removed easily. • D.Grey step, fixed On inclined transoms 58835 For ladder tube Ø 22 mm, width 290 mm. • F. 30° transoms : St. steel fixing brackets + stand-offs 35434 • E. Grey step, adjustable horizontally. Tube Ø : 25 mm. Length : 27 cm. 15680 For ladders ref. 55699, 55700 and 55702. For ladder tube Ø 22 mm, width 290 mm. • G.15° transoms : St. steel fixing brackets + Screws included. stand-offs 35435 Tube Ø : 25 mm. Length : 22 cm. For ladders ref. 55700 and 55702. 130
E
F
G
Adjustable ladders, width 195 mm Unique step-adjusting concept, designed by our Research & Developement department. This exclusive assembly process allows to keep the steps horizontal, whatever the shape and inclination of the free-board, transom or skirt. You simply adjust yourself the inclination of the steps with an allen key, which unables you to convert a “series” ladder into a “customised” ladder. l St.stee L 316
Ladder for narrow transom, 180° crook
Bow ladder
2 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 30535
3 steps : 29392
19
5m
0 19
1035 mm max. 885 mm
1050 mm
250 mm
405 mm
280 mm
m
mm
ax.
m
0m
45
0
60
m mm
m
Ø 22 mm
21
250 mm
0m
12
4m
m
Ladder for narrow transom
2 fixed steps + 2 mobile : 30536
3 steps : 29398
19
19
5m
5m
565 mm
mm
0 12 mm
250 mm
835 mm
0 12
m 215 mm
m
370 mm
250 mm
70 mm
Ladder for narrow transom, 90° crook
Ø 22 mm
Options t 4UFQ JODMJOBUJPO LJU
30537 Comes complete with ends and bolts. For ladders ref. 30535, 30536, 29181, 29390, and 29398. 131
Telescopic boarding ladders 316 st. steel for platform.
Dimensions in mm.
Fold-away 254 mm
Under platform mounting. Ref.
Fold-away 48683 2 steps 48684 3 steps 57036 4 steps
H1
H3 H4 290 580 860 860 1150
Swivelling 48682
Ref.
48681 48682
Swivelling 2 steps 3 steps
D1 15.4 31.8 38.5
D2 D3 D4 19 25.4 19 31.8 25.4 19
R1 290 295 303
R2 300 300 318
R3 66 66 78
254 mm
Above platform mounting.
48684
H2
H1 250 250
H2 505 505
H3 790
R1 305 305
D2 25.4 25.4
D3 19
R3 40 40
D1 31.8 31.8
R2 340 365
Platform ladders 29181
St. steel ladder, designed for any kind of boats. Its platform and its wide anti-slip steps provide comfort and steadiness.
Specially designed for all types of inflatable boats from 3 to 6 metres, either RIBs or boats with full floor boards. Consists in an immersed mini-platform, on which one can kneel and dispose of heavy or clumsy equipment (diving bottle, fins, gun...). The scubadiver can then easily climb on board. Also ideal to return on board after swimming.
29
mm
5m
19
5m
132
m
600 mm
250 mm
180 mm
0 32
m
27
3m
m
340 mm
155 mm
29390
865 mm
Immersed platform ladder
410 mm
Platform ladder
305 mm
Folding ladder for small craft Ø 25 mm st. steel tube, varnished wooden steps.
t : for motor and sailing boats. Adjustable stand-offs included. t : for RIB transom or boats with little space.
B A
Transom mount folding ladder Ø 25 mm 316 L st. steel tube. St. steel steps to facilitate climbing back on board.
Steps
Ref.
Height
Folded
Width
Weight
- 2 + 2 = 4 1070 mm 590 mm 285 mm 2800 g A 3 + 2 = 5 1340 mm 840 mm 285 mm 3500 g B 2 + 1 = 3 560 mm 310 mm 210 mm 1900 g
L
Steps Ref. 1 + 2 = 3 2 + 2 = 4
Height 730 mm 1030 mm
Anti-slip plastic folding crooks. Ø 25 mm aluminium tube. Plastic steps, width 355 mm, depth 70 mm. Height between steps : 255 mm.
2 steps 3 steps 4 steps
Crook - L 18 cm
26 cm
Weight 2300 g 2600 g
Collapsible boarding ladder
Boarding ladder
Model
Folded Width 410 mm 265 mm 650 mm 265 mm
• 3 steps : • 4 steps : Plastic steps, width 295 mm. Assembly with synthetic rope combined with plastic tubes between steps, for added rigidity and safety. Height between steps 200 mm.
Height 650 mm 930 mm 1210 mm
Anti-slip steps
Aluminium ladder Folding aluminium ladder suitable for rigid inflatables and inflatable tenders. Width 330 mm. Height 810 mm.
Collapses easily, just by twisting the rope between steps with a 1/4 turn.
Compact : steps stack neatly for stowage.
133
Ladder accessories Fastenings Ref.
Description St.steel fixing for ladder and platform. St.steel U-fastening for ladder.
A 408233 B 413569 C
416897 416898
Dimensions Ø 25 mm Ø 25 mm Int. Ø 20 mm Int. Ø 22 mm
St.steel ball joint for tube.
Stand-offs
Articulation
2
408234
A - 414158 Length 145/215 mm, Ø 25 mm. B - 414159 Length 145/215 mm, Ø 22/25 mm.
Ladder steps A 401118 B 409684 C 409645
B
B
A
Ref.
C
A
St.Steel articulation for ladder. Adjustable stand-offs. Ø 25 mm.
A
B
Description Nylon step. Plastic honeycomb step. Plastic honeycomb step.
Tube Ø 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm
Dimensions 340 mm x 65 mm 265 mm x 68 mm 370 mm x 70 mm
C Hole spacing 300 mm 257 mm 345 mm
Screws Ø 5 x 40 TF + nuts (not supplied) Ø 5.5 x 38 TLC (not supplied) Built-in rivets
Steps 316 L st. steel/plastic steps 29203 Stand alone step. Horizontally adjustable. Footrest 270 x 70 mm. Hole spacing 290 mm. W 300 mm x D 120 mm.
316 L st. steel folding step 412760 Step : 83 x 51 mm. Base : 108 x 45 mm.
Aluminium step 419357 Flip-up aluminium and teak step. W 380 x D 209 x H 190 mm.
134
St. steel step 12572 With fixed mounting plates Ø 57 mm. Hole spacing : 250 mm. Ø 22 mm.
Platforms Platforms
Platform
t Y DN t Y DN
Y DN St. steel tube Ă&#x2DC; 25 mm. Supplied with steel screws. Possibility to turn one of the 2 bindings (or both) to low position.
St. steel tube Ă&#x2DC; 25 mm. Possibility to turn one of the 2Â bindings (or both) to low position.
Options
Options
t TU TUFFM GPMEJOH MBEEFS TUFQT WBSOJTIFE XPPE 63 x 24 cm
t TUFQ MBEEFS 413379
421844
t 4U TUFFM NPUPS TVQQPSU 414658
Mini platform Y DN St. steel tube Ă&#x2DC; 25 mm.
Options t 4U TUFFM MBEEFS TUFQT 62 x 22 cm
428813
Mooring bollards Screw-type bollards, 310 stainless steel Ref.
51177 51178 51179 416146
Ă&#x2DC; 50 mm 60 mm 70 mm 80 mm
Height 95 mm 120 mm 142 mm 142 mm
Width 130 mm 160 mm 180 mm 202 mm
Base 92 x 92 mm 97 x 122 mm 118 x 140 mm 150 x 120 mm
Drilling Ă&#x2DC; 6 mm Ă&#x2DC; 8 mm Ă&#x2DC; 8 mm Ă&#x2DC; 10 mm
Hole spacing 60 x 60 mm 65 x 95 mm 80 x 105 mm 80 x 115 mm
A
Threaded chromed brass bollards Ref. A 401489 B
B
418325 418326
Ă&#x2DC; 65 mm 85 mm 90 mm
Height 65 mm 74 mm 87 mm
Length 170 mm 200 mm 250 mm
Width 40 mm 65 mm 80 mm
Hole spacing 90 mm 105 mm 135 mm
Threading M10 M12 M14
135
Mooring springs Variable-pitch mooring spring
Basic mooring spring Réf.
Description
413094 413095 Reinforced 413092 steel 413093 413096 413097 302 413098 st. steel 413099
Boat’s Length Ø Stock SWL* weight kg mm mm Ø mm kg 1500 3000 6000 9000 1500 3000 6000 9000
270 320 340 390 270 320 340 390
53 63 73 90 53 63 73 90
5 6 7 9 5 6 7 9
100 150 210 290 90 130 190 260
This model integrates a technical innovation that enables the spring to operate progressively. The tighter coils activate first, followed by the coils which are most spaced. The spring operates smoothly, without rough end stroke, avoiding to exceed the limit of elasticity and limitating the risk of breakage. The spring keeps its mechanical properties. Ref.
Description
413103 413100 413102
302 st. steel
Boat’s weight kg 5000 8000 15000
Length mm 250 260 320
Ø mm 50 60 73
Stock Ø mm 6 7 9
*Safe Working Load
*Safe Working Load
Galvanised st. steel mooring spring
Noiseless st. steel mooring spring For boat 6m 8m 11 m 14 m 16 m
Ref.
418015 418016 418031 418032 418033
Boat’s weight kg 5000 6000 8000 12000 14000
SWL* kg 150 180 450
Electro-galvanised steel.
Stock Ø mm 5 6 7 9 12
Boat length 6 m max. 8 m max. 12 m max.
Length mm 13375 270 13376 350 13377 430
Ref.
Stock Ø mm 4.5 5.5 7
Mooring compensators Rubber compensator Made from EPDM rubber, impervious to UV rays and salt water. Easy to fit, requires no extra fittings. • On a sheltered mooring, for example in a marina, coil the rope once or twice round your compensator. • On an exposed mooring, coil the rope at least 3 times, so as to increase extensibility and absorption capacity. For boat* 6 m max. 8 m max. 12 m max. 20 m max.
Ref.
16585 16586 16587 25355
For line Ø 12 mm max. 16 mm max. 18 mm max. 24 mm max.
Length 332 mm 416 mm 520 mm 600 mm
Milla rubber compensator For boat 4.5 m 7m 10 m
For line Ø 44264 16 mm 44265 20 mm 44266 20 mm Ref.
Length
Width
Thickness
220 mm 40 mm 33 mm 270 mm 45 mm 33 mm 330 mm 50 mm 36 mm
*Boat length given as an indication only, in the case of a sheltered mooring location. In a more exposed mooring area, you should select the next size up, for both line and mooring compensator.
Mooring compensator • For line Ø 16 mm : 58844 • For line Ø 20 mm : 58845 The Smart Snubber offers an innovative mooring compensation solution. The assembling process is fast and easy and does not require any free end of the line. Handy and efficient, the Smart Snubber is made from a special polyurethane which provides stretchability and efficiency for many years. Just add some more Snubbers on the same line to adjust the compensation effect.
136
137
Jean-Marie Liot Š
Deck Equipment & Rigging Hardware
Jib reefing The Plastimo jib reefing range stems from 50 years of expertise in high-pressure injection and composite materials engineering. Designed for 4 to 11-metre boats, our headsail reefing meets the needs of all yachtsmen, whether experienced sailors or beginners. Very easy to use and virtually maintenance free, the Plastimo jib reefing is a reliable crewmember which contributes to your sailing performance.
Selecting your Plastimo jib reefing Spar design : S-series or T-series ? The S-series jib reefing features a singlegroove spar (S for "single"). Its patented assembly system allows for very easy installation with no need to unstep the existing forestay. The T-series jib reefing features a twingroove spar (T for "twin"). It allows the use of the jib reefing on a hollow forestay when racing, or the setting of twin head sails, to avoid hoisting the spinnaker.
Ø 4-7 mm
Ø 31 mm
Ø 6.5 mm
Ø 4-7 mm
Ø 31 mm
Ø 5 mm
Chainplates or turnbuckle ? - Most sailing boats are equipped with chainplates to fasten the forestay to the stem fitting. Chainplates come with several holes which facilitates the adjustment of the standing rigging. The use of chainplates also allows to position the tack point as low as possible. - The turnbuckle version allows for more accurate rigging adjustments. However, the tack point will have to be positionned slightly higher depending on the turnbuckle size.
Which jib reefing size for my boat ? Plastimo proposes 3 models to fit all sailboats from 4 to 11 metres. While the boat length is important, you must also consider the forestay diameter and the headsail size. For example, in the case of a 6-metre boat, the 406 model will offer the best compromise. However, if the headsail size is much larger than the maximum sail area recommended, selecting a 609 model is a better option.
Each assembly operation requires the utmost care and attention, such as the setting of the Torlon® balls in the 316L stainless steel cages. 138
4-6 m
406 jib reefing Lightweight and sturdy, the 406 jib reefing features all the benefits of a large headsail reefing system : 2 Delrin® twin ball bearing races in both drum and halyard swivel. All components are manufactured from polyamide. Boat length Model
E. Le Meur
Version Reference Forestay diameter Supplied complete* for forestay : • chainplates version • turnbuckle version Max. headsail size Luffrope diameter, finished Drum sheet capacity
406 JIB REEFING For boats from 4 to 6 m (14 to 20 ft) 406-S 406-S 406-T 406-T CHAINPLATES TURNBUCKLE CHAINPLATES TURNBUCKLE MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING
25722
25723
25200
25286
4 - 7 mm
4 - 7 mm
4 - 7 mm
4 - 7 mm
6.35 m 12 m2 6.5 mm 7 m, Ø 5 mm
6.45 m 12 m2 6.5 mm 7 m, Ø 5 mm
6.75 m 12 m2 5 mm 7 m, Ø 5 mm
6.85 m 12 m2 5 mm 7 m, Ø 5 mm
* For additional forestay packages, please refer to following pages.
609 jib reefing The 609 drum cheeks swivel through 360°, ensuring safe manoeuvres through a smooth and regular feeding of the tiller rope. These cheeks protect the reefing drum efficiently and the round unobtrusive design, combined with recessed screws, allow the free running of the ropes. Reefing drum features highly resistant stainless steel and Delrin® ball bearings. Halyard swivel features Torlon® and Delrin® ball bearings which enhances the overall performance and increases the mechanical resistance. Chainplates width is adjustable. Boat length Model Version Reference Forestay diameter Supplied complete* for forestay : chainplates version turnbuckle version Max. headsail size Luffrope diameter, finished Drum sheet capacity
6-9 m
609 JIB REEFING For boats from 6 to 9 metres (20 to 30 ft) 609-S 609-S 609-T 609-T CHAINPLATES TURNBUCKLE CHAINPLATES TURNBUCKLE MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING
58202
58203
58207
58208
4-7 mm
4-7 mm
4-7 mm
4-7 mm
9.40 m 8.95 m 9.55 m 9.10 m 2 2 2 25 m 25 m 25 m2 25 m 6.5 mm 6.5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 13 m, Ø 6 mm 13 m, Ø 6 mm 13 m, Ø 6 mm 13 m, Ø 6 mm * For additional forestay packages, please refer to following pages.
Delrin® is a registered trademark of Dupont Polymers. Torlon® is a registered trademark of Solvay.
139
811 jib reefing The 811 drum cheeks swivel through 360°, ensuring safe manoeuvres through a regular feeding of the tiller rope. The drum core is manufatured from highly resistant aluminium combining performance and lightweight features. Drum and halyard swivel are equipped with Torlon® and Delrin® ball bearings for increased performance and mechanical resistance. 811 model comes as standard with adjustable chain plates, allowing both mounting possibilities (chainplates or turnbuckle).
Boat length Model Reference Forestay diameter Supplied complete* for forestay : Max. headsail size Luffrope diameter, finished Drum sheet capacity
811 JIB REEFING For boats from 8 to 11 metres (26 to 36 ft) 811-S 811-T
58204
58209
4 - 7 mm
4 - 7 mm
11.20 m
11.40 m
35 m2 35 m2 6.5 mm 5 mm 17.5 m, Ø 8 mm 17.5 m, Ø 8 mm
* For additional forestay packages, please refer to the following page. Delrin® is a registered trademark of Dupont Polymers. Torlon® is a registered trademark of Solvay.
Options Description
Rope pre-feeder
Reference
406-S
25884
-
406-T
609-S
609-T
-
811-S
811-T
-
If the angle between the halyard and the spar is inferior to 10°, it is recommended to add : • for a masthead rig : Halyard diverter wheel Prevents the genoa halyard from twisting around the spar.
25720
• for a masthead or fractional rig :
Stainless steel halyard feeder
26140
25677
140
-
-
-
-
-
-
Additional packages
Spar package
Description 1.5 m. Includes : 1 alloy spar, 1 plastic spar, 1 quick-coupling sleeve with screws 2.15 m. Includes : 1 alloy spar, 1 quick-coupling sleeve with screws Includes : 12.50 m pre-stretched sheet Ø 4 mm, ref. 12150 ; 3 blocks ref. 10589 for stanchion Ø 25 mm Includes : 20 m pre-stretched sheet Ø 6 mm, ref. 12151 ; 4 blocks ref. 10589 for stanchion Ø 25 mm
Blocks and sheets package
Reference 406 S 26901 26902
406 T -
811 S
811 T
-
-
609 T
-
-
-
17069 17071
609 S
-
-
-
-
J
N
I
Spare parts B M
C
A L M
K C
D
E
F G H
A B+C C (x 7) L+N+J I D E G+H+K F (5 holes) F (11 holes) M (x 1) M (x 7) Plastic sliders (x 10) Cranked shackle
406 S 25752 26901 55979 55977 17067 10001 62353 55975 26325 21308 26179 56728 17065 19451
406 T 25184 26902 55980 55978 17067 10001 62353 55976 26325 21308 17065 19451
609 S 25752 26901 55979 55977 58248 58244 58245 55975 21291 21295 26179 58728 17065 19451
609 T 25184 26902 55980 55978 58248 58244 58245 55976 21291 21295 17065 19451
811 S 25752 26901 55979 55977 58248 58249 58250 55975 22850 26179 58728 17065 19451
811 T 25184 26902 55980 55978 58248 58249 58250 55976 22850 17065 19451
Spreader boots White PVC anti-chafe covers. Protect your sails from chafing at cross trees and help foot of genoa over stanchions when sheeting in. Easy fitting, even after the mast has been stepped.
Spinnaker pole holders 16796 White PVC spinnaker pole brackets. Set of 2 deck housing brackets. Size inside shoe : 70 x 90 mm.
For Ø 4 - 6 mm 7 - 12 mm 6 mm 9 mm 12 mm 19 mm
Ref.
17060 17061 17062 17063 17064 10633
Round spreader
Model/use Flat spreader - 10 x 30 mm Flat spreader - 10 x 30 mm Round spreader or stanchion - Ø 28 mm Round spreader or stanchion - Ø 30 mm Round spreader or stanchion - Ø 50 mm Round spreader or stanchion - Ø 53 mm 141
Yann Georges©
Bosun’s chairs Professional bosun’s chair 12748 Reinforced seams, heavy duty webbing and canvas, and larger seat.The back strap and crotch piece will not only prevent you from falling out of the chair, but are so designed that the angle of the chair can be adjusted, allowing each individual to find the most comfortable working balance between back and legs. The wrap-around design provides added comfort and safety, ideal for an extended time aloft. • PVC coated on both sides, 500 g/m2. • Extra-wide 50 mm webbing. • Rigid board seat, 42 x 22 cm. • Safe working load : 150 kg*.
The chair folds flat in a pouch which converts into a large tool pocket when the chair is in use. An elasticated band also helps storing smaller tools
l model : chair, Professiona Plastimo bosun’s ult pressure dy with no diffic ur st ry ve d an bearing. "Simple, strong a seat remarkable load points (…) and ty vinyl bucket chair, (… ) with d webbing du te This is a heavye easily inspec pported by thre p (…) with a single sewn in and su ra st her webbing slings, and anot d there’s stainless D ring. also runs through the D ring an on the side. The crotch strap ckrest with an adjustment strap s on with ip a high, secure bayl stowage bag that cleverly cl g aloft." in vin go a n in he es w m bag It co double as a kit a plastic clip to
April 2013
* Safe working load indicated applies to the weakest element in the chair, i.e. the rigid board. The board excepted, all the materials used in our chairs can withstand loads from 1000 to 2000 kg. The figures indicated here are therefore deliberately conservative, in order to ensure your absolute safety even in the unlikely event that the board would break.
2 pockets : one with two compartments and an elasticated band to store smaller tools ; the other pocket is larger, designed to carry big tools, such as a drill, a hammer, a hacksaw, etc. This large pocket can also be used to “shuttle” equipment up and down, and as a storage pocket for the bosun’s chair.
Bosun’s chair Comfort® 10470 No more tiring positions, no need to work at arms length : you can now work aloft comfortably and safely, in perfect balance. The back strap and crotch piece will not only prevent you from falling out of the chair, but are so designed that the angle of the chair can be adjusted, allowing each individual to find the most comfortable working balance between back and legs. • PVC coated on both sides, 390 g/m2. • Wide 40 mm webbing. • Rigid board seat, 39 x 18 cm. • Safe working load : 100 kg* 142
Bosun’s chair, standard model 11702 • High resistance polyester. • Rigid board seat, 39 x 18 cm. • Crotch strap and adjustable back strap. • 2 storage pockets. • Safe working load : 100 kg*
Sail furling Furling straps Self-gripping straps used for furling sails on the boom or the ropes. Wide 40 mm straps, easy to fasten and unfasten. Available in 4 sizes and colors, they adapt to all your needs. Strong polypropylene straps and UV-resistant polyester thread. Ref.
42664 42665 42666 42667 42668
Description
4 yellow straps 0.60 m 4 red straps 0.90 m 4 blue straps 1.20 m 4 grey straps 1.50 m 4 assorted straps : 0.60 - 0.90 - 1.20 - 1.50 m
Shock cord, sail repair, tools & more Bainbridge International Marine Hardware & Sailmaking Catalog The perfect source for tools, accessories, and materials related to the marine industry. We specialize in the needs of builders and chandlery clients alike, and even have several of our most popular products packaged and ready for retail re-sale. You can browse this catalog and others via our website;
www.bainbridgeintusa.com St.steel clips for shock cords
Polyester covered synthetic rubber; 3 colors, 3/16 or 1/4 dia.
Clamp for st.steel clips
Stainless Steel
White nylon
â&#x20AC;&#x153;Sâ&#x20AC;? hooks
Nylon covered synthetic rubber; 1/8 to 3/8 dia.
Sailmakers Palm
Needles 143
Covers and awnings • Stylish acrylic Dralon, colourfast : cosiness, lightweight and good looks that only a canvas fabric can offer. Dralon canvas ”breathes“, which helps avoiding condensation and mildew. Impervious to UV-rays. Mildew and water treated (Scotchguard), easy to wash in soapy water. Weight : 320 g/m2. • PVC, 550 decitex, coated on both sides and UV-treated. White colour reduces heat absorption. Waterproof ; minimum maintenance, simply with sponge and soap. Weight : 350 g/m2. Both versions are sewn with heavy polyester thread. Stainless steel sailmaker grommets and marine grade zips.
Mainsail covers Quick fastening of flaps with straps and buckles. Securing under the boom with shock cord and plastic hooks. Supplied with storage pocket, 100% polyester, with lanyard closure. Boom’s length 2.30 m 2.50 m 2.75 m 3.00 m 3.25 m 3.55 m 3.85 m 4.15 m 4.45 m 4.75 m
Max height along mast 1.05 m 1.05 m 1.20 m 1.20 m 1.29 m 1.29 m 1.29 m 1.45 m 1.47 m 1.50 m
Dralon, royal blue
PVC, white
37966 37967 37968 37969 37970 37971 37972 37973 37974 37975
37976 37977 37978 37979 37980 37981 -
Cockpit awnings Features a slit for the topping-lift, with double slider zip. Attachment to guardrail thanks to stainless steel grommets. Supplied with storage pocket, 100% polyester, with lanyard closure. Length
Width
Dralon, royal blue
PVC, white
2.60 m 3.10 m 3.45 m
2 x 1.15 m 2 x 1.45 m 2 x 1.80 m
37955 37956 37957
37959 37960 37961
Dimensions 2 m x 0.50 m 3 m x 0.70 m 4 m x 0.90 m
Ref.
Hull protection For extra protection of the hull. Made from white PVC material, 550 decitex, coated on both sides, UV-ray resistant and waterproof. Weight : 350 g/m2. Supplied in pairs, ready for use.
Steering wheel cover
Halyard stowage bags PVC or Dralon, mesh canvas, batten and grommets.
144
Dimensions
PVC, white
Dralon, Royal blue
30 x 20 x 10 cm 35 x 25 x 12 cm 45 x 30 x 15 cm
37992 37993 37994
37989 37990 37991
Protects the steering wheel against external assaults. Available in white PVC and royal blue Dralon. Dralon brings cosiness and lightweight. It is breathable to ensure perfect ventilation and avoid condensation or mildew. Impervious to UV-rays, mildew and water treated (Scotchguard). Easy to wash in soapy water. Diameter
White PVC
Dralon, royal blue
830 mm 930 mm 1130 mm 1130 mm
57064 57065 57066 57067
56954 56955 -
37986 37987 37988
Small hooks
A
B
C
D
E
F
Small polyamide hooks Model
For rope Ø
Awning hook
Rope or shock cord 8 mm max.
Spinnaker hook
Multi-purpose
Rope 6 mm max. Shock cord 8/10 mm max.
Multi-purpose
Rope 4 mm max. Shock cord 6/8 mm max.
Colour
28112 44015 44016 16679
Black White Grey Black
L 55 x H 17 mm
Width between holes 42 mm
D 16680
Black
Length 30 mm
20 mm
43982 43983 43988 43989
White Black White Black
Length 30 mm
20 mm
Length 40 mm
30 mm
A B C
Sheet 6 mm max. Rope or shock cord 4 mm max.
Multi-purpose
Ref.
E F
Length L 40 x H 40 mm
Snap hooks & shackles
10 10 10 5 3 (x4) 20 10 10 5
Lashing buttons 43939 White lashing button, int. Ø 4 mm, 12 mm high
Polyamide shackle
25
5
Description Sail slide hank, suitable to attach to sail sliders.
Ref.
16764 (x2) 16676 (x2)
Shackle suitable for uses with low constraints.
Colour White
Ø 6 mm
SWL 80 kg
Black
6 mm
80 kg
Polyamide snap hook Suitable for lightweight use only. Model A
B
C
D
For shock cord Ø 4 mm
E
6 mm
With eye
8 mm
10 mm F
G
H
I
6 mm Standard J
K
5 mm
B C D E A F G H I J K L
Ref.
Colour
44028 44029 44034 44035 16795 44040 44041 44046 44047 44023 43994 43995 43977
White Black White Black Black White Black White Black Black White Black Black
Length Ø Eye 42 mm 10 mm 49 mm 10 mm 55 mm 15 mm 58 mm 12 mm 68 mm 14 mm 40 mm 9 mm 38 mm 9 mm 48 mm
-
10 10 10 10 5 10 10 10 10 10 5 10 10
L
145
Fairleads B
A
C
D
Fairleads D
Black
H
C A
A 16684
D1
B
Ø Max. rope 18 mm 12 mm 16 mm 13 mm 17 mm 7 mm 10 mm
16800* 16801* 16685 C 16686 D 16681 E 44427 Black B
St. steel bullseyes Ref. A B
Height (H) 35 mm
46424 46422
Ø D1 5 mm 6 mm
ØD 16 mm maxi.
E
Overall dimensions Width x height 65 x 28 mm 41 x 23 mm 55 x 30 mm 41 x 23 mm 55 x 30 mm 35 x 15 mm 40 x 17 mm
Hole spacing 45 mm 30 mm 40 mm 30 mm 40 mm 19 mm 28 mm
5 (x2) 5 5 5 10 3 (x4) 5
*Models with ferrule can be used to lead wire.
Bullseye swivel with cam
Stanchion bullseye
181225
29495 Bullseye and cleat on stainless steel swivelling plate. For mainsheet Ø 12 mm max. Plate Ø 58 mm. Ø 5 mm screws. Weight 217 g.
Ideal for use with furling lines. Designed to fit over stanchions and rails, with diameter 20 to 25 mm. Sturdy construction : stainless steel and glass reinforced polyamide. Supplied complete with fastenings.
Blocks A
C
B A
B
Small polyamide blocks Ref. A
16825
B
16826
Ø Colour
Break load
Black
160 kg
White
160 kg
Deck bushing
15 mm A 20 mm 25 mm 30 mm B 35 mm 40 mm C 45 mm D 50 mm
Black
White
45192 45198 45204 45210 45216 45236 45242 16707
45191 45197 45203 45209 45215 45235 45241 –
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 (x2)
Mini-deck bushing
Angle deck bushing
16682 (x3)
16683
4
Flared top and bottom for easy running of control lines. Max. line Ø 7 mm. To be press-fitted in a 10 mm Ø hole. Total height : 15 mm. 146
Multi-purpose polyamide clips
2
Description For dinghies up to 4 m. Rope Ø 8 mm maxi. White, for flag halyard Ø 4 mm.
D
4
Designed to lead the trapeze control lines. Max. line Ø 7 mm.
Hook
S-type st. steel hook
10
Ref.
Description 404026 Reinforced steel hook. 30 x 22 mm. 404027 Folded st. steel hook. 30 x 25 mm.
St. steel pins
Ref.
416643 416644
Length 50 mm 80 mm
Stock Ø 5 mm 6 mm
Halyard exit plate
10
Description A 413091 B 416743
Useful length 12 mm 23 mm
Overall length 27 mm 32 mm
2
316 stainless steel.
B
A
2
Ref.
Stock Ø
13666 13667
2 mm 1.2 mm
Height 47 mm 70 mm
Width 25 mm 35 mm
Ø 10 mm 16 mm
Halyard Ø 10 mm 16 mm
St. steel “O ring” Ref.
Thimbles Galvanised steel -
Rope Ø 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm 16 mm 18 mm 20 mm 22 mm 24 mm 28 mm 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm
13364 13365 -
13366 13367 13368 13369 400972 13370 400973 414110 400974 400975 414122 414157 414162
316 st. steel
29373 18487 18488 18489 18490 29374 18491 18492 18493 18494 29375 29376 29377 413859 413860
10 10 10 10 10 10 2 10 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
-
10 1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 2 2 5 2 2 -
Polyamide -
16946 44592 44594 44596 24134 44598 44600 44602 29372 44605 44607 44609 44611 44613 -
Stock Ø Ø
16955 5 mm 16956 6 mm 10 10 1 10 1 10 10 20 10 10 10 1 1 10 -
30 mm 38 mm
2 2
St. steel rings Ref.
Stock Ø Ø
402080 402081 402082 412859 402087 402086
1 mm 1.2 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm
14 mm 16 mm 20 mm 22 mm 25 mm 30 mm
100 100 50 50 10 10
Cotter ring Ref.
Stock Ø
Ring Ø
29599 29600 29601 29602
1 mm 1.25 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm
11 mm 15 mm 19 mm 23 mm
100 100 100 100
Turnbuckle covers Ref.
Flexible PVC turnbuckle boots A
B
C
Provides a cover for the rigging screw and fittings, to protect sails, clothes and skin from from being snagged on exposed turnbuckle parts.
10535 10536 A 10537 17051 17052 17048 B 17049 17050 C 28237
340 mm
For rigging screw Ø 4-6 mm
340 mm
8-10 mm
470 mm
10-12 mm
465 mm
12-14 mm
460 mm
14-16 mm
380 mm
4-6 mm
420 mm
8-10 mm
500 mm
10-12 mm
470 mm
8-10 mm
Length
147
Guardrails A
Parafil™ guardrails
B
C
Terminal fittings for Parafil™ guardrail Chrome-plated bronze terminals. Only this terminal guarantees a resistance of the cable once assembled, that remains equal to its original resistance. Swift and easy mounting (see drawing). Terminal A Eye terminal (x 2) B Fork terminal (x 2) C St. steel Parafil turnbuckle
For cable Ø 7 mm
For cable Ø 8.5 mm
16971 16969 16967
16970 16968
3 5 1
Parafil™ plastic guardrail Length 50 m
Length 300 m
Ext. Ø
16964 16965
16966
7 mm 8.5 mm
Breaking load 500 kg 1000 kg B
A
Eye terminal Ref. 16971 ØA 6.3 mm B 4.8 mm B ØA
Fork terminal Ref. ØA B
St. steel guardrail cable 18/12 stainless steel, 19-thread cable, in white plastic sheath. Length 50 metres. Ref.
16961 16962
Guardrail ext. Ø 9 mm 7 mm
Breaking load 1390 kg 1050 kg
Cable Ø
16969
16970
6.3 mm 6 mm
6.3 mm 7 mm
A
4 mm 3.5 mm B
Guardrails and railings must be installed at a minimal height above deck : - 60 cm for boats of 8 metres and above, - 45 cm for other boats or vessels. When a guardrail or railing is above 45 cm in height, an additional railing must be installed within a 30 cm height span above deck.
148
Terminal fitting for guardrail Fits st. steel guardrail cable, external Ø 7 - 9 mm (= Ø of unsheathed cable 3.5/4 mm). Version A. Fork terminal alone B. Fork + turnbuckle
Ref.
16973 16974
Guardrail accessories
Guardrail netting Diamond mesh, made from 100 % nylon. Knitted mesh : better strength and no over-thickness. Reinforced top and bottom selvages. Net length 10 m length 100 m spool
Ref.
Net height
Number of mesh-strings*
Mesh dimension
14938 14939
40/60 cm 40/60 cm
11
55 mm *Number of vertical mesh-strings
Halyard stowage bags PVC or Dralon, mesh canvas, batten and grommets Dimensions
PVC, white
Dralon, Royal blue
30 x 20 x 10 cm 35 x 25 x 12 cm 45 x 30 x 15 cm
37992 37993 37994
37989 37990 37991
Back supporter, rigid plastic
Back supporter, soft foam
Guardrail padding
13444
29525
13443
Dimensions : 38 x 12 cm.
47 x 14 cm.
Soft foam, in 1 m lengths. 149
Stanchions Stainless steel stanchions We submit our stanchions to an electrolytical polishing surface treatment which improves noticeably the resistance to marine corrosion and contributes to a long-lasting shiny stainless steel surface. Stanchions are made from 316 st. steel 25 mm tube with cylindrical tip.
B
Available with or without drilling for stanchion socket mounting. In the table below, C refers to in-line drilling and D to across drilling. Tip
Ref.
Cylindrical Cylindrical Cylindrical Cylindrical
35725 35726 35727 35728
Guardrail hole 1 2 2 2
A
A
B
C
D
450 mm 450 mm 630 mm 750 mm
255 mm 330 mm 360 mm
35 mm 35 mm 45 mm 35 mm -
ISO 15085 compliant
D
-
C
Ref.
Guardrail hole
Hole spacing
Drilling height from base
35729
2
280 mm
35 mm
330 mm
316 polished st. steel tube Ø 25 mm. ISO 15085 compliant
630 mm
Gate door
St. steel socket with pad-eye plate For tube Ref. Ø 25 mm 18530
Base dimensions 76 x 95 x H 95 mm
63579
Cable cutters Absolutely essential on sailing yachts and motor cruisers. Not suitable for cutting chain.
63580
150
Length
Ref.
For cable
45 cm 60 cm 90 cm
63579 63580 63581
Ø 6-8 mm Ø 10-12 mm Ø 14-16 mm
Handrails 26 x 20 mm oval stainless steel tube
26 x 20 mm st. steel handrail, with a neet oval shape for optimum grip. Supplied as standard with Ø 57.5 mm screwable fastening plate. Blind mounting is possible by bolting the handrail throughthe deck, without fastening plate (hardware not supplied). Length 20 cm 28 cm 38 cm
Ref.
105045 105046 105047
Length 43 cm 58.50 cm 70 cm
Ref.
105048 105049 106028
Ø 25 mm stainless steel tube in leather sheath Ø 25 mm st. steel tube with leather sheath and Ø 57 mm fastening plates. Length 28 cm 38 cm
Ref.
106859 106860
Length 43 cm 58.50 cm
Ref.
106861 106862
Ø 25 mm stainless steel tube Length 20 cm 30 cm
Ref.
10310 10311
Length 50.50 cm 80 cm
Ref.
10312 10313
Ø 22 mm stainless steel tube Length
Ref.
25 cm
12572
Description St. steel tube with Ø 57 mm fixing plates. Equally suitable as a step.
Ø 20 mm stainless steel tube Length
52 mm plates
Length
52 mm plates
25 cm 40 cm 60 cm
407974 407975 407976
80 cm 100 cm -
407978 407979 -
Rail hardware Material
Ref.
Chromed brass
400226 400225
Type Fitting Base
Diameter
Height
20 mm
43 mm
151
Cleats Aluminium
A B
C D
Sheet cleat A mm 150 180
Ref.
61731 61733
A
B mm 23 30
C mm 12 16
B
D mm 45 45
Ă&#x2DC;E
E mm 6 8
D
C
Mooring cleats A
Drilled Drilled Drilled Black Aluminium 61726 61727 A-B 61728 61729 61730
B C D Ă&#x2DC;E
58392 C - D 58394 58490
Stainless steel
Ref.
D
A mm 160 200 260 330 450 280 350 450
Aluminium
61732 61734 61735 61736 61737 -
B mm 30 45 55 60 70 52 62 80
C mm 20 30 35 40 45 36 40 50
D mm 42 39 45 53 68 70
E mm 28 25 28 32 55 50
D mm 35 50 65 80 75 65 80 100
E mm 6 8 8 10 10 8 8 12
Open base st. steel cleat
A
E
58391 58393 58489
Threaded
B
C
401710 401711 13784 13785 13786 401728
A mm 102 126 152 203 254 304
B mm 30 29 31 40 50 55
C mm 52 54 75 71 93 100
Wood Wood and chrome-plated brass bollard
Teak and chrome-plated bronze bollard
Threaded base, M8 fitting. Base Ref. width mm 400415 32 400414 40 400411 50 152
Height mm 40 50 70
Length mm 138 170 215
Hole spacing 90 110 143
Length Ref. mm
Spare parts St. steel threaded rod
250 350
13787 13791 13788 13792
Teakbar
Holder alone
13793
13789
13794
13790
Fairleads Stainless steel fairleads
A
B
Version A
Straight
B
Handed*
C
Handed*
C
Ref.
Length 126 mm 151 mm 114 mm 144 mm 115 mm
413261 413262 478132 478133 13797
Hole spacing 99 mm 125 mm 85 mm 110 mm 84 mm
Rope Ø 25 mm 40 mm 20 mm 22 mm 17 mm
Screw Ø 4 mm 5 mm 4 mm 6 mm 4 mm
*Sold in handed port and starboard pairs
Anodised aluminium straight fairleads Ref.
Length 140 mm 170 mm
61724 61725
Hole spacing 60/60 mm 75/75 mm
Rope Ø 15 mm 20 mm
Screw Ø 5 mm 6 mm
*Sold in handed port and starboard pairs
Chromed brass fairleads A
Version Straight inclined
B
Handed*
Ref.
400078 400705 401608 401609 401612 401615
A
B
Length 110 mm 110 mm 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm
Hole spacing 67 mm 85 mm 124 mm 165 mm 207 mm 120 mm
Rope Ø 14 mm 12 mm 18 mm 22 mm 25 mm 32 mm
Screw Ø 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 14 mm
*Sold in handed port and starboard pairs
Polyamide handed fairleads Ref.
44417 44420
Length 120 mm 150 mm
Hole spacing Rope Ø 94 mm 12 mm 125 mm 16 mm
Screw Ø 4 mm 5 mm
Sold in handed port and starboard pairs.
153
Plasticlip Compasses, safety equipment or fenders, all these products must be correctly fixed and also leave ample room to move about on the deck. Plastimo offers a clip which, from the same basic elements, allows the installation of very different products such as a compass, a lifebuoy light or a horseshoe buoy...
Multi-purpose holder Plasticlip
33.5
• Black : 37030 • Stone : 37031 • Grey : 37032 Multi-purpose holder for universal fixes (compass, electronic instruments, rescue buoy, fender...). Suitable for use with a webbing strap, 25 mm wide max. Supplied with screws and nuts. M5x4C
18.5 < Ø < 25.5 mm
Plasticlip offers many advantages : • Easy, quick and neat installation : no drilling required ; you can change the location of your equipment at any moment. • Plasticlip adapts to various tube diameters (from 18.5 to 25.5 mm). It can be horizontally or vertically mounted.
Holder for cylindrical products 30766 Originally designed for the Rescue Line, ref. 27020. Features : • 1 Plasticlip, for any horizontal or vertical tube with a diameter from 18.5 to 25.5 mm. • St. steel holder. Heigth : 30 cm. Supplied with screws and nuts.
Holding straps for wind-surf board / SUP 37033
Equally suitable for a bottle or any other cylindrical product with a max. diameter of 11 cm.
154
Ideal to fix a wind-surf or surf board, a SUP or a wakeboard on the boat stanchions. Features : • 2 Plasticlip, for any horizontal or M5x4C vertical tube with a diameter from 18.5 to 25.5 mm. • 2 x 2 m webbing straps with fix-lock. Supplied with screws and nuts. In the case of a larger board, 2 kits may be necessary. 18.5 < Ø < 25.5 mm
L=2m
Plasticlip bracket holder AdvanSea
Plasticlip for compass t #MBDL 37035 t -JHIU HSFZ 37036 Ideal to fix compasses Offshore 75 Mini-binnacle, Offshore 75 and Offshore 95 equipped with a bracket.
58310
Plasticlip for VHF/GPS antenna
Clip for tube
For T.56 and T.50 GPS, and C.56 Combo. Features : â&#x20AC;˘ 1 Plasticlip, to be adapted on any rail Ă&#x2DC; 18.5 to 25.5 mm, designed to fit bracket-mount instruments. â&#x20AC;˘ 2-mm thick plate, 316 stainless steel. Supplied with 7 st. steel screws and nuts.
37034
58113 Standard pushpit mount. Suitable for all VHF or GPS antennas (AdvanSea and other brands). Features : â&#x20AC;˘ 1 Plasticlip, to be adapted on any tube Ă&#x2DC; 18.5 to 25.5 mm. â&#x20AC;˘ 4 st. steel screws and nuts.
Patented model
A
Originally designed for a floating light. Equally suitable for any tube with a diameter from 40 to 45 mm such as oars, paddlesâ&#x20AC;Ś Features : â&#x20AC;˘ 1 Plasticlip, for any horizontal or vertical tube with a diameter from 18.5 to 25.5 mm. â&#x20AC;˘ 1 clip. Supplied with screws and nuts.
Universal holder for fenders Unique fender holder : both clips feature a spring mounted bracket which holds the narrow ends of the fender. The clips can be adjusted up and down the rail, the only limit being the rail length. When fenders are taken away, the brackets fold flat thus leaving ample room to move about on the deck. Suitable for vertical (stanchions or pushpit) or horizontal fender stowage (pulpit).
Flush stowed
' FOEFS Â? From 90 to 200 mm
3FG
36203
A 180 mm
155
Access & storage hatches Developed by the Plastimo R & D, a range of hatches which combines easy installation for the boatbuilder and optimised space for the yachtsman.
0° OPENS THROUGH 18 OR WIDE OPEN WITH TOP REMOVABLE HATCH
Take-apart hatch top, ideal when height does not allow full vertical opening : with the specific hinge design, a 5° opening angle is enough to allow the hatch top to separate from the lower frame and provide a wide open access.
All hatches are supplied with a set of 2 hinges offering twPÚNPVOUJOH QPTTJCJMJUJFTÚ classic 180° opening or takedown hatch.
Hatch top easily removed while deck frame remains intact.
Exclusive : the honeycomb structure inside the hatch provides optimum rigidity. 4VQQPSUT B ĂšLH person with no distortion or mechanical strain.
Plastimo meets the needs of boatbuilders and retro-fit yards With two sets of hinges supplied as a standard feature, the Plastimo hatch offers two mounting alternatives according to the installation environment : â&#x20AC;˘ Enough height available : hatch opening through 180°. â&#x20AC;˘ Limited height, not enough to open up : hatch can slide horizontally and be removed. Easy maintenance : should the hatch be replaced, all you need to do is unclip the hatch. No need to remove or replace the deck frame (saving lots of labour time and watertightness operations). 156
With storage box
With lock Construction in high grade ASA for durability and resistance : • Impervious to UV. • Excellent mechanical resistance, enhanced by the honeycomb structure inside the hatch. • Walkable : resists 130 kg load with no distortion at all. • Opening through 180°. • Deck or wall mount. • EPDM rubber gasket for perfect watertightness. • Supplied with a set of 2 hinges allowing different installation alternatives : classic articulated hinge opening through 180°, or specific hinge making the hatch removable. Description Access hatch Access hatch with lock Storage hatch Storage hatch with lock Access hatch Access hatch with lock Storage hatch Storage hatch with lock Access hatch Access hatch with lock Storage hatch Storage hatch with lock Access hatch Access hatch with lock Storage hatch Storage hatch with lock
RECTANGULAR
SQUARE
Model
Ref.
62112 62113 62114 62115 62104 62105 62106 62107 62108 62109 62110 62111 62116 62117 62118 62119
AxB 374 x 374 mm 374 x 374 mm 374 x 374 mm 374 x 374 mm 270 x 373 mm 270 x 373 mm 270 x 373 mm 270 x 373 mm 357 x 606 mm 357 x 606 mm 357 x 606 mm 357 x 606 mm 459 x 514 mm 459 x 514 mm 459 x 514 mm 459 x 514 mm
C 290 290 290 290 187 187 187 187 274 274 274 274 375 375 375 375
D 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 523 523 523 523 430 430 430 430
Dimensions in mm.
E 300 300 277 277 197 197 270 270 284 284 495 495 385 385 385 385
F 300 300 277 277 300 300 170 170 533 533 245 245 440 440 355 355
H
I
260 260 190 190 300 300 330 330
310 310 207 207 290 290 395 395
310 310 307 307 540 540 450 450
Storage hatch with box
Access hatch
D
D A
C
G
C E
B F
E
A
B
F
H I
G
157
Deck hatches & Portlights Deck hatches The range of Plastimo deck hatches combines optimum watertightness, easy installation and stylish looks : • satin-finish aluminium frame and grey acrylic glass, • invisible hinges, • one-piece aluminium lid with a thick frame section to provide optimum rigidity, • deck-hugging lid height, as slim as 19 mm to accommodate teak decks.
Opening device The ergonomic shape of the handles allows comfortable space for an excellent prehension. They feature a lock catch which prevents breaking in from outside. No neeed to fit any other locking system from outside. All models are equipped with adjustable stay. Adjustable opening is as simple as releasing the stay to obtain the right position. Aluminium hinges.
Navigation
Features
Lid
Lower frame
Assembly
CE areas for location onboard
Coastal or blue water cruising
Deck-hugging profile, opens outwards with stays
Extrusion
Extrusion
With screws
II, III & IV All categories
Areas on board as per 94/25 EC standard of 16 June 1996 : Zone I : hull above waterline Zone II : deck, coachroof, cockpit and transom Zone IIb : hull sections other than area I Zone III : superstructure, deck and cockpit Zone IV : cockpit and deck, rear sides of superstructure.
158
Aluminium/acrylic deck hatch Sizes available are standards commonly installed by the industry on mass production boats. • Acrylic thickness 10 mm • Telescopic stay • Aluminium hinges. Hatches must be mounted on a flat surface, allowing ± 1 mm clearance.
00
10
03
50
44
40
30 20
54
60
70
Sizes 44, 60 and 70 are suitable and regulation-compliant for use as escape hatches (zone 2b).
Size
Ref.
Flange frame mm
Internal dimensions in. mm
External dimensions in. mm
Radius mm in.
Weight kg
00 03 10 20 30 40 44 50 54 60 70
63881 63882 63883 63884 63886 63887 63888 63889 63890 63891 63893
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
211 x 211 231 x 176 260 x 260 347 x 202 457 x 327 421 x 421 442 x 442 507 x 377 507 x 392 507 x 507 627 x 627
271 x 271 291 x 236 320 x 320 407 x 262 511 x 387 481 x 481 502 x 502 567 x 437 567 x 452 567 x 567 687 x 687
42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5
2.1 2.2 2.7 3.1 5.2 5.8 6.3 5 6.8 7.4 10.2
8.3 x 8.3 9.1 x 6.9 10.2 x 10.2 13.7 x 8 18 x 12.9 16.6 x 16.6 17.4 x 17.4 20 x 14.8 20 x 15.4 20 x 20 25 x 25
10.7 x 10.7 11.5 x 9.3 12.6 x 12.6 16 x 10.3 20.4 x 15.2 18.9 x 18.9 19.8 x 19.8 22.3 x 17.2 22.3 x 17.8 22.3 x 22.3 27 x 27
1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
159
Portlights Watertightness Our portlights feature a double contact seal system. Once the portlight is closed, the first lip absorbs the water while the second contact point ensures ultimate watertightness. The 46° angled frame ensures water draining and allows monting on a tilted roof.
• Satin-finish aluminium frame. • Grey acrylic glass, 10 mm thick (13/32") • Perfect watertightness with a one-piece thick frame section. • One universal model accepts an extensive range of bulkhead or hull thickness : 5 to 33 mm (3/16" to 1 1/4"). • Optimum visibility with handle positioned on the side.
Navigation
Features
Lid
Lower frame
Asembly
CE areas for location onboard
Coastal or blue water cruising
Stylish design, ergonomic handle, large opening
Acrylic
Extrusion
Frame and backplate mounted from inside
IIb, III & IV Deck, roof and cockpit areas
Areas on board as per 94/25 EC standard of 16 June 1996 : Zone I : hull above waterline Zone II : deck, coachroof, cockpit and transom
Easy mounting Clever reversible backing plate helps covering an extensive range of bulkhead or hull thickness : 5 to 33 mm (3/16" to 1 1/4").
01
Rectangular
Oval
160
Opening device Plastimo portlights feature adjustable friction hinges. Using the sole ergonomic handle, you can open/ close the portlight with one hand only. The handle also events out the pressure all around the seal and thus guarantees an excellent watertightness.
05
04
02
00
Shape
Zone IIb : hull sections other than area I Zone III : superstructure, deck and cockpit Zone IV : cockpit and deck, rear sides of superstructure.
50
03
32
Size
Ref.
Internal dimensions mm in.
External dimensions mm in.
Radius mm in.
Weight kg
00 01 02 03 04 05 50 32
63894 63895 63896 63897 63898 63899 63901 63900
303 x 156 347 x 171 405 x 156 429 x 171 627 x 171 429 x 244 347 x 251 375 x 175
325 x 178 369 x 193 427 x 178 451 x 193 649 x 193 451 x 266 369 x 273 397 x 197
56 56 56 56 56 56 56 87.5
1.8 2 2 2.7 3.8 3.4 3 2
11.9 x 6.1 13.7 x 6.7 15.9 x 6.1 16.9 x 6.7 24.7 x 6.7 16.9 x 9.6 13.7 x 9.9 14.8 x 6.9
12.8 x 7 14.5 x 7.6 16.8 x 7 17.8 x 7.6 25.6 x 7.6 17.8 x 10.5 14.5 x 10.7 15.6 x 7.8
2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.4
D
A A = glass Ø. B = flush mount Ø. C = overall Ø. D = bulkhead thickness.
CB
Brass portlight A mm
Deco. polished
B mm
C mm
D mm
125 150 168 200 350
402382 402383 402387 402388 423951
152 175 195 235 385
182 207 264 300 470
12 12 50 50 50
Accessories for windshields • Locking nuts
418100
For opening windshield, supplied with screws (in pairs). • Nylon screw caps
100
400241
5 mm int. Ø ; 8 mm ext. Ø ; 13 mm overall base Ø. Height : 10 mm. • Windshield screw caps
St. steel portlight Exposed glass Ø 100 mm 150 mm
50
43835
Overall Ø 165 mm 215 mm
White plastic spacer. Overall Ø 20 mm, height 10 mm, hole Ø 7 mm.
Ref.
416150 416152
Vents Solar vent 175694
Flat and mushroom vents
A
A
St. steel St. steel
67 mm 54 mm
Drill Ø 80 mm 117 mm
Plastic
148 mm
70 mm
100 mm
13359
Plastic
197 mm
57 mm
95 mm
13358
St. steel
197 mm
57 mm
95 mm
Cover
416148 416149
B 413924
Height
Height
Drill Ø
216 mm
70 mm
120 mm
B
Overall Ø 115 mm 150 mm
Ref.
Overall Ø
C
Features With insect screen. Hight closed : 30 mm.
C Optional st. steel cover
-
Ø 197 mm Ø 110 mm 57 mm
Air circulation capacity/hour 25 m3
Ref.
-
Simple and reliable, it ventilates 10 m3/hour. 13360 Streamline non-snag shape. Closeable from inside.
13358 & 13359 161
Round hatches Small access hatch Ref.
Colour A B C D 47726 Stone 230 190 265 210 46580 Light grey
Access hatch with invisible screws Ref.
195381 195382
A 139 mm 165 mm
B 130 mm 155 mm
C 170 mm 215 mm
Access hatch with pressure lock Ref.
196437
B 102 mm
A
B
C
D
C 162 mm
Access hatch for dinghies and watertight compartments Ref.
39556
Int. Ø 130 mm
Ext. Ø 160 mm
Cut-out Ø 141 mm
Rollerblind
Ref.
Overall rod length
Blind width
Manufactured from black PVC, with aluminium rod. Easy DIY fitting on the inner part of the hatch.
Max. length, blind fully extended
40013 40014 40015 40016
415 mm 525 mm 575 mm 705 mm
360 mm 470 mm 520 mm 650 mm
470 mm 545 mm 775 mm 1005 mm
The Best in Top Quality Marine Products Since 1917
162
ck. Only 85 mm above de
Streamlined Dorade box Polyamide dorade box, shock and UV resistant. Opening and shut-off system operated from the cabin. Equally suitable to allow air in and out. Prevents accidental water intrusion.
51637
Options & Accessories • A - Streamlined dorade, cover alone 51654
A
AIR AIR AIR
• B - Ventilation unit 51638
B
Supplied complete with : Dorade body, shut-off system, Ø 85 mm sleeve, white flange.
• C - Ø 85 mm air flow sleeve 51639
Equally suitable to allow air in and out.
• D - White flange for Ø 85 mm sleeve
C
51640
• E - Chromed flange for Ø 85 mm sleeve 51642
D-E
• 316 L stainless steel protection hoop 54027
Depending on boat specificities, a streamlined Dorade box may be mounted in a place where it will be exposed to specific constraints (high traffic areas, strong or repeated impacts,...). In such cases, we recommend to install the stainless steel protection hoop.
AIR AIR
75 mm 85 mm
AIR
Ventilation device is open and cabin is ventilated.
120 mm
30 20 10
130 mm
Ø 5 mm 120 110 100 90 80 70
In case of heavy rain or strong wave, the ventilation device is shut off from the cabin.
224 mm 263 mm
WATER
98 mm
3 x Ø 5 mm
16
9m
m
0 26
mm
Protection hoop
Once ventilation is shut off, water evacuates along the sides of the dorade box. 163
B. Leglatin ©
Ventilation
Dorade boxes
Yvan Zedda ©
Cool’n Dry dorade box Perfect ventilation on board is essential to your comfort and also contributes to the extended lifetime of your cabin equipment (cushions, cooker, lifejackets...) which are often damaged by humidity and mildew. How can you ensure a permanent ventilation while keeping your boat totally safe and absolutely free from any water intrusion ? The “Cool’n Dry” dorade box is the answer : its exclusive patented system provides constant ventilation inside the boat, even in very bad weather conditions.
Plastimo innovation, protected by 2 patents
D
B C
A
C
D
COOL’N DRY alone (adapts on existing vent)
Replacement vent
Blue
47820
31392*
17641
Red
47821
31392*
28865
Blue
47822
31392*
17639
Red
47823
31392*
28867
Blue
47824
31393**
31751
Red
47825
31393**
31753
Blue
47826
31393**
31752
Red
47827
31393**
31754
16 mm
COOL’N DRY complete set (vent + dorade)
70 mm
160 210
B
295
A
295
• Continuous ventilation : when sailing, on a mooring or wintering, the dorade box remains constantly open. • No water entry, thanks to the exclusive shut-off system, which closes automatically in the event of a heavy rain or very strong wave. • Manual closing by simple finger pressure. • Rugged, weatherproof construction : soft PVC vent and ABS dorade box, both UV-treated.
Ø 86 mm Ø 200 mm
If your boat is already equipped with vents, you can increase their ventilation capacity significantly, by simply adding Cool’n Dry dorade boxes (ref. 31392 and 31393).
* For vent with base Ø 75 mm. ** For vent with base Ø 100 mm. 2
1 AIR
3
EAU
AIR
A heavy rain or strong wave (2) shuts off the damper temporarily, preventing any water intrusion in the cabin. 164
4 AIR
As water evacuates (3), the damper lifts up automatically, to allow air circulation again (4).
AIR
Dorade box Dorade box in rigid ABS, flexible vent in soft PVC. Impervious to UV-rays. The Dorade box is supplied complete, with : • Flexible cowl vent, • Screw-type storm cap, • Deck screw-on cover, • Cut-out sleeve (female), • Deckhead protection sleeve (male).
150
B
Colour
Dorade box Overall complete length set
Blue Red
16932 11661
Blue
16933
Red
11662
Width, overall
Cut-out Ø
Air flow Ø
B
Replacement Male Female sleeve sleeve
Max. deck thickness
260 mm 160 mm 77 mm
62 mm 40 mm
335 mm 200 mm 90 mm
80 mm 60 mm
16934 20394 16934 20394 16928 20306 16928 20306
Germán Seró - Navegar ©
A
205
AIR
EAU
A
Vents Plastimo vents Manufacturing flexible vents stems from Plastimo’s 40-year experience in PVC dip-moulding ; this process is also used for the manufacture of rigging screw covers, compass covers and binocular holders. The largest and most prestigious boat builders have made the right choice : they trust Plastimo for the constant quality supply of several flexible vents per year. The most essential features of Plastimo vents are : material softness, resistance to UV-rays, easy mounting, smooth and shiny aspect.
B. Leglatin ©
F
A
Width, overall
Cut-out Ø
Air flow Ø
Spare cowl alone (without deck plate)
Spare base and cap
Red
16922 17626
170 mm 75 mm
60 mm
17641 28865
16930 16930
Blue
16923
16929
17627
80 mm
17640
Red
190 mm 90 mm
28866
16929
Blue
16924
120 mm 75 mm
60 mm
17639
16930
Blue
16926
140 mm 90 mm
80 mm
17649
16929
28868
16929
Colour
90 150
B
230
C
235
D Red
17625
280
Blue
A
E
Blue
16925 Aluminium screw deck ring
190 mm 120 mm
120 mm 17648
300
Model
Vent complete (includes deck plate + watertight sealing cover)
F
Blue
17628
200 mm 120 mm
120 mm
-
-
B
C
E
D
12809 cap alone 165
Vents
A
B
C
Material 316 st. steel and plastic Plastic Chromed brass Polished brass
Ref. A B C D
Chromed zamac
E 400034
414801 415889 400710 400730
D
E
Description Cut-out Ø 75 mm. 130 x 122 x 95 mm (W x D x H). Height above deck 45 mm. 150 x 195 x 128 mm (W x D x H) Swivelling. 5-hole mounting. Opening Ø 120 mm. Base Ø 115 mm. Height 220 mm. Swivelling. 5-hole mounting. Opening Ø 120 mm. Base Ø 115 mm. Height 220 mm. Cut-out Ø 83 to 89 mm. 3-hole mounting. 152 x 135 x 57 mm (L x W x H). Plastic flange with 25 mm high sleeve. Can be used with 3" I.D. wire-supported ventilation hose.
Deck hatch vents : see page 161
Wind scoops Ultra-light 100% polyester fabric : does not flutter in the wind and prevents any annoying whistling and flapping noise. Wind scoops are trimmed with a reinforced band over the seams, for increased durability and optimum strain resistance. They can be kept fairly taut and can cope with strong winds.
166
Omni-directional wind scoop
Standard wind scoop
37996
37995
Particularly efficient in the marina : provides optimum ventilation, whatever the wind direction. It is rigged over the hatch with 4 attachment points and hangs from a halyard thanks to incorporated eyelet.
Provides optimum cabin ventilation. The ventilating sail is rigged over the hatch and hangs from a halyard thanks to incorporated eyelet. A fibreglass batten keeps it under tension. Base dimension unfolded : 140 cm.
Deck fillers Criteria to consider when selecting a deck filler : · Intended use : water, petrol, diesel or waste water. · Hose diameter (Ø 38.51 mm...). · Deck construction material. · Performance and durability. · Design and styling : as a visible piece of equipment, the deck filler contributes to the overall style of the deck.
St. steel deck fillers ØD
ØD H2
A H
B H1
St. steel deck fillers, st. steel caps
H
Ø D1
H1
Ø D1
316 stainless steel. Key included. Model Water Waste Petrol Diesel
Hose Ø
Ref.
38 mm / 1½"
48705 48706 48707 48708 48747 48749 48746 48748
51 mm / 2" 38 mm / 1½" 51 mm / 2" 38 mm / 1½" 51 mm / 2" 38 mm / 1½" 51 mm / 2"
H 84 mm 89 mm 84 mm 89 mm 84 mm 89 mm 84 mm 89 mm
H1 76 mm 82 mm 76 mm 82 mm 76 mm 82 mm 76 mm 82 mm
H2 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm -
ØD 75 mm 89 mm 75 mm 89 mm 75 mm 89 mm 75 mm 89 mm
ØD1 45 mm 51 mm 45 mm 51 mm 45 mm 51 mm 45 mm 51 mm
Spare cap
Spare key
48750
48830
48829
48831
48750
48830
48829
48831
48750
48830
48829
48831
48750
48830
48829
48831
Aluminium deck fillers ØD
Water : blue cap. Fuel : red cap. Waste : black cap.
A H
ØD H2
B H1
Ø D1
Aluminium deck fillers, plastic caps
A
H
H1
Ø D1
B
Cap with locking lever. Model Water Waste
Hose Ø
Ref.
38 mm / 1½"
-
38 mm / 1½"
A
16799 13919
38 mm / 1½"
-
16798
B
421948
-
421951
-
10380
Fuel 51 mm / 2"
Features Polyamide cap Polyamide cap Polyamide cap Anodised aluminium, plastic cap Anodised aluminium, plastic cap
H 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm
H1 53 mm 53 mm 53 mm
H2 24 mm 24 mm 24 mm
ØD 82 mm 82 mm 82 mm
ØD1 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm
73 mm
65 mm
28 mm
85 mm
48 mm
-
73 mm
65 mm
-
85 mm
51 mm
-
Polyamide cap
80 mm
73 mm
-
85 mm
51 mm
26331
Spare cap
26330 26332 26331
167
ØD
Chrome-plated bronze
A H
ØD B
H2 H
H1
Ø D1
Chrome-plated bronze deck fillers
13923
H1
Ø D1
13913
Cap with locking lever. Model
Ø Hose
Water
38 mm/1½" 38 mm/1½"
Fuel 51 mm/2"
Ref.
Cap
H
H1
H2
ØD
Ø D1
Spare cap
13920 13913 13921 13914 13923 13917
Chrome-plated bronze Polyamide Chrome-plated bronze Polyamide Chrome-plated bronze Polyamide
88 mm 80 mm 88 mm 88 mm 80 mm 80 mm
71 mm 71 mm 71 mm 71 mm 70 mm 70 mm
23 mm 23 mm 23 mm 23 mm -
82 mm 82 mm 82 mm 82 mm 82 mm 82 mm
45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 51 mm 51 mm
26336
Ø Drill 45 mm
26330 26337 26331 26337 26331
Chrome-plated bronze deck fillers Model
Ø Hose
Water
38 mm/1½"
Waste
45 mm
Ref.
Features
Height
400680
Cap with flush lever Cap with flush lever
75 mm
Ø Overall 75 mm
78 mm
85 mm
57 mm
70 mm
85 mm
52 mm
405831 405984
Spare cap for 400680 : 400686
Angled deck-fillers, chrome-plated bronze 45° angled deck filler. Model
Ø Hose
Ref.
Water
38 mm/1½"
420069
Waste Petrol
38 mm/1½"
473967
38 mm / 1½"
470014 420024
56 mm
Features St. steel cap. Ideal for use with marina pump systems.
Ø Overall 88 mm
Ø Drill 50 mm
88 mm
50 mm
88 mm 88 mm
50 mm 50 mm
473967
Drain socket, chromed brass Model
Ref.
Description
Ø
Length
Round
400717
Screw-type cap
Overall 55 mm/ Int. 22 mm
10 mm
400717 168
470014
Econab deck filler
d eco-concept create "Bateau Bleu" is the . ion rat de e Industries Fe by the French Marin te products that It is designed to promo ce features with combine performan characteristics, ly environment-friend tional boating. for a greener recrea
Anti-overflow, environment friendly deck filler. Designed to prevent fuel spillage through a boat’s vent hole. Complies with EN ISO 11105 standards on fuel engine compartments and/or fuel tanks ventilation.
Econab diesel filler 58556 • Environment-friendly : avoids spillage. • Prevents vapours and stains. • Can be fitted to all types of boats, either new or second hand. • Features an anti-theft device. • Can replace any standard deck filler. • Corrosion-free : aluminium filler with anodised coating.
Vent installation with Econab
The Econab installation must respect the initial circuit route, preserving the A and B dimensions. The vent connections must be positioned on the opposite side of the thru-hull vent. A
• Thinner flange with deck-hugging profile. • Lighter in weight : weighs approx. 700 g. • Anti-theft device incorporated in the filler body.
B
Initial vent hose
Tru-hull vent
Complies with EN ISO 11105
Return hose Fill hose
Accessory
Fuel tank • St. steel winch key
61804
409544
404213
Deck fillers with flange Model
Petrol Petrol
Hose Ø
38 mm/1½" 38 mm/1½"
Ref.
Features
Depth below deck
Overall Ø
Drill Ø
409544
Chrome-plated zinc alloy deck filler, plastic cap and flange
70 mm
80 mm
52 mm
316 stainless steel
70 mm
404213
80 mm
50 mm
Polyamide deck filler with vent • Ø 15 mm vent. • 110 x 73 mm (Length x width). • Depth below deck : 62 mm. • Drill Ø : 50 mm. Model Petrol
Hose Ø 38 mm/1½"
Ref.
409600 169
Plastic deck fillers Glass reinforced plastic deck fillers Captive plug and gasket.
62195
62201
62198
With vent Model
Without vent
Colour White
Fuel Chrome White Chrome
Water
Ref.
Model
Hose Ø 38 mm - 1½" 50 mm - 2" 38 mm - 1½" 50 mm - 2" 38 mm - 1½" 38 mm - 1½"
62191 62195 62193 62197 62199 62201
With vent 19
Fuel Chrome Water
16 19
88
88 19
62
62
32
44 16 19
Hose Ø 38 mm / 1½" 50 mm - 2" 38 mm / 1½" 50 mm - 2" 38 mm - 1½" 38 mm - 1½"
62190 62194 62192 62196 62198 62200
19
62
38 50
White Chrome
Ref.
Without vent
19
32
Colour White
110
110
62
62196
44
38 50
50
50
Dimensions in mm.
Plastic deck fillers with flip top Model Water Petrol
Hose Ø 38 mm / 1½" 38 mm / 1½"
Ref.
196275 196265
A ØB ØC D E G ØN K J 80 x 93 55 48 33 26 46 38 84 98 196275
A B C D J E G
K
N
Dimensions in mm.
196265
Plastic deck filler with casing 196417 Petrol deck filler + casing with door. Hose Ø : 38 mm / 1½"
Housing for deck filler 44302 m
114 m
m
114 m
8 mm0
170
m
110 m
155 mm 191 mm
100 mm
200 mm
191 mm 155 mm
100 mm
165 mm
80 mm
m 110 m m 145 m
Deck filler keys
177209
418369
61804
105396
Universal stainless steel key
Key width 20 mm
St. steel key “winch” key
Polyamide “winch” key
Buoyancy tank drain plug 16687 Polyamide drain plug with captive plug. Int. Ø : 18 mm. Ext. Ø : 23 mm.
A
B
C
Drain sockets, polyamide Polyamid deck filler with O-ring. Colour
Oval
Round
White Black White Black Black White White
White
A B C D E F G H I
E
H
G
F
I
Flange dimensions
Overall height
Height of socket
Cutout Ø
Depth below deck
Mini. int. Ø
Spare cap
48 x 36 mm
28 mm
19.5 mm
27 mm
15 mm
19 mm
16713
54 x 33 mm
55 mm
25 mm
27 mm
20 mm
19 mm
45276
54 x 33 mm
55 mm
25 mm
27 mm
20 mm
19 mm
45277
Ø 40 mm
55 mm
25 mm
27 mm
20 mm
19 mm
45276
Ø 40 mm
55 mm
25 mm
27 mm
20 mm
19 mm
45277
With holes
Ø 43 mm
38 mm
27 mm
25 mm
22 mm
16.5 mm
-
With captive plug Plain
Ø 46 mm
63 mm
27 mm
28 mm
21 mm
19 mm
-
Ø 48 mm
76 mm
66 mm
28 mm
62 mm
19 mm
16713
Ø 43 mm
107 mm
96 mm
27 mm
91 mm
19 mm
12521
Ref.
Description
16688 16689 43462 43463 43468 43469 43478 43477 16691 16690
Plain With 2 holes With captive plug With captive plug With captive plug With captive plug
16797
D
Screw-type for double hull. Bulkhead thickness : 80 mm. 1/4 turn plug
171
Brass
A
on all A bell is compulsory d over. boats of 20 metres an
B
C
D
Bells Ref.
402179 417988* 401006 C 400740 D 13392 A B
Description “1888” bell mounted on oscillating attachment (supplied) Removable bell Bell mounted on oscillating attachment (supplied) Bell mounted on oscillating attachment (supplied) Bell mounted on oscillating attachment (supplied)
Material Polished brass Polished brass Polished brass Polished brass Polished brass
Diameter 160 mm 300 mm 90 mm 150 mm 90 mm
Clocks and barometers : pg. 208
Polished brass bow shackle Ref.
400196 400207
Diameter 4 mm 5 mm
Porthole mirror Polished brass porthole mirror. Ref.
402172 412542 402171 402170 402169 172
Ext. Ø 180 mm 210 mm 260 mm 300 mm 470 mm
Mirror Ø 125 mm 150 mm 165 mm 205 mm 350 mm
173
Jean-Marie Liot Š
Compasses
L. Charpentier ©
Plastimo compasses : 50 years on the right course. Only the best will do ! For ultimate quality, Plastimo selects the best components in order to ensure that your compass is a highly dependable instrument which will provide years of reliable service. • A sapphire equips every compass : its hardness is a warranty for the long life and precision of your compass. • All Plastimo compasses feature an anti-vibration system, which ensures a minimal contact between the pivot and the sapphire cup ; the latest-born “Vibration absorber” device damps spinning caused by high-speed pounding and vibration. • A compass is a meticulously engineered instrument : all the “precious” components are produced by Swiss clock-makers, worldwide famous for their legendary precision. 174
• The soft Viton® diaphragm or the semi-soft ultra-sound welded diaphragm is fully waterproof and has an extreme expansion and retraction capacity : it compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by the differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure. • All plastic components -and more specifically the material used for the dome- are carefully selected to withstand shocks, UV-rays and harsh marine environment. • The crystal transparency of the dome and the exceptional magnifying index of the fluid contribute to the perfect legibility of the card. Viton® is a registered trade mark of Dupont de Nemours.
Cosmetic cover
Dome
B. Y. Leglatin ©
Pivot holder Pivot Pivot bearing Card
Innovation stems from state-of-the-art Research & Development. For over 50 years, the Plastimo Research and Development department has created and engineered extremely dependable compasses, combining top performance with stylish design. Building on the same development philosophy, our engineers now use the most sophisticated computer assisted design programs.
To be allowed on your boat, a Plastimo compass must pass challenging quality control tests. Needless to say, all Plastimo compasses comply with the regulation… but Plastimo's stringent requirements are even more demanding : at every stage of production, each compass is tracked, checked and thoroughly inspected, so that quality is never a coincidence. • Accelerated ageing tests, carried out in our laboratories, guarantee that the dome and all other components are totally impervious to UV rays. • Vibration tests used to simulate the vibrations generated by rough sea and high-speed : the card must remain absolutely stable, whatever the vibration frequency. While the regulation requires tests from 7 to 40 Hz, Plastimo challenges its compasses to tests between 5 and 100 Hz. • Temperature tests : our compasses are tested in heated and refrigerated cabinets from +60° to -20° C (+180° to -70 °F). Even in these extreme temperatures, the compass must not leak or develop bubbles.
Magnets Sapphire-cup Platform Index needles Lubber line
Expansion diaphragm
Compensation
• Stability tests : when the card is deflected (40° or 90°), it must return to its original position and settle within a predetermined time (called the “half-period”). • Precision and accuracy are tested on each cardinal point. After a 95° deflection, the card must return to its original position, within a 1° maximum allowance. • Packaging protection : in order to guarantee optimum protection during transport, we regularly drop test our packaged compasses from a 1 metre height to a hard surface. • Final quality tests : assembled, packaged and ready for shipment, Plastimo compasses are once again inspected with a statistical sampling.
These stringent tests and quality assurance procedures allow Plastimo to offer a 5-year warranty on all its compasses, and to certify an outstanding quality that meets all European and ISO specifications.
3 million compasses 100 % handcrafted by Plastimo The most prestigious racers, the most demanding boatbuilders, the most safety conscious yachtsmen keep on the right course with Plastimo. 175
L. Charpentier ©
Excellence in compass-craft. For 50 years, we have owed our position as market leader not only to our extensive range of 400 models, but also to our continuous effort to offer you such a top quality product that you never have chance to mention it, except than recommend it to a friend getting ready to equip his boat. Printing and legibility of the card must pass microscopic examination. Quality and durability of the printing are fundamental. Once the compass is assembled, the magnification of the card is such that the slightest flaw would be intolerable. Plastimo owes its position as market leader to this uncompromisingly stringent selection of cards.
Compass production is fully controlled in our Lorient (France) factory, including of course plastic injection engineering, on which Plastimo has built its worldwide reputation.
Every compass card is balanced manually to ensure its perfect horizontality. This is an extremely delicate operation, requiring patient and scrupulous craftmanship which only years of experience can bring.
176
Produced from state-of-the-art injection moulding machines, domes are individually inspected, thus eliminating the slightest risk of imperfection-optical or mechanical.
A Plastimo compass is a meticulously engineered instrument. The complexity of components and the extreme accuracy required at every stage forbids production automation ; every compass is assembled manually. Even when brand new, it already has an interesting history…
The oven test is used to detect possible leaks. Each compass is placed for 2 hours in a cabinet heated to +60 °C. As this produces an expansion of the fluid, the diaphragm compensates for volume fluctuations.
How to select your compass? Selecting the best compass for your boat is extremely important, as the compass will be the helmsmanâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s or pilotâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s navigation mate for many years. To help you choose, we suggest that you ask yourself the following simple but essential questions :
Dinghy, cruising boat, racing boat, powerboat, kayak or yawlâ&#x20AC;Ś You should know that the main differences between a sailboat and a powerboat (in terms of compass construction) are the heeling angle and the resistance to vibration and shocks. These technical elements are of course integrated in the engineering of our compasses..
Day sailing, cruising, passage making, racingâ&#x20AC;Ś you will select a compass with or without lighting, with or without compensation, with the right card balanced for the geographical card where you are going to sail, with a plain or tactical card.
# $ #
If the compass is designed to be read from a distance, you will need a larger compass. Generally speaking and as a benchmark indication, you should select a card apparent diameter between 70 and 90 mm, for a 5 to 9 m boat (17-30 ft).
#
Flushmounted on a horizontal, vertical or inclined bulkhead, on a binnacle or minibinnacle, on a bracket, in a take-away or mast-mounted versionâ&#x20AC;Ś you must choose a compass which remains easily readable (shape of card) at all times. The Plastimo range of compasses covers all mounting options and all our models are designed for minimum drilling and screwing. Last but not least, be stylish : often located at the heart of your boat, your compass should ideally match and enhance the character of your boat ; you will therefore pay particular attention to its design and colour.
Flat card A flat card is read on the back edge, where the lubberline is located. The fluid magnifies the numerals which become easier to read. In addition, the flat card provides a global view of the card and its North point in relation to the boat's direction.
Conical or cylindrical card Reading from the front and the top of the card. In addition to front reading, this type of card usually features numerals and cardinal points on the top part of the card, thus providing two reading possibilities. This card is particularly suitable when steering or piloting is done sitting or standing.
A jewel on your dashboard While holding the course is ovbiously the primary function of a compass, we at Plastimo, believe that elegance and style add to your sailing pleasure. We have designed your compass to enhance your boat. You will be proud of it. Plastimo compasses have been presented with several prizes, of which the most impressive are French, Japanese, German and American Design Awards.
177
Installation on board Flushmount on horizontal surface
Flushmount on vertical or inclined surface
This extra-flat version provides an excellent viewing angle and also reduces vibrations by absorbing them. On a powerboat, a flushmount compass is ideal for the flybridge, the upper deck or the central steering pod ; on a sailboat, a flushmount compass will be ideally located on either side of the deck or mounted on a binnacle.
Bracket Very popular on powerboats, a bracket allows for swift and easy mounting whatever the location. It is particularly suitable on surfaces with awkward angles. A bracket-mount compass can generally be taken away for safe storage, which is a real plus on a powerboat with no cabin.
(often known as bulkhead or dashboard compass)
A bulkhead compass is generally mounted on the cockpit side of the cabin bulkhead, allowing easy viewing from the cockpit (and also from the cabin, with the famous Contest 101). On a powerboat, this is ideally suitable for a vertical dashboard or a central steering pod.
Binnacle for steering wheel For sailboats with a steering wheel.
Mini-binnacle Ultra-slim and compact version ; does not require any cut-out hole. The compass can be taken away for safe storage.
On fixing bracket
Mast-mounting If you have only little space available, mast installation can be the answer. It is very easy to carry out thanks to a specific mast mounting kit.
Compensation
Often a multi-function compass (combines course + handbearing functions), this type of compass is usually removable for storage.
DEVIATION :
See adjustment procedure on www.plastimo.com
Compasses are supplied with built-in compensation, or can be further equipped with an optional compensation.Compensating a compass consists in adjusting the position of the 2 magnets, in order to affect the horizontal component of the card by modifying the North/South and East/West deviation.The compensation procedure is a delicate operation and should ideally be carried out by a professional compass adjuster.
How to compensate a compass Use a second compass as the reference ; a handbearing compass is often the most convenient, provided it is interference-free. The North-South screw corrects North-South heading ; the East/West screw corrects East-West heading. • Run the boat along the Northerly course selected as per your handbearing compass and adjust your steering compass by turning the North and South screws either way, so that the steering compass also points North. • Repeat the procedure, running the boat Easterly. • Run the boat Southerly and this time, reduce the deviation by half. • Run the boat Westerly and reduce the deviation by half. • Note : Upon completing the compensation procedure, it is essential to draw a new deviation table. 178
Offshore compass ®
Offshore® 55 Ideal on small size power boats, up to 6 metres (20 ft).
Offshore® 55
• Black card, black flange : 63854 • White card, white flange : 63855
Ø 81.5 mm Ø 55 mm
nce
bala
126 mm
69 mm
l ersa Univ
• Bracket-mount Large stable base absorbs vibrations, simply screwed on dashboard. • Card Contributes to safety and provides reliable reading, whatever the ambiant light and weather/ navigation conditions (conical card, perfectly stable, 55 mm apparent diameter). • Moulded-in notch to visualise heading easily. • Materials All parts fully UV-ray treated. Scratch resistant dome. • Watertight construction One-piece moulded flange and bowl. Diaphragm for absolute watertightness.
90° 82 mm
When screwing the base to dashboard, make sure that compass card and cell are perfectly horizontal.
Options & Accessories • Compensation : 17673
OFFSHORE 55 Boat size
Powerboats up to 6 metres (20 ft).
Card
Conical card graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 55 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.
Mounting Reading Compensation Lighting Supplied with
• Optional lighting : 62037 12/24 V LED bulb
Bracket-mount, on a horizontal, tilted or vertical surface. 1 moulded-in notch to visualise heading easily. Optional (access by removing the top flange) Optional : 12/24 V LED bulb. Access by removing the top flange. Orientable installation base and screws.
Also available in Kayak version, with shock cords and hooks. See page 200. 179
Offshore® 75 Jeanneau ©
The Offshore 75 compass benefits from Plastimo's invaluable experience in compass engineering. Whatever the boat speed or vibrations, the Offshore 75 remains fully efficient, thanks to the exclusive "Vibration Absorber" system which guarantees an exceptional card stability in all conditions.
5-8 m
VIBRATION ABSORBER
TIONS RESISTANCE TO VIBRA 9 010. 55 30 . no , IE* LC tested by e system : siv clu " ex "VIBRATION ABSORBER pivot the n ee tw Minimal contact be p. cu e hir pp sa and the g laboratory. *French official testin
Installation • Flushmount on horizontal surface : compact compass (fastening with screws). • Flushmount on vertical or inclined surface/dashboard : fits any surface whatever the angle (fastening with screws). Interchangeable with any compass of equivalent size. • Mini-binnacle : to be mounted on a horizontal surface thanks to the unique clip-plate which allows the compass to be removed. • Bracket : the broad and sturdy bracket base absorbs the vibrations. Mounting can be done on any surface whatever the angle, provided that the compass + card unit remains horizontal at all times. Bracketmount compass can also be removed when fitted with clip-plate.
Ø
Ø 100 mm Ø 70 mm
20°
Flushmount : on a horizontal, vertical or inclined surface. 29 mm
Magnetic cell equipped with the unique "Vibration Absorber" system.
Lubber line
1 lubber line.
Compensation
Optional (on mini-binnacle and bracket-mount models)
Lighting
Included on all Offshore models (1 bulb 12 Vdc). No lighting on Offshore Basic.
Supplied with
Clip-plate, screws, drilling template.
Approval/homologation
ISO 613 compliant.
180
Ø 70 mm 129 mm
90°
Flushmount
Mini-binnacle Ø 100 mm
Ø 70 mm
47 mm
Resistance to vibrations and hull pounding
66 mm
With a bracket : mounted on a horizontal or inclined surface. Compass is removable thanks to clip-plate.
62 mm
41 mm
66 mm Ø 100 mm
66 mm
Mounting
Mini-binnacle : mounted on a horizontal surface thanks to a clip-plate (supplied) ; compass is removable.
Ø 70 mm
105 mm
Compass card
Conical card graduated every 5° apparent Ø 70 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.
m
m 100
m
Powerboats of 5 to 8 metres (17 to 26 ft).
Bracket-mount
47 m
Boat size
Flushmount/dashboard
132 mm
OFFSHORE 75
84.4 mm
Offshore® 75
Card • Card design guarantees accurate readings and safe navigation under all weather or light conditions. • Perfect stability of conical card, 70 mm apparent diameter. • Every card is balanced individually in our workshops. • Front reading : graduation every 5° and compact figures allow for easy reading.
Watertight construction • One-piece moulded flange and bowl. • Viton® diaphragm with extreme expansion and retraction capacity : compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by the differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure, thus preventing the formation of bubbles. • Lighting integrated in the bowl. • Moulded-in sunken head screws.
Lighting Bulb is integrated in the bowl, thus spreading the illumination evenly and preventing eye strain and fatigue at night.
Lubber line Fluorescent orange, for instant recognition.
Access to compensation or lighting Extremely easy access to compensation or lighting with unique flange-clip system.
Materials • All parts fully UV-ray treated. • Scratch resistant dome.
Compensation Only bracket-mount and minibinnacle versions can be equipped with optional compensation box.
OFFSHORE 75, with lighting
White card & flange
Black card black flange
Flushmount horizontal surface
48837
48833
OFFSHORE 75 Basic, without lighting
Black card, white flange
Flushmount/dashboard vertical or 20 to 90° inclined surface
48845
Light grey card
Mini-binnacle, horizontal surface
White : 49551
Mini-binnacle horizontal surface
White : 48853
Black : 48849
Bracket-mount, horizontal or vertical surface
White : 52960
Bracket-mount, horizontal or vertical surface
White : 48861
Black : 48857
48841
Accessories
Compensation :
17673
Plasticlip : 37035 Black plastic clip, allows swift and easy installation of a bracket-mount compass on any tube Ø 18.5 to 22.5 mm. 181
J.M. Liot©
Offshore® 95
6-10m
Offshore® 95 OFFSHORE 95 Boat size
Powerboats from 6 to 10 m (19 to 33 ft)
Compass card
Conical or flat card graduated every 5°, apparent Ø 81 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.
Mounting
• Flushmount, on a horizontal surface. • With a bracket : mounted on a horizontal or inclined surface. Compass is removable thanks to clip-plate.
Resistance to vibrations Magnetic cell equiped with the unique and hull pounding "Vibration Absorber" system. Lubber line
1 lubber line.
Compensation
Supplied as standard.
Lighting
1 bulb 12 V, included.
Supplied with
Clip-plate, screws, drilling template.
Homologation
ISO 613 compliant.
OFFSHORE 95 • BLACK COMPASS black flat card black conical card • WHITE COMPASS black flat card black conical card white conical card 182
flushmount
bracket
55370 55373
55376 55379
55382 55385 55388
55391 55394 55397
Watertight construction â&#x20AC;˘ One-piece moulded flange and bowl. â&#x20AC;˘ VitonÂŽ diaphragm with extreme expansion and retraction capacity : compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure, preventing the formation of bubbles. â&#x20AC;˘ Moulded-in sunken head screws.
Card Outstanding legibility under all weather and light conditions for optimum comfort and accurate readings. â&#x20AC;˘ Perfect stability of conical or flat card, 81 mm apparent diameter. â&#x20AC;˘ Every card is balanced individually in our workshops. â&#x20AC;˘ Graduation every 5°. Lubber line Orange, for instant recognition.
Materials â&#x20AC;˘ All parts fully UV-ray treated. â&#x20AC;˘ Scratch resistant dome.
Lighting Bulb is integrated in the bowl, thus spreading the illumination evenly and preventing eye strain and fatigue at night. "DDFTT UP DPNQFOTBUJPO or lighting â&#x20AC;˘ Extremely easy access to compensation or lighting with unique flange-clip system. â&#x20AC;˘ Compensation can be adjusted from the outside, with no need to open the compass on the bracket version.
tion-resistance Optimum vibra . bility of the card for a perfect sta er" exclusive rb "Vibration Abso al contact im in m : system ot and the between the piv p. sapphire cu
Installation t 'MVTINPVOU PO horizontal surface : compact design, interchangeable with Offshore 90 and most compasses of equivalent size. t #SBDLFU broad and sturdy bracket base absorbing vibrations. Mounting can be done whatever the angle, provided that the compass and card unit remain horizontal at all times. Bracket-mount compass can also be removed when fitted with clip-plate.
Ă&#x2DC; 128 mm
Options t 1SPUFDUJWF DPWFS XIJUF CMBDL
Ă&#x2DC; 128 mm Ă&#x2DC; 88 mm
58 mm
Ă&#x2DC; 88 mm
150 mm
85 mm
53 mm
Ă&#x2DC; 100.4 mm
t 1MBTUJDMJQ
115 mm Ă&#x2DC; 81 - 99 mm
150 mm
183
Altair Yachts ©
Offshore® 115
8-12m
ce : Universal balan with round the world one compass.
Offshore® 115 OFFSHORE 115 Boat size
Powerboats of 8 to 12 metres (26 to 40 ft).
Compass card
Conical or flat card graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 101 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.
Hood
Articulated protective hood : built-in sliding cover, composed of 3 telescopic parts, with cushioned closing.
• Flushmount : on a horizontal surface. • Binnacle available as option. Resistance to vibrations Magnetic cell equipped with the unique and hull pounding "Vibration Absorber" system. Mounting
Lubber line
1 lubber line.
Compensation
Supplied as standard.
Lighting
1 bulb 12 V, included.
Supplied with
Screws, drilling template.
Approval/homologation
SOLAS-MED 96/98.
184
OFFSHORE 115 t #-"$, $0.1"44 black flat card black conical card t 8)*5& $0.1"44 black flat card black conical card white conical card
60992 60991 60993 60990 60989
Watertight construction â&#x20AC;˘ One-piece moulded flange and bowl. â&#x20AC;˘ VitonÂŽ diaphragm with extreme expansion and retraction capacity : compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure, preventing the formation of bubbles.
BY NIGHT
LED lighting â&#x20AC;˘ Energy saving. â&#x20AC;˘ High resistance to shocks. â&#x20AC;˘ Increased lifetime. â&#x20AC;˘ Same bulb is suitable for 12 or 24 V power supply.
Articulated hood : built-in sliding cover composed of 3 telescopic parts with cushioned closing.
brations tested Resistance to vi E. g laboratory LN by French testin e iv us rber" excl "Vibration Abso l contact system : Minima ot e between th piv p. cu re hi and the sapp
Options Ă&#x2DC; 159 mm
t #JOOBDMF
#MBDL
8IJUF
68 mm
91 mm
Ă&#x2DC; 101 mm
Ă&#x2DC; 159 mm Ă&#x2DC; 101 mm
Ă&#x2DC; 104 mm
Ă&#x2DC; 159 mm 75 mm
#MBDL
Ă&#x2DC; 121 mm 166 mm
91 mm
t 1SPUFDUJWF IPPE
8IJUF
t 4QBSF -&% MJHIUJOH
Ă&#x2DC; 120 mm
Ă&#x2DC; 120 mm
185
Jeanneau / J.M. Liot ©
Offshore® 105 & 135
5-9 m
Offshore® 105 OFFSHORE 105 Boat size
Powerboats of 5 to 9 m (17 to 30 ft).
Graduated every 5°, apparent Ø 91 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. Articulated protective hood : Hood/sunshade built-in sliding cover, composed of 3 telescopic parts. Comes as standard in a flushmount version. Mounting Can be bracket-mounted with the addition of optional bracket. Resistance to vibrations Magnetic cell mounted on and hull pounding shock absorbers. Lubber line 1 lubber line. Compensation Supplied as standard. • On flat card : 2 bulbs, 12 V. Lighting • On conical card : 1 bulb, 12 V. Approval/homologation ISO 613 compliant. Compass card
42 mm
134 mm
OFFSHORE 105
100 mm 140 mm
186
t #-"$, $0.1"44 black flat card black conical card t 8)*5& $0.1"44 black flat card black conical card white conical card
Flushmount
Optional bracket kit*
17263 17264
17268*
17265 17266 48972
17267*
17268*
17267* 17267*
* The bracket kit includes the actual bracket and the adequate screws. A bracket-mount compass consists in one flushmount compass, plus one bracket kit (indicate both references when ordering).
+10 m
Offshore® 135 OFFSHORE 135 Built-in articulated hood : slide it gradually on the compass to adapt to the light and avoid glare on the dome. When totally shut, your compass is perfectly protected.
Powerboats of 10 m and above (33 ft + ).
Boat size Compass card Hood / sunshade Mounting
Graduated every 5°, apparent Ø 130 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. Articulated protective hood : built-in sliding cover, composed of 3 telescopic parts. Comes as standard in a flushmount version. Can be bracket-mounted with the addition of optional bracket.
Resistance to vibrations Magnetic cell mounted on shock absorbers. and hull pounding Lubber line 1 lubber line. Compensation Supplied as standard. • On flat card : 2 bulbs, 12 V. Lighting • On conical card : 1 bulb, 12 V. Homologation SOLAS-MED 96/98
155 mm 45 mm
The optional bracket brings additional mounting possibilities, either on a horizontal surface avoiding to cut the instrument panel or on a vertical bulkhead. The bracket slides onto a fixing plate, allowing easy removal after use for complete security from theft. Beyond a simple aesthetic preference, the bracket mounting also offers the extra advantage of isolating the compass from the dashboard, thus reducing the potential interference created by other instruments and metallic objects.
OFFSHORE 135
119 mm 175 mm
t #-"$, $0.1"44 black flat card black conical card t 8)*5& $0.1"44 black flat card black conical card
Flushmount
Optional bracket kit*
17259 23484
17260* 17260*
17261 23493
17262* 17262*
*The bracket kit includes the actual bracket and the adequate screws. A bracket-mount compass consists in one flushmount compass, plus one bracket kit (indicate both references when ordering).
187
Contest compasses ®
-9 m
Mini-Contest® To match the new cockpit designs, Plastimo has revamped the Mini Contest, one of its historic most popular compasses. The latest born in the range, the Mini Contest boasts a more modern look and a conical card for improved reading comfort. MINI-CONTEST Boat size Compass card Mounting
MINI-CONTEST White Black
55406 55403
Mini-Contest MINI-CONTEST ADVANSEA black, black card
28976
MINI-CONTEST ADVANSEA Boat size Compass card Mounting Lubber lines Heelmeter Lighting Supplied with Homologation 188
Sailboats up to 9 m (30 ft). Cylindrical card, graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 85 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. On vertical bulkhead. 3 lubber lines, at 45°. Graduated every 15°. 1 x 12 V white bulb supplied as standard. Protection cover, drilling template. ISO 613 compliant.
Lubber lines Heelmeter Compensation Lighting Supplied with Homologation
Sailboats up to 9 m (30 ft). Conical red card graduated every 5°, Apparent Ø 81 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. • On vertical bulkhead. • On the mast (with the optional mast mounting kit). 3 lubber lines, at 45°. Graduated every 10°. Optional. 1 x12 V white bulb supplied as standard. Protective cover, drilling template, threaded rods. ISO 613 compliant.
Mini-Contest AdvanSea is a highly accurate compass, developed to match ideally the AdvanSea range of marine electronics instruments.
Vertical bulkhead : â&#x20AC;˘ Mini-Contest is compatible with drilling Ă&#x2DC; of former model same size. â&#x20AC;˘ Fits any bulkhead thickness : - Standard thickness (40 mm max) : the compass is secured with threaded rods - Thick or double bulkhead : the compass is secured with Parker screws on both sides of the bulkhead.
57.5 mm
61 mm 66 mm
Ă&#x2DC; 128 mm
3 lubber lines For dependable readings even when steering windward.
77.8 mm
Card â&#x20AC;˘ Excellent readability whatever the weather conditions and light. â&#x20AC;˘ Conical, highly stable, 81-mm apparent diameter. â&#x20AC;˘ Individually balanced. â&#x20AC;˘ Graduation every 5° and compact figures for easy reading.
Mounting
134 mm Ă&#x2DC; 88 mm 60 mm 53 mm
78.8 mm
112 mm
Ă&#x2DC; 88 mm
Lighting 12 V-bulb integrated in the front flange, spreading the illumination evenly over dome and card, and preventing eye strain and fatigue at night. Easy access to the light bulb from the front of the compass.
Options & accessories
t 1SPUFDUJWF DPWFS .JOJ $POUFTU XIJUF CMBDL
Ă&#x2DC; 128 mm
t 1QSPUFDUJWF DPWFS "EWBO4FB XIJUF
t $PNQFOTBUJPO
17673
5
57 mm
Materials â&#x20AC;˘ All parts fully UV-ray treated. â&#x20AC;˘ Scratch resistant dome.
112 mm
Structures - B.StichelbautŠ
Watertight construction â&#x20AC;˘ One-piece moulded flange and front dome. â&#x20AC;˘ VitonÂŽ diaphragm with extreme expansion and retraction capacity : compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure, thus preventing the formation of bubbles.
100°
t .BTU NPVOUJOH LJU .JOJ $POUFTU : 55656
189
Contest® 101
Jean-Marie Liot©
When Plastimo invented the double reading compass, it was a major innovation which allowed the yachtsman to follow his course from the cockpit and the cabin. The Contest 101 goes a step further : its exclusive mounting possibilities on any bulkhead -whatever the thickness- and its aesthetics allow the Contest 101 to adapt perfectly to today's yachts, both in terms of engineering technique and glamorous design.
Contest® 101 CONTEST 101
+ 9m
Boat size Double reading
Sailboats 9 m and above (30 ft +). From cockpit and cabin.
Compass card
Double graduation : horizontal and vertical. Conical card, graduated every 5°, apparent Ø 100 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.
Mounting
Comes as standard in a bulkhead version (vertical or 10-25° inclined bulkhead). Can be mast-mounted with the addition of optional mast-mounting kit.
Lubber lines Heelmeter Compensation Lighting Supplied with Homologation
190
3 lubber lines, at 45°. Graduated every 10°. Optional. 12 Vdc. Red lighting on black and white cards, white lighting on red cards. Protection cover, drilling template. ISO 613 compliant
B.Leglatin ©
Every compass card is balanced manually to ensure its perfect horizontality. This is an extremely delicate operation, requiring patient and scrupulous craftsmanship which only years of experience can bring.
Options & accessories
Spare protection cover : 25332 Just in case it would fall overboard… as it is originally supplied as standard.
Mast mounting kit : 39201
Compensation :
17673
You have replaced your electronics, modified your cockpit and your compass doesn't quite "match" any longer… Just by replacing the colour bezel of your initial Contest 101, you can change its look in seconds.
Bezel for Contest 101 Black : 26891 White : 26892 Blue : 26893
CONTEST 101 t #-"$, $0.1"44 red card black card t 8)*5& $0.1"44 red card white card
Bulkheadmount vertical
Bulkheadmount inclined 10-25°
25328 39665
25483 40030
25475 51003
25487 51006
The model for inclined bulkhead is designed for a bulkhead tilted by 10 to 25° from vertical. The card remains fully efficient, even with a very high angle of pitch. 191
INCONTESTABLE ! Contest 101 compass
Lighting
Watertight construction
• One-piece moulded flange and front dome. • Viton® diaphragm with extreme expansion and retraction capacity : compensates the fluctuations in fluid volume caused by the differences in temperature and atmospheric pressure, thus preventing the formation of bubbles.
• Bulb is integrated in the front flange, thus spreading the illumination evenly over dome and card and preventing eye strain and fatigue at night. • Easy access to the light bulb, from the front of the compass.
Materials • All parts fully UV-ray treated. • Scratch resistant dome.
Double reading
3 lubber lines
From both cockpit and cabin.
For dependable readings even when steering windward.
Anti-theft design
Compensation
Thanks to moulded-in sunken head screws.
Easy access to compensation box, from the front of the compass.
• Exclusive installation design allows the compass to fit any bulkhead, vertical or inclined up to 25° front tilt, - either by screwing from the cockpit side, - or by screwing from the cabin side, as an anti-theft security.
Assembly is totally watertight
192
• Fits any bulkhead thickness : - Bulkhead of standard thickness (up to 40 mm) : the compass is secured with threaded rods. Simply swap them without any new hole, - Thick or double bulkhead : the compass is secured with screws and without any tooling. The Contest 101 has the same mounting on both sides of the bulkhead. footprint as the Contest 100 . • Supplied with back flange for neat installation from cabin side.
Contest® 130
The bracket version Contest 130 is particularly suitable for boats with enclosed cockpits. The bracket allows the compass to be mounted in any position and is also removable instantly.
+ 9m
Contest ® 130 The perfect card stability and exceptional magnification of the Contest 130 give the user an unparalleled quality of reading, by day or by night. The Contest 130 remains perfectly legible from a 5 m distance. CONTEST 130
138 mm
Mounting
• Bulkhead (vertical or 10°-25° inclined bulkhead). • On a bracket. • On the mast (with the addition of optional mast mounting kit).
t #-"$, $0.1"44 black card red card t 8)*5& $0.1"44 red card
Bulkheadmount vertical
Bulkheadmount inclined 10-25°
Bracketmount
39669 17291
40034 17292
17293
17294
-
64 mm 60 mm
168 mm
157 mm 130 mm
167 mm
Lubber lines 3 lubber lines, at 45°. Heelmeter Graduated every 10°. Compensation Included as standard. 12 Vdc lighting : Lighting Red on black card, White on red card. Supplied with Protection cover, drilling template. Homologation SOLAS MED 96-98.
145 mm
Compass card
Double graduation : horizontal and vertical. Conical card, graduated every 5°, apparent Ø 127 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.
93.3 mm
9 metres and above (30 ft +)
65 mm 115 mm
Boat size
CONTEST 130
The model for inclined bulkhead is designed for a bulkhead tilted by 10° to 25° from vertical. The card remains fully efficient, even with a very high angle of pitch.
17295
Options & accessories
t .BTU NPVOUJOH LJU : 39216
t 4QBSF QSPUFDUJPO DPWFS : 17296 193
Olympic compasses ®
Specifically designed for sailing boats, the Olympic compasses feature an exceptionally steady card and remain absolutely accurate whatever the heeling angle and the weather conditions.
Olympic® 95 & 100 Card • Excellent readability whatever the weather conditions and light. • Individually balanced. Materials • All parts fully UV-ray treated. • Scratch-resistant dome. Mounting • Flushmount, horizontal surface. • Interchangeable with most compasses of equivalent sizes.
Ø 128 mm
Ø 138 mm
56 mm
58 mm
Ø 88 mm
53 mm
OLYMPIC 95
86 mm
Ø 106 mm
OLYMPIC 100
Accessories Protective cover : • Olympic 95 : 55402 • Olympic 100 : 17287
Ø 81 - 99 mm Ø 100.4 - 115 mm
OLYMPIC 95
OLYMPIC 100
Boat size
Sailboat up to 9 m (30')
Sailboat 8 to 12 m (26-40')
Compass card
Conical card graduated every 5°, Apparent Ø 81 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.
Mounting Lubber lines Compensation Lighting Supplied with Homologation
Flushmount on horizontal surface. 3 lubber lines at 45°. As standard. 1 x 12 V white bulb, supplied as standard. Protective cover, drilling template, mounting screws. ISO 613 compliant.
Conical card (white compass), flat card (black compass), graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 100 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. Flushmount on horizontal surface. 3 lubber lines at 45°. As standard. 1 x 12 V bulb, supplied as standard. Protective cover, drilling template, mounting screws. ISO 613 compliant.
Olympic® 95 The Olympic 95 benefits from a new design, to match perfectly the aesthetics of new sailboats. The Olympic 95 is compatible with the Olympic 85 drilling Ø. OLYMPIC 95
Flushmount
• WHITE FLANGE white conical card
56978
Olympic® 100 OLYMPIC 100
- 9m 194
• WHITE FLANGE black conical card • BLACK FLANGE red flat card
Flushmount
52867 37917
8-12 m
Olympic® 115
6-12 m
e: Universal balanc rld o round the w ass. with one comp
Olympic® 115 OLYMPIC 115 Conical or flat card graduated every 5° Apparent Ø 101 mm. Heading numerals every 30°.
Mounting
Flushmount : on a horizontal or inclined surface, 45° max. Binnacle available as option.
Lubber line Compensation Lighting Supplied with Approval/homologation
3 lubber lines at 45°. As standard, except inclined model (45° max). 1 LED bulb 12/24 V, supplied as standard. Protective cover, screws, drilling template. SOLAS-MED 96/98.
Ø 170 mm Ø 101 mm
Ø 170 mm 82 mm 156 mm
Compass card
82 mm
Sailboat 6 to 12 m (19 to 40 ft).
68 mm
Boat size
Ø 104 mm Ø 121 mm
OLYMPIC 115
Horizontal surface
Ø 159 mm
45° inclined surface
N-B
Ø 159 mm
• BLACK COMPASS
60997 60913
-
75 mm
Black flat card Black conical card
Ø 120 mm
60999
• WHITE COMPASS Black flat card Black conical card White conical card
Ø 120 mm
60996 60912 61205
-
60998 BY NIGHT
LED lighting • Energy saving. • High resistance to shocks. • Increased lifetime. • Same bulb is suitable for 12 or 24 V power supply.
Options
Watertight construction : one-piece moulded flange and bowl.
Tunnel rods provide easy access to compensators through the binnacle.
t #JOOBDMF
t 4QBSF QSPUFDUJWF DPWFS
Black : 61000 White : 61001
Black : 61004 White : 61005
t 4QBSF -&% MJHIUJOH
62037
195
© Gilles Martin-Raget
Olympic® 135
+ 9m
Olympic® 135 OLYMPIC 135
Lubber lines Compensation Lighting Supplied with Homologation OLYMPIC 135
• BLACK COMPASS red card black card • WHITE COMPASS red card black card 196
Compass alone
Compass + white Binnacle binnacle set alone
17282 17281
10302 14408
17286 17285
14078 14412
Stylish design : articulated protective hood that slides shut, opening and closing click-stop.
130
White plastic :
10301 Polished st. steel :
17283
175 mm
*0. ff
91
Mounting
Tunnel rods provide easy access to compensators through the binnacle.
205
Hood/sunshade
2/
Compass card
Sailboat as from 9 m (30 ft+) Flat card, graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 130 mm. Heading numerals every 30°. Unique articulated protective hood : built-in sliding cover, composed of 3 telescopic parts. Pedestal mounting or minimal height flush mounting. Choice of 2 binnacles (96 mm high) ; Pedestal Ø 175 mm. 3 lubber lines, at 45°. Supplied as standard. 12 or 24 Vdc. 2 bulbs : red lighting on black card, white lighting on red card. Drilling template SOLAS-MED 96/98
+*)
Boat size
Options & accessories • Flushmount kit : 11781
Ensures fully watertight flushmount installation.
• Mounting kit for Goïot P 1077 :
11466
• Whitlock binnacle for compensable Olympic 135 : 42131
Th. Martinez/Sea&Co ©
+9m
Horizon® 135 HORIZON 135
Homologation
Yachts -sailing and power- over 9 m (30'). Flat card graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 130 mm. Flushmount on horizontal surface or pedestal-mount (with optional binnacle). 3 lubber lines at 45°. Supplied as standard. Tunnel rods allow easy access to compensators through the binnacle. 12 V, supplied as standard. Sunshield and protective cover, drilling template. ISO 613 compliant.
HORIZON 135
Compass
Binnacle
Red card
17279
Black card
17278
Polished st. steel Plastic
Boat Card Mounting Lubber lines Compensation Lighting Supplied with
Ø 175 mm
See adjustment procedure on www.plastimo.com
10300
109 mm
DEVIATION :
17277
Ø 175 mm
141 mm
Tunnel rods for easy access to compensators. 214 mm
Horizon® 135
128 mm
197
Tactical compasses -9m
Small sailing boats
Iris® 100 tactical Contest® 101 tactical Sailboats of 8 to 12 metres (26 to 40 ft). 25479 Comes with protection cover. U Double reading : from cockpit and from cabin. U Apparent diameter of tactical card : 100 mm. U Functional heelmeter. U ISO 613 compliant.
Wind
Compensation : 17673
31257 Multi-position : horizontal, vertical, flat or even upside down installation. It can be taken away for storage, and moved to any convenient location on the boat : simply clip the shock-proof soft rubber casing to the bracket, a smooth-edge base that won't snag sails, lines or fingers. U Conical card with vertical and horizontal reading. U Gimballed magnetic cell : card remains perfectly horizontal, whatever the mounting angle. U 6 mobile lubber lines. U Iris 100 floats. Additional bracket : 22477 Order extra brackets for additional U Weight : 295 g. compass "stations". U ISO 613 compliant.
167 mm
Ø 131 mm
m 6m
m 0m
Ø7 Ø9
Only one figure to memorise for the 3 legs of an olympic course.
95 mm
51 mm 53 mm
199 mm
The Contest 101 tactical and Iris 100 tactical models combine the functions of : U Main steering compass, from card horizontal surface. Course is read from the lubber lines mounted in the lower part of the bowl. U Tactical compass, from card vertical section (direct reading). Tactician-crew only needs to memorise one figure for the 3 legs of an olympic course.
17250 U Flat card, slightly dished. U Apparent diameter of the card : 85 mm. U 5 lubber lines. U Weight : 375 g.
198
46 mm 45 mm
© Hervé Bernad
Olympic® tactical
132 mm
92 mm
Specialty compasses
MINI-C
Ø 114 mm
31318 31341
Black flange White flange
Options 12 V lighting For black model : 17310 For white model : 17662
Ø70
Ø 68 mm
Mini-B compass Specially designed for small boats (less than 9 metres/30 ft). The Mini-B combines exclusive attractive features : No drilling in the deck is required : the binnacle is simply secured with 3 screws. The compass cell can be removed instantly with one single twist, for quick storage and security.
MINI-B MINI-B OLYMPIC
17233
Compensation
17673
106 mm
• Apparent card Ø 90 mm. • Mobile lubber lines. • Card pivot mounted on a shock absorber. • Optional compensation available.
110 mm
Doris compass 17245 Traditional compass designed for small crafts. Presented in a varnished wooden box, with transparent plexiglas sliding lid. • White card, graduated every degree and intercardinal points. • Apparent diameter of the card : 72 mm. • 1 fore-and-aft line and 2 lubber lines at 45°. • Gimballed. • Accurate up to 60° rolling and 30° pitching. • Dimensions : 152 x 152 x 100 mm. 199
89 mm
• Conical card with dual reading (vertical and horizontal). • Apparent card Ø 70 mm • Magnetic cell mounted on gimbals provides excellent card stability : the card remains horizontal whatever the inclination. • 2 mobile lubber lines. • Illumination optional. • Comply with ISO 613.
45 mm
Multi-purpose compass : dinghy sailing, cruising, powerboating... Thanks to its gimballed magnetic cell, the Mini-C adapts to any location on board, vertical or horizontal. Installation is very easy : simply flushmounted, vertically on a bulkhead or horizontally on the dashboard or instrument pod.
9 mm 32 mm
Mini-C compass
Offshore® 55 kayak Ideal partner for kayak touring.
B. Leglatin ©
Compass for Kayak
Materials All parts fully UV-ray treated. Scratch resistant dome.
Card Contributes to safety and provides reliable reading, whatever the ambiant light and weather/navigation conditions (conical card, perfectly stable, 55 mm apparent diameter). Front reading.
Watertight construction One-piece moulded flange and bowl. Diaphragm for absolute watertightness.
Moulded-in notch to visualise heading easily.
Bracket-mount Large stable base absorbs vibrations. Attachment on the kayak lifeline with the shock cords and hooks (included).
126 mm
69 mm
Ø 81.5 mm Ø 55 mm
Offshore® 55 Kayak 63856 Black card, orange flange
l ersa Univ
nce
bala
OFFSHORE 55 Boat type Compass card Mounting Reading Compensation Lighting Supplied with 200
Kayak Conical card graduated every 5°. Apparent Ø 55 mm. Heading numerals every 30° Bracket-mount with two shock cords and 4 plastic hooks. 1 moulded-in notch to visualise heading easily. Optional (access by removing the top flange). Optional : 12/24 V LED bulb. Access by removing the top flange. Orientable installation base, shock cords + hooks, screws.
90° 82 mm
Options • Compensation : 17673 • Optional lighting : 62037 LED bulb, 12/24 V • Kit including 2 shock cords +hooks : 63853
Handbearing compasses
Iris 100 compass The Iris 100 is a universal compass : • It can be installed on any inclination or position : vertical, horizontal, laying flat, upside down... • It is a course compass which can also be used to take bearings. • It can be taken away and moved around the boat : it is simply clipped on a smooth-edge bracket, designed not to catch sails or hurt fingers. • A soft rubber casing provides efficient protection against shocks.
Comes complete with protection padded pouch, bracket and assembly screws.
These features make the Iris 100 an ideal compass for small boats (dinghy, kayak, canoe, small fishing boat...). IRIS 100
Without lighting
With lighting*
Blue Yellow
63874 63876
63875 25491 22477
Additional bracket
* LED for homogeneous lighting and longer lifetime. LED will flash to indicate low battery status. Operated by standard 1.5 V battery (LR03 type).
Accessory
m
0m
6m
• Additional bracket :
22477
Ø9
Ø7
95 mm
m
• Conical card with double reading (direct and horizontal). • Gimballed magnetic set : the card remains perfectly horizontal, whatever the angle of the compass installation. • 2 mobile lubber lines. • Legendary Plastimo pivot and hard stone guarantee the accuracy and the durability. • Iris 100 floats. • Weight : 295 g.
Compass comes complete with one bracket. Order extra bracket(s) for addititional compass stations.
199 mm
n ositio p i t l Mu well balanced ss. The weight is r a comfy pa m co dy ur st fo ) d "(... ndle is rubberise and the long ha rubber rim to protect the a grip. It also has e. ob gl d with bold compass ss card is marke e front and pa m co te hi w The er lin , while the lubb black numbers orange." oback are day-gl September 2014
201
Iris 50 compass Iris 50 handbearing compass The Iris 50 compass is clear evidence that a sturdy marine compass no longer needs to look austere. • Good protection against hard knocks : the smooth finish feels soft in your hand, and it will not slip, even if it is wet. • No parallax error : a prism projects the reading of the bearing to infinity. This also contributes to a more comfortable operation, as you do not need to alternate close-reading to read the card and infinite-reading to take bearings. • Optimum conditions to take bearings, thanks to the superb card stability and the wide 20° field of view, which will accommodate the roughest sea conditions. • Most accurate bearing : the pivot and very hard stone are a guarantee of long life and shock resistance of your compass. • Soft bottom cell : engineered using ultra-sonic welding, it acts like an expansion diaphragm, preventing the formation of bubbles and leaks. • Course reading from above the compass : you can read your compass like a standard compass, with no need to look through the prism.
• Outstanding legibility of the card, with one-degree graduations.
• Built-in photoluminescent lighting, completely maintenance-free, impervious to corrosion, operates without batteries or radio-active tritium.
est in our test. d still scores highything encased an sic as cl o "This is the Plastimand well designed, with ever card. (...). st e It's simple, robu for the lens and the top of th rate read-out, cu pt ac ce t ex os , m er st and in rubb gives the cleare mpass allows you to line up ns le lic ry ac e Th co ndmark you're n on top of the while its positio er line directly against the la bb the bold red lu on. small size." g taking a bearin y thanks to its lightweight and sil Stows away ea
© L.Charpentier
RFORMANCE by Rated TOP FOR PE September 2014 Y DA SAILING TO
202
33 mm
83 mm
• Two functions : handbearing and traditional compass. • Graduation : every 1°. • Field of view : 20°. • Clearance : 12°. • Built-in photoluminescent lighting. • Red lubber lines. • Weight : 105 g.
Blue Yellow Turquoise Orange Sand Army green
IRIS 50 63870
63871 63872 63599 63603 63873
Accessories PVC holder
17244
Protection pouch
38184
Navy blue coated canvas outside, for resistance to abrasion. Foam padding inside, for efficient protection against shocks. Stainless steel press-stud closure. Can be worn on a belt (max. width 50 mm), with the grommet designed for the compass lanyard, you can carry your compass around your neck and also use it, with the protection pouch always "tied" to the compass.
Military and field compass applications : Army green (ref. 38179) and Sand (63603) models are available on special request with MILS graduation. • Graduation in MILS + Degrees : - Direct reading every 800 MIL. - Reading through prism every 10°. • Graduation in MILS + MILS : - Direct reading every 400 MIL. - Reading through prism every 200 MIL. MILS + degrees MILS + MILS
203
Accessories for compasses Protective covers
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
For sailboat compasses A
For compass Olympic 100 Mini-Contest (before 2009)
B
Mini-Contest
C -
Mini Contest Navman/AdvanSea Contest 100
For power boat compasses For compass -
Offshore 90
A
Offshore 95
Colour White White Black White -
A
Reference 17287 17308 55402 55599 29361 17302
For compass D Contest 101 E Contest 130 F
Olympic 115
G Olympic 135 black, with screws H
Horizon 135
C
BB Colour Black White Black White
Reference 17630 17668 55599 55402
Colour Grey White Black White Black White White
Reference 25332 17296 61004 61005 29403 29404 17280
D
For compass B
Offshore 105
C
Offshore 115
Colour Black White Black White Black White
D Offshore 135
Reference 14451 14450 61002 61003 14453 14452
Binnacles For compass A
Offshore 115 /Olympic 115
B
Olympic 135
Olympic 135 compensable* C
Horizon 135
Lighting
Colour Black White White St. Steel
White St. Steel
Reference 61000 61001 10301
A
17283 42131* 10300 17277
*Whitlock binnacle
B
For compass
Colour
Reference
White compasses
12 V waterproof light
17662
Black/grey compasses
12 V waterproof light
17310
Black/grey/white compasses
24 V waterproof light
17309
All compasses except red card Red light cover Offshore 115 & Olympic 115 12/24 V LED light Mini-Contest black/white
12 V light
17681 62037 17671
24 V light
17311
Compensation Mini-Contest, Contest 101 & 130, Mini-B, Offshore 75
17673 204
C
For rail or pushpit mounting Plasticlip for compass
Bulkhead or dashboard mounting Brackets
• Black : 37035 • Light grey : 37036 Ideal to fix compasses Offshore 75 Mini-binnacle, Offshore 75 and Offshore 95 equipped with a bracket.
Beyond a simple aesthetic preference, the bracket mounting offers the extra advantage of isolating the compass from the dashboard, thus reducing the potential interference created by other instruments and metallic objects.
Brackets for Offshore 70 Offshore 75 grey Offshore 75 white Offshre 90 black Offshore 90 white Offshore 105 black Offshore 105 white Offshore 135 black Offshore 135 white Contest 130 black Contest 130 white
Reference
14444 39404 55579 17271 17274 17268 17267 17260 17262 38473 38474
Plastimo answers your questions I plan to sail in a geographical area different from the zone my compass is designed for. Can I use my current compass ?
My boat is equipped with a GPS. Is a magnetic compass really useful ?
All our compasses are balanced manually : with a standard procedure for Zone A models, and using a specific magnetic field simulator for all other area compasses. Balancing the compass consists in adjusting the card so that it is perfectly horizontal. If you sail too far away from the area your compass was originally balanced for, the card will dip and the precision will be affected by a few degrees. For a long passage in a different zone the acquisition of a compass specifically balanced for that area is a wise investment. To select the geographical area where you are going to sail, please consult the map of magnetic zones worldwide.
A magnetic compass indicates the boat's course in real time. This information comes as a complement to the GPS data. Also bear in mind that a magnetic compass remains fully operational even in the event of an electrical failure on board, which would prevent you from relying on your GPS. The magnetic compass is therefore a major safety element on board.
My boat has a steel or ferrocement hull. Which compass should I choose ? No compass can answer this specific requirement alone. It is necessary to call for the services of a professional compass adjuster who will set up a compensation system relevant to your boat.
Does my compass need to be compensated ? Magnetic fields generating interference on the compass performance exist on all boats. The impact on the compass, called "deviation", can originate from many different sources : metallic masses, loudspeakers, engine, electronic instruments… If deviation ranks between 7 and 20°, your compass should indeed be compensated. Most of our compasses are designed to be usercompensated. Please refer to "Deviation and Compensation" chapter in our catalogue.
Another question ? most answers to be found on...
plastimo.com
205
Zone B
South Atlantic, Indian Ocean, Central Pacific, Tahiti, Reunion Island. This is a good compromise for a circumnavigation. Zone C
South Pacific, Central and South Australia, New Zealand, New Caledonia.
Description Offshore 75 horizontal flush, black Offshore 75 horizontal flush, white Offshore 75 vertical flush, black Offshore 75 vertical flush, white Offshore 75 mini-binnacle, black Offshore 75 mini-binnacle, white Offshore 75 basic, mini-binnacle, white, black card Offshore 75 basic bracket mount, white, black card Offshore 75 bracket mount, black Offshore 75 bracket mount, white Offshore 95 black, black flat card, flushmount Offshore 95 black, black conical card, flushmount Offshore 95 black, black flat card, bracket Offshore 95 black, black conical card, bracket Offshore 95 white, black flat card, flushmount Offshore 95 white, black conical card, flushmount Offshore 95 white, white conical card, flushmount Offshore 95 white, black flat card, bracket Offshore 95 white, black conical card, bracket Offshore 95 white, white conical card, bracket Offshore 105 black, black flat card Offshore 105 black, black conical card Offshore 105 white, black flat card Offshore 105 white, black conical card Offshore 105 white, white conical card Offshore 115 black, black flat card Offshore 115 black, black conical card Offshore 115 white, black flat card Offshore 115 white, black conical card Offshore 115 white, white conical card Offshore 135 black, black flat card Offshore 135 black, black conical card Offshore 135 white, black flat card Offshore 135 white, black conical card Contest 101 black, black card, standard Contest 101 black, black card, inclined bulkhead Contest 101 black, red card, std Contest 101 black, red card, inclined bulkhead Contest 101 white, red card, std Contest 101 white, red card, inclined bulkhead Contest 101 white, white card, std Contest 101 white, white card, inclined bulkhead Contest 130 black, black card, std Contest 130 black, black card, inclined bulkhead Contest 130 black, red card, std 206
Zone B
Standard production, North hemisphere (apart from this page, all compass part numbers in our catalogue are Zone A compasses).
Zone C
Zone A
Zone A
Every Plastimo compass is available in 3 versions that cover the whole world
Zone A 48833 48837 48841 48845 48849 48853 49551 52960 48857 48861 55370 55373 55376 55379 55382 55385 55388 55391 55394 55397 17263 17264 17265 17266 48972 60992 60991 60993 60990 60989 17259 23484 17261 23493 39665 40030 25328 25483 25475 25487 51003 51006 39669 40034 17291
Zone B 48834 48838 48842 48846 48850 48854 49567 52961 48858 48862 55371 55374 55377 55380 55383 55386 55389 55392 55395 55398 19419 19435 20462 20484 48973 60992 60991 60993 60990 60989 21190 23485 20436 23494 39666 40031 25329 25484 25476 25488 51004 51007 39670 40035 19296
Zone C 48835 48839 48843 48847 48851 48855 49568 52962 48859 48863 55372 55375 55378 55381 55384 55387 55390 55393 55396 55399 19427 19439 20466 20489 48974 60992 60991 60993 60990 60989 21193 23486 20440 23495 39667 40032 25330 25485 25477 25489 51005 51008 39671 40036 19299
Description Contest 130 black, red card, inclined bulkhead Contest 130 black, red card, bracket Contest 130 white, red card, std Contest 130 white, red card, bracket Mini-Contest black, conical card Mini-Contest white, conical card Mini-Contest AdvanSea, black Olympic 95 flushmount Olympic 100 flushmount, black card Olympic 100 flushmount, red card Olympic 115 black, black flat card, std Olympic 115 black, black conical card, std Olympic 115 black, black conical card, inclined surface Olympic 115 white, black flat card, std Olympic 115 white, black conical card, std Olympic 115 white, black conical card, inclined surface Olympic 115 white, white conical card, std Olympic 135 black+binnacle, red card Olympic 135 black+binnacle, black card Olympic 135 white+binnacle, red card Olympic 135 white+binnacle, black card Olympic 135 black, red card Olympic 135 black, black card Olympic 135 white, red card Olympic 135 white, black card Horizon 135 red card Horizon 135 black card Olympic tactical Contest 101 tactical Iris 100 tactical, blue Mini-C black Mini-C white Mini-B Olympic Doris compass Iris 50 blue Iris 50 yellow Iris 50 turquoise Iris 50 olive green Iris 100 blue Iris 100 blue + lighting Iris 100 yellow Iris 100 yellow + lighting
Zone A 17292 17293 17294 17295 55403 55406 28976 56978 52867 37917 60997 60913
Zone B 19309 19328 19844 19868 55404 55407 29021 56979 52504 37918 60997 60913
Zone C 19317 19332 19854 19871 55405 55408 29022 56980 52149 37919 60997 60913
60999 60999 60999 60996 60996 60996 60912 60912 60912 60998 60998 60998 61205 10302 14408 14078 14412 17282 17281 17286 17285 17279 17278 17250 25479 31257 31318 31341 17233 17245 21807 23117 38175 38179 21811 23488 25334 25491
61205 10530 14409 14416 14413 19355 19341 20596 20564 21442 21417 18991 25480 31258 31319 31342 20161 21494 21808 24048 38176 38180 21812 23489 25335 25492
61205 10531 14410 14417 14414 19358 19346 20603 20575 21449 21425 18998 25481 31259 31320 31343 20164 21501 21809 24049 38177 38181 21813 23490 25336 25493
Rules & dividers Traditional British dividers Manufactured in brass with stainless steel tips, highly polished. Friction adjustment. Packed in protective PVC wallet. Model
Size 17 cm Straight 20 cm 17 cm Single handed 20 cm
Ref.
Divider holder 17118
For dividers up to 20 cm. Divider sold separately.
10556 60911 10558 10559
Nautical plotter
Square protractor
Triangular protractor
29521
Can also be used as a simple parallel rule and plotter. Supplied in card wallet with instructions. • 13 cm : 10561 • 20 cm : 10562
29522
Extremely simple to use, with easy to follow legend. Its fixedsilkscreened graduations ensure many years of accurate reading. Dimensions : 33 x 12 cm.
Plot course and distance, celestial LOPs or true bearings. Graduated in cm along its hypotenuse, in degrees on the two other sides. Dimension along hypotenuse : 25 cm.
A
B
Cras navigation plotter
One-arm protractors
Dimensions : 38 x 10 cm. Features 2 scales. • Black graduation : 29519 • Two-colour graduation : 29520
Single arm plotters for laying down and transferring position lines and bearings. Movable arm graduated in millimetres. A. Basic model : 29523 B. Model with pivoting disc :
Parallel rules
Tough, accurate navigational instrument with non-slip rubber pads. Captain Fields most popular design. • 30 cm : 10552 • 38 cm : 10553 • 46 cm : 10554 10560 Budget parallel rules. The pivoting disc enables magnetic variation to be set on the Also Captain Fields design. instrument. Supplied in card wallet • 38 cm : 10555 with operating instructions.
Code of signals Disc of signals 17144
Ø 22 cm.
Set of signals 17143
Dimensions : 40 x 32 cm. 5
International code of signals 45256
Adhesive, dimensions 16 x 12 cm. 207
Brass clocks and barometers 6" models
Solid brass case
• Barometers : high sensitivity aneroid barometers, with an entirely metallic chain. • Clocks : quartz mechanism. Bevelled glass edge.
4.5" models
Front facia Ø : 15 cm. Base Ø : 22 cm.
ase, Solid brass c edge ss la g bevelled
6" clock
6" barometer
12763
12762
Front facia Ø : 10 cm. Base Ø : 14 cm.
4.5" clock
4.5" barometer
31229
31230
4.5" thermometerhygrometer
4.5" tide clock 56051
31231
3" models
Front facia Ø : 7.5 cm. Base Ø : 12 cm.
3" clock
3" barometer
3" clock
12765
12767
With silent zones.
3" thermometerhygrometer
12768
18683
With alarm : 12766
With alarm : 12769
Weatherman 12761
208
Quartz clock, barometer, hygrometer and thermometer : the Weatherman gives all necessary information on weather conditions. Set on an attractive teak base in a porthole style frame, the Weatherman will enhance any cabin or club house. Diameter : 20 cm. Diameter of teak base : 35 cm.
3'' clock & barometer set on hard wood board 12764
Ø of instruments : 7.5 cm. Dimensions of wood board : 32.5 x 15 cm.
4.5" models
. Chrome case . ss la g Organic
Front facia Ă&#x2DC; : 10 cm. Base Ă&#x2DC; : 14 cm.
4.5" clock
4.5" barometer
56138
56139
4.5" thermometerhygrometer 57171
4" models
att Gleam or m . se a c e m ro ch ge. d e ss Bevelled gla
Front facia Ă&#x2DC; : 8.8 cm. Base Ă&#x2DC; : 13 cm.
t #BSPNFUFS High sensitivity aneroid barometer, with an entirely metallic chain. t $MPDL Quartz mechanism.
3" models
case. Matt chrome ss Bevelled gla . edge
Front facia Ă&#x2DC; : 7.5 cm. Base Ă&#x2DC; : 12 cm.
4" clock
4" barometer
Matt chrome case.
Matt chrome case.
Gleam chrome case.
Gleam chrome case.
38206 38210
38207 38211
4" thermometer- 4" tide clock hygrometer with 4 hands Matt chrome case.
Matt chrome case.
Gleam chrome case.
Gleam chrome case.
38208 38212
38209 38213
3" clock With silent zones.
54779
3" clock Standard facia.
35886
3" barometer 35884
Traditional barograph 27184 Top quality and high precision barograph, in a stylish mahogany and glass case. Operates on a 4 Cupro berylium capsule movement, with no spring. This model is perfectly suitable for both yacht or home. Every barograph is fully tested and calibrated. Supplied with LR6 battery, felt tip stylus and 100 weekly sheets. Dimensions : Length 20 cm, Width 12 cm, Height 14 cm. Accuracy : Âą 0.5 hPa.
Accessories t 8FFLMZ TIFFUT Pack of 100 sheets, graduated in millibars. Format : 221 x 67 mm. t 'FMU UJQ TUZMVT
3" thermometerhygrometer 35885 209
Binoculars A complete range, meeting the needs of all professional and amateur mariners. â&#x20AC;˘ Optical qualities providing superior viewing while aboard or ashore (7, 8 or 10 magnification power, performant lensesâ&#x20AC;Ś). â&#x20AC;˘ Ergonomically and newly designed binoculars. Rubber texture armor allowing a firm grip. â&#x20AC;˘ Materials selected to resist the elements and provide protection from TIPDLTĂš metallic frame, superior glass. Reliability in foul weather conditions. â&#x20AC;˘ Marine applications confirmed by both waterproof and fog-proof models (inert gas filling).
To help you select your binoculars : Magnification Magnification power is determined by the first number indicated. Ex. : for the 7 x 50 models, the image will appear to be 7 times larger than with the naked eye. 7 x magnification is recommended for marine use.
x 10
x7
Objective lens diameter Indicated by the second number. It gives the objective diameter in mm.The bigger the number is, the brighter the image will be seen. Particularly useful in low light conditions. For a good hold in hands, a 50 mm diameter is the max. recommended aboard.
Central eye focus Ă&#x2DC; 32 mm
Fold-down eye cups
Ă&#x2DC; 50 mm
Superior quality optics (BAK4) Green lenses
Non-slip grip
Field of view Indicates the width of a scene that can be viewed from a distance of 1000 m.The greater the magnification, the smaller the field of view. Lens coating Fully : for improved brightness and higher contrast. Multi : Fully-Coated + clearer colours and UV-resistance. Ruby : Multi-Coated + ruby-red colouring filtering out red light (ideal for snow and sea). Prism type BAK-7 : standard borosilicate glass. BAK-4 : barium higher quality glass, for brighter and crisper images with 30 % more light. Types of focusing systems Center eye focus : manual focusing system with central roller. Autofocus : remains automatically in focus.
7 x 50 binoculars with built-in compass : shock and waterproof 53260 â&#x20AC;˘ Built-in compass with illumination. â&#x20AC;˘ Waterproof (1 m) and fog proof : moulded in 1 block. â&#x20AC;˘ Impact-resistant design and non-slip grip (military quality). â&#x20AC;˘ Superior quality optics (BAK-4) and ruby lens. â&#x20AC;˘ Autofocus + 2 eye-focus. â&#x20AC;˘ Distance calculator dial. â&#x20AC;˘ Rubber fold-down eye cups. Ref.
Field of view
Tightness
Einstel-lung
53260
131 m
Waterproof
Autofocus BAK-4 Multi + ruby Navy blue 157 mm 1380 g + 2 eye-focus
Prism Coating
All binoculars are supplied with carrying case, neck strap and cleaning cloth.
210
Colour
Height
Weight Built-in compass
Waterproof
8x42 monocular with built-in compass 61380 Light and compact 8x42 monocular which integrates a compass with rangefinder to enable the measurement of the size of an object. • Waterproof, the instrument can be used in any circumstances. • Fitted with roof prisms, BAK-7 type. • Lens are fully multi-coated for a better transmission of light. Réf.
Focus
Tightness
Field of view
Prism
Mini focus distance
Coating
Dimensions
Weight
61380
Eye focus
Waterproof
123 m
BAK-7
13 m
Multi-coated
60 x 143 mm
370 g
7 x 50 marine binoculars
Fold down eye cups
d with All binoculars are supplie ap str carrying case, neck and cleaning cloth.
Waterproof
40562
40561
Rubber fold-down eye cups. Ideal for glass wearers.
57081
Attached lens caps.
56249
Ref.
40562 40561 57081 56249
Field of view
Prism
Coating
Color
Height
Weight
Waterproof and fog-proof Water-repellent Water-repellent
116 m
BAK-7
Multi + green
Yellow/Black
200 mm
989 g
119 m 116 m
BAK-7 BAK-4
Fully Green
Black
175 mm 195 mm
790 g 884 g
-
-
Water-repellent
122 m
BAK-7
Multi
170 mm
850 g
-
Focus
Tightness
Central and eye focus Autofocus Autofocus Central and eye focus
Blue-Black Highly-resistant metallic body covered in black rubber
Fold-down eye cups
Attached lens caps
Options & accessories Protection case
31356
For 7 x 50 binoculars. White PVC, UV resistant.
Floating lanyard
31248
211
Flags National flags Bunting, 100% polyester • 30 x 45 cm Belgium : 17038 Croatia : 29493 Europe : 17031 France : 17023 Germany : 17041 Greece : 14650 Italy : 59019 Netherlands : 14646 Portugal : 14653 Spain : 58653 Switzerland : 10156 United Kingdom : 17036
59019 17041
France
(Union Jack) USA : 53479
58653
• 30 x 45 cm : 17023 • 40 x 60 cm : 17024 • 50 x 75 cm : 17026 • 70 x 100 cm : 17025
14646
Regional flags Bunting, 100% polyester. • 30 x 45 cm Brittany : 17043 Catalonia : 29025 Corsica : 14652 Normandy : 14651 Basque country : 29489 Provence : 59022 Savoy : 59023 Scotland-St Andrew : 10245 Vendee : 29490 • 20 x 30 cm Guernsey : 10232 Wales : 10244
17043
29489
29025
14652
Specific flags Bunting, 100% polyester. Red Ensign (sewn) • 40 x 68.5 : 10196 • 46 x 91.5 : 10197 • 59 x 114.5 : 10198 • 40 x 68.5 : 10201
Red Ensign (printed) • 45 x 23 : 10200 • 135 x 70 : 10199 • 46 x 91.5 : 10202
Flag set 10469 100% heavyweight polyester. Finished with canvas heading, nylon distance line and toggle. • 26 alphabets : 20 x 30 cm. • 11 pennants : 43 x 15 cm. • 3 substitutes : 30 x 15 cm. 212
Set of French flags Contains the 3 mandatory flags according to French regulation. Polyester. • 17045 Flag size 50 x 75 cm and 40 x 60 cm. • 17044 Flag size 30 x 45 cm.
Individual code flags Bunting 100% Polyester • Size : 20 x 30 cm A : B : C : D : E : F : G: H : I : J : K : L : M:
10255 10257 10259 10260 10261 10262 10263 10264 10265 10266 10267 10268 10269
N : O: P : Q: R : S : T : U : V : W: X : Y : Z :
10270 10271 10272 10273 10275 10276 10277 10278 10279 10280 10281 10282 10283
• Size : 30 x 45 cm. A : 10256 B : 10258 Q : 10274 1st sub. : 10294 2nd sub. : 10295 3rd sub. : 10296
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
: : : : : : : : : :
10284 10285 10286 10287 10288 10289 10290 10291 10292 10293
Polyester • Size : 30 x 40 cm. N : 17027 C : 17029 • Size : 30 x 45 cm. Q :17033 A - Diving : 17034
N C Q A
Complies with RIPAM/COLREG
String of pennants 17035 40 pennants, madeof rotproof cloth. Total length of string : 12 m. Size of flags : 12 x 22 cm.
Alpha Pro diving flag 61824
Photoluminescent and fluorescent : visible at any time night or day, the Life Flag enables a quick and effective location. Available in distress and diving flag. For vessels participating in diving operations. Visible at any time night or day. • Dimensions : 100 cm x 125 cm. • Weight < 190 g (+ soft PVC rushes < 80 g). • Blocked mesh polyester fabric, 130 g/m². • Mounted with a tunnel strap on luff. • Floating print in the “V” perimeter of 2 cm width bands with photoluminescent texture. • Finish with 2 closed covers to place 2 soft pvc rushes that allow to extend the flag in all weather.
English-French log book 58415
Novelty flags
Printed design. Size : 45 x 30 cm. Witch : 10251 Cocktail : 10252 Jolly Roger : 10253
51 days. 104 pages overall. Rigid coated cover. Dimensions : 200 x 285 mm. To record information on navigation (withor without GPS), weather, engine and other comments.
213
Flag staffs & pole socket Wooden flag staffs
A
B
C
D
Model
Pine (A)
Ø of base
25 mm*
Features
Nylon cleat + concealed pulley
45 cm 50 cm 60 cm 65 cm 76 cm 80 cm 90 cm 100 cm 120 cm 125 cm 150 cm 160 cm
Pine (B) 25 mm ajustable -
Mahogany (C)
Teak (D)
25 mm*
25 mm
30 mm
Wood cleat + concealed pulley
Wood cleat
Wood cleat
-
-
-
46319
27792
27802
-
-
-
40164
27798
27793
27803
-
-
-
-
46320
27799
27794
27804
-
-
-
27800
27795
-
27805 -
35703 -
27796 27797
35706
-
35704 -
-
40165 -
46321 -
40166 -
*Except for 35703, 35704 and 35706 : diameter of 32 mm with chromed plated base.
Set of flag staff & pole socket Made of chromed brass.
A
Features
Ref.
Length
For Ø 20 mm tube max.
422998 422999 423000
35 cm 50 cm 80 cm
Screw-type. L 100 x W 35 mm Screws not included.
418614
35 cm
Screw-type. L 85 x W 35 mm Screws not included.
400690 417977
Shroud cleat
B
A
14353
50 cm 80 cm
Designed to clamp ver wire to allow for flag halyards to be made off tidily. Accepts wire up to Ø 8 mm.
B
B
A
C
D
Flag pole sockets Construction Mounting Bronze Chromed brass Stainless steel 214
Ø mm A 17040 25 B 417601 25 Ref.
Screw-type Screw-type FlushmountC 400260 25 type Screw-type
D 416909 22
Height Base mm 57 Oval 50 Ø 55 mm
Inclination
80
Ø 72 mm
straight
90
For tube Ø 22 to 25 mm.
65°
-
Flag lanyard block 16826 Polyamide.
215
Jean-Marie Liot Š
Water on Board
Bilge pumps Electric bilge pumps Electric diaphragm pump, for bilge, livewell and waste waters A comprehensive range of self-priming pumps, specifically designed to drain the bilge, livewell, heads, shower or sink. No filter is needed ; pump can therefore operate with no risk of seizing up the outlet pipes. These pumps also allow the temporary storage of waste water in a tank (see WC page). Specially designed for the boatersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; needs, the electric motor features low power consumption. It is easy to mount in 2 positions (horizontal or vertical) and oriented in 8 different directions. This adds flexibility, especially when installing the pump in Options a small volume area. Kit of 2 straight outlets : 17491
230 mm
260 mm
mm
m
0 34
0m
26
260 mm
260 mm
The electric bilge and waste pumps feature the same advantages as the manual pump, i.e. : choice of outlets (18561 and 18562 models), quick release inspection lid for added safety.
Kit of 2 elbow outlets :
17492
Hose Ă&#x2DC; 38 m, length 10 m : 16216
Model
Voltage
Ref.
Open flow
Hose Ă&#x2DC;
Cons.
Max. fuse
Weight
Built-in outlets
12 V
18556
35 L/min
38 mm
6 Amp.
20 Amp.
3.5 kg
Screw-on outlets*
12 V
18561
35 L/min
38 mm
6 Amp.
20 Amp.
3.5 kg
Built-in outlets
24 V
18557
35 L/min
38 mm
3 Amp.
10 Amp.
3.5 kg
Screw-on outlets*
24 V
18562
35 L/min
38 mm
3 Amp.
10 Amp.
3.5 kg
* Choice of outlets straight or elbow (see options).
Manual pumps
To have access to the pump chamber, pull handle in upright position. Remove the pin which secures the handle onto the diaphragm and turn the pump body anti-clockwise until free. When mounting the pump, clearance should be allowed for full height with handle up.
Diaphragm pump
290
mm
120 mm
280 mm
12760
Ă&#x2DC; 123 mm
Options & spare parts
Moulded in highly resistant plastic ; all metal parts in stainless steel. Easily removable diaphragm. Multi-mounting position bilge pump. 216
t N IPTF Â? NNĂš 16209 t 3FQBJS LJU EJBQISBHN WBMWFT Ăš 16218 t 0VUMFU GPS IPTF Â? NNĂš 16220 t 4QBSF EJBQISBHNĂš 16219 t 4QBSF IBOEMFĂš 16221
Up to 8 possible mounting positions. Horizontal or vertical mounting. Pump comes complete with 2 outlets Ă&#x2DC; 25 mm. â&#x20AC;˘ Output : 0.5 L, per stroke, at 1 m height. â&#x20AC;˘ Maximum lift : 3 m. â&#x20AC;˘ Weight : 0.500 kg. â&#x20AC;˘ Hose diameter : 25 mm.
B.Leglatin ©
Corrosion, electrolysis and fuel resistant bilge pumps. Of rugged construction, they produce high capacity output with the convenience of many mounting positions (see drawings).
A
B
• Self-priming and leak free. Model Photo
Single action A
Double action C
Single action B
shown on photo with outlet elbows.
11722 Reference of pumps
11723
supplied without outlets. See below.
11724
Kit of 2 straight outlets (a) Kit of 2 outlet elbows (b)
Built-in outlets.
17491 17492
Outlets supplied with pump.
Weight Capacity output at 1 m height
Single action 11723 0.965 kg 0.85 L per stroke
Single action 11722 0.990 kg 0.85 L per stroke
Double action 11724 1.840 kg
Maximum lift
3m
3m
3m
Hose diameter
38 mm
38 mm
38 mm
Model
C
• Quick release inspection cover for added safety.
The double action pump is equipped with outlet elbows, swivelling on 220°, thus allowing all mounting positions and reducing the clearance required (290 mm to 400 mm maximum). The outlet elbows are screwed and fitted with an O-ring for perfect watertightness and added safety (quick release facility). Straight outlets 17491 and elbows 17492 can also be mounted on pump C, which allows pumping in two different locations on the boat, while having only one waste water outlet.
1.3 L/stroke (a)
(b)
Choice of outlets for single action pump 11722.
Parts common to the 3 pumps • Cover alone : 12611 • Spare handle, length 40 cm : 14315 • Hose diameter 38 mm : 16216 • Handle stowage clips : 16702 • Screw cap for back part of pump : 18040 Single action without watertight gasket 42,5 mm
• Watertight gasket with cover complying with IOR rule : 14263 (see drawing)
Single action with watertight gasket
Double action without watertight gasket
70 mm 42,5 mm
136 mm
42,5 mm
145,5 mm 240 mm
170 mm
170 mm
136 mm
136 mm
145 mm
Double action with watertight gasket
220 mm
240 mm 300 mm
217
Manual pumps Plastimo bilge pumps have been designed in cooperation with boatowners and engineered by the Plastimo Research and Development team.
L. Charpentier ©
Pump 925 and 1038 : with telescopic handle Bilge pump with telescopic handle, for efficient and more comfortable pumping. A version with By-Pass connector allows the connection of both a hand pump and an electric centrifugal on a single water circuit.* *Not suitable for a diaphragm or a flexible impeller electric pump.
Without By-Pass
With By-Pass 320 mm
130 mm (1038)
34 mm
Ø 140 mm 225 mm
330 mm
118 mm (925)
225 mm
34 mm
218 mm (925) 230 mm (1038)
45 mm
140 mm
330 mm
320 mm 45 mm
142 mm
Without By-Pass
157 mm
Pump model Reference Output Capacity, as per ISO 15083 standard (45 strokes per minute, with a 10 kPA depression) See By-Pass connector on following pages
218
Weight Hose diameter Supplied with :
157 mm
With By-Pass
Pump 925 Pump 925 without By-Pass with By-Pass 39539 53058 0.9 litre per cycle
Pump 1038 Pump 1038 without By-Pass with By-Pass 39541 53059 1 litre per cycle
40.5 litres/minute
45 litres/minute
0.920 kg 1.050 kg 0.920 kg 1.050 kg Ø 25 mm (1") Ø 38 mm (1 1/2") 2 elbow fittings with valve (inlet & outlet)
Compact • The Plastimo pump is very compact and the 90° position of the outlets allows installation where space is limited or access difficult. • Outlets swivel through 360° and therefore adapt perfectly to the pump position in relation to the strainer and thru-hull fitting. Optimum safety • No hassle looking for the handle at the critical moment : the Plastimo bilge pump is always ready-to-pump, thanks to its fully integrated handle. • In case the diaphragm would leak, the water is rejected in the cockpit (not in the bilge), so you can’t help noticing it immediately.
Simple installation and maintenance • Installing the pump is extremely simple : all done from the cockpit. • The diaphragm can be removed within seconds ; no need to take down the whole pump. This facilitates the cleaning of the pum body (remove small stones and other possible objects clogged in the pump) and enables the replacement of the diaphragm if necessary. • Construction from materials impervious to UV-rays, impact and weather resistant. Design • One obviously expects from a pump that it should first and foremostbe efficient... In addition to the remarkable technical performance Plastimo has paid a particular attention to design and aesthetics, building on years of expertise in composite materials and plasticengineering. The result is a stylishly designed pump, which matchesvery nicely the cockpit of modern boats.
Pump 925C & 1038C : compact with integrated handle Very compact pump with the handle integrated in the cover. Suitable for connection to an optional By-Pass (see following pages).
118 mm (925 C) 130 mm (1038 C)
Ø 140 mm
33
207 mm
193 mm
157 mm
Without By-Pass (optional)
Pump 925C without By-Pass 55764 0.9 litre per cycle
Pump 1038C without By-Pass 55765 1 litre per cycle
Capacity, as per ISO 15083 standard (45 strokes per minute, with a 10 kPA depression)
40.5 litres/minute
45 litres/minute
Weight Hose diameter Supplied with :
0.750 kg 0.750 kg Ø 25 mm (1") Ø 38 mm (1 1/2") 2 elbow connectors with valves (inlet and outlet)
Pump model Reference Output
Option : 53060 By-Pass connector
219
By-Pass, bilge pump connector 53060 The By-Pass adapts on pumps 925 & 1038 or 925C & 1038C and allows the connection of both a hand pump and an electric centrifugal* pump on a single water circuit. *Not suitable for a diaphragm or a flexible impeller electric pump.
• Simplified installation : the single circuit common to both pumps is a major time/labour saving asset for boatbuilders. • Easy connection : straight/elbow fittings with O-rings snap-in easily. • Minimal maintenance : fittings snap off easily to remove debris or replace valves if necessary.
Manual
Electric
Outlet with non-return valve
38 mm
25 mm
55 mm
42797 Prevents backflow into the bilges : mounted as close as possible to the strainer, the non-return valve locks up the water in the hose. • Straight outlet for hose Ø 25 mm or 38 mm : simply sawing off the Ø 25 mm outlet. • Bellows-type gasket (ref. : 40677 supplied as standard) allows debris such as seaweed or small cloth. Can be replaced by a flat gasket (see optional ref. : 40676). • Polyamide valve + nitrile gasket, fuel resistant.
110 mm 185 mm
Various options are possible to set the outlet most adapted to your needs. Ø 25/38
40676
55135 Ø 38
3m
42798 Ø 25-38 Ø 25
55789
42799
40677 Ø 28
55770
Ø 28
53062 220
Accessories for bilge pumps Inlet valve Outlet valve 2 fastening clips 2 elbow fittings (inlet + outlet) + “O” rings Spare diaphragm Spare cover
PUMP 925C
PUMP 1038C
PUMP 925
PUMP 1038
40676 40677 40678
40676 40677 40678
40676 40677 40678
40676 40677 40678
40679
40680
40679
40680
40681 55684
40681 55684
40681 40682
40681 40683
Fittings
Complete range of polyethylene fittings, suitable for all Plastimo bilge pumps and By-Pass connector. 55764 55765 Fitting
Ø mm
39539 39541
53060
Ref. Inlet
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Ø 19
54556
-
-
Ø 25
55767
-
-
Ø 28*
55768
-
-
Ø 38
55769
-
-
Ø 25
54557
-
-
Ø 25
42799
-
-
Ø 28*
55770
-
-
Ø 38
42798
-
-
Ø 28
53062
-
-
Ø 25-38
55135
-
-
All fittings are supplied with “O” ring. *Ø 28 - 11/8" fitting available in kit. Includes one inlet and one outlet fitting : 53061
221
Bailing out Hand pump
Pump alone
Pump + 1 m hose
14089 14105 14090
27074 27075 27076
Output per stroke 0.50 L 0.75 L 1L
Min. dimensions 480 mm 630 mm 790 mm
Stroke 330 mm 480 mm 640 mm
Stroke
Min. dimensions
25 m hose Ø 25 mm : 16209
Plastic bucket
Rubber bucket
Collapsible bucket
Handle with a loop for the rope. Capacity : 10 L.
14054
182510
Aluminium handle. Capacity : 7.5 L. Height : 23 cm. Ø : 26 cm.
25 cm diameter collapsible bucket with stainless steel handle. Zippered storage cover. Coated and sealed acrylic fabric.
Model
Ref.
Bucket without 14375 1 rope Bucket with rope 17576 5
16207
44677
44677
Wooden plugs 10103 : Set of 9 conical wooden plugs : 3 x 110 mm high x Ø 29-19 mm* 3 x 110 mm high x Ø 39-29 mm* 3 x 110 mm highx Ø 50-40 mm* * Max.min diameter
16323 : Set of 9 conical wooden plugs : 2 x 40 mm hight x Ø 10-4 mm* 2 x 50 mm high x Ø 16-8 mm* 2 x 60 mm high x Ø 22-14mm* 2 x 70 mm high x Ø 30-18 mm* 1 x 80 mm high x Ø 35-25 mm*
50501: Assortment of 6 conical wooden plugs: 2.0 to 4.3 inch L. 0.5 to 2.0 inch Dia.
222
Bailers Dimensions
Reference
Floating, flexible bailer
180 x 125 mm (L x w)
Bailer-funnel with filter
290 x 110 mm (L x w)
16207 44677
Drinkable water Flexible water tanks for fresh water The Plastimo high resistance flexible water tanks are a reliable, practical and low cost solution to the storage of fresh water on board.They are flexible, light and form-fitting, and can therefore be installed where it would not be possible to install a rigid water tank, due to the shape of the boat or difficult access. The double envelope principle makes maintenance easy, as the inner chamber can be easily removed from the outerenvelope for routine cleaning and examination.
Tested and patented : a water chamber inside a tough envelope. The Plastimo water tanks consist of a welded non-porous tasteless PVC water chamber (inner bladder) inside a tough nylon envelope, for complete watertightness and resistance to tearing and abrasion.
BISPHENOL A FREE
Shape of tank
Capacity
Watertank, complete
Spare inner bladder
Square
50 L 100 L 150 L 200 L
18031 18033 16656 16657
18032
120 L
16658
16665
Rectangular Triangular (Ideal for front cabin)
16661 16663 16664
Water tanks are supplied complete, ready to install, with Ø 38 mm inlet fitting and Ø 12 mm outlet valves.
Accessories Outlet valve, situated on underneath side of tank. 120 L Ø 38
70 cm
50 L
Ø 12
Ø 38 70 cm
Ø 12
115 cm
100 L
105 cm
150 L
140 cm
200 L
175 cm
Ø 38 mm inlet valve is situated on upper side of tank ; Ø 12 mm outlet valve is situated on underneath side of tank. (except on triangular model : inlet and outlet are both on upper side of tank). Height of tanks, when filled to capacity : 25 cm.
• Male connector Ø 15 mm for quick-fit plumbing :
51643 Connector in polypropylene, supplied with nut and ring. • Spare set of elbow connectors : 19265 Ø 38 mm inlet fitting and Ø 12 mm outlet valve
105 cm 223
Sinks & washbasins B.Leglatin
Stainless steel sinks
A
B
C
D
E
Round st. steel sinks Come complete with plug, chain and waste. Ref.
18371 18372 18373 18374 419234 410626
A B C D E
Description Bowl sink Straight vertical edges Straight vertical edges Straight vertical edges
Material St. steel 18/10 St. steel 18/10 St. steel 18/10 St. steel 18/10
Finish Mirror polish Mirror polish Mirror polish Mirror polish
Bowl sink
St. steel 302
Smooth satin
Internal dimensions Ø 269 mm x depth 120 mm Ø 260 mm x depth 180 mm Ø 300 mm x depth 180 mm Ø 360 mm x depth 150 mm Ø 260 mm x depth 130 mm Ø 300 mm x depth 145 mm
Square & rectangular st. steel sinks Come complete with plug, chain and waste. Ref.
418955 418956 224
Descrip. Ext. dim. St. steel 302
Int. dim.
Depth
320 x 350 mm
300 x 330 mm
150 mm
360 x 360 mm
330 x 340 mm
150 mm
Waste Ø 53 off-centered 53 off-centered
Overflow No No
A
Stainless steel oval sink Supplied with waste, plug and connector. B
C
Ref.
Overall dimensions L xW x D
Internal dimensions L xW x D
27292
385 x 265 x 130 mm
360 x 240 x 130 mm
Double sink Double sink made from 302 stainless steel. Waste not supplied, without overflow. Ref. A B
426254 428306
Description Large bowl on the left Large bowl on the right
Stainless steel custom sinks
Ext. dim. 608 x 368 mm 608 x 368 mm
Bowl Ø 1 330 x 330 mm 330 x 330 mm
A
Bowl Ø 2 330 x 235 mm 330 x 235 mm
B
Depth 200 mm 200 mm
Waste Ø 53 mm - off-centered 53 mm - off-centered
C
Stainless steel sinks, which in themselves make a very attractive addition to any galley. They can be fitted together in different combinations, allowing you to plan your galley to suit your own particular needs. Complete with waste, plug and Ø 32 mm connector.
A B C D
Ref.
Overall dimensions L xW x D
Internal dimensions L xW x D
10746 418953 10748 418957
320 x 260 x 150 mm 320 x 170 x 150 mm 350 x 320 x 150 mm 350 x 249 x 150 mm
300 x 236 x 150 mm 300 x 150 x 150 mm 330 x 300 x 150 mm 330 x 236 x 150 mm
10748
10746
10748
418953
10746
418953
D 225
Taps and faucets Faucets with spout Swivel faucet
Telescopic swivel faucet
27304 Colour light grey. 45° pivoting base, swivelling spout. Only one water inlet. 3/8" connection, hose Ø 10 mm. For use with footpump 26951. Pressure : 2.5- 3 bar.
412967
Chrome brass faucet Ref. A 414932 B 414933
MINI 40 mm MAXI 100 mm
Ø34
36 mm
160 mm
115 mm
146 mm
267 mm
Telescopic swivel faucet. Swivels through 360°. Includes a nylon adjustable shutter. Materials : anodized aluminium alloy and plastic. For hose Ø 10 -15 mm. For use with foot pump 26951.
80
140 mm
Description Swivelling base. Ø 12 mm pipe. Height : 80 mm. Swivelling base. Ø 12 mm pipe. With ¼ turn nickel plated spout. Height : 50 mm.
150 mm
50
A
B
Cold water taps Folding tap 39462
Spray tap
Spray nozzle for even water flow.
65 mm
Colour white. Swivelling spout. One knob : one water inlet (cold). Pressure : 2.5 - 3 bar. 3/8" connection.
175 mm
28768
80 mm
For a simple and efficient water supply on board, use tap 28768 in conjunction with a water pump (see Waterpump sold separately. Water Pumps pages). 226
Mixer taps
36 mm
160 mm
115 mm
Ø 34
White swivel mixer tap
28593
Spray nozzle for even water flow.
28593
68
Ref.
360°
37 mm
Designation 2-knob tap (hot/cold). Swivelling base and spout. 28593 Pressure : 2.5 - 3 bar. 2-knob tap (hot/cold). Folding and directional 402610 spout. Ceramic mechanism. Body, spout and handle in white lacquered brass.
37 mm
402610
152 mm 190 mm
Ø 14 mm
47 mm 56 92 mm 147 mm
31 mm
402610
Swivel mixer tap 39464 Spout swivels on 360°. Supplied with 2 x 30 cm metal plumbing hose and screw-type connectors.
Mixer tap, swivel’n fold 39463 125 mm
155 mm
140 mm
165 mm
45 mm
185 mm 65 mm
148 mm
195 mm
Brass plated.
90 mm
Mixer tap with shower head 39465
423761 Shower head replacement for 416654 423696 1.5 m hose alone - 3/8" 417847 2 m hose alone - 3/8"
225 mm
40 mm 270 mm
Double jet shower head 416654 with 1.50 m hose. Height : 110 mm
295 mm
Designation
160 mm
Ref.
190 mm
Shower mixer tap with double jet
Can be used as a shower or as a standard tap. Shower comes with 1.50 m. Swivelling shower base. Supplied with 2 x 20 cm metal plumbing hose and screw-type connectors.
227
Mixer taps Mixer tap with long spout 39467 Spout swivels on 360°. Supplied with 2 x 35 cm metal plumbing hose and screw-type connectors.
max. 43 mm
max. 32 mm
Ø 10 mm
330 mm
Ø 10 mm
Ø 47 mm
15°
426460
39467
313 mm
161 mm 137 mm
130 mm
116 mm
Ø 48 mm
18°
125 mm
182 mm
235 mm
Long mixer tap 426460 With 25 mm flexible hose.
105 mm
Compact mixer tap
Swivel mixer tap 27299
115 mm 70 mm
39466
Colour white. Swivelling base and spout. 2 water inlets. Pressure : 2 - 2.5 bar. 3/8" connection.
Ø
max.
32 mm
Supplied with 2 x 35 cm metal plumbing hose and screw-type connectors.
32 mm 330 mm
Ø
10 mm
39466
145 mm
125 mm
40 mm
Wall control mixer tap
130 mm 30-45 mm m m
473968
G1/2"
25°
11 6
38 mm Spray nozzle for even water flow.
G1/2"
473968
228
Ø 55
G3/8"
3/8"
473936
62
180 mm 120 mm max Ø 43 mm
39468
50 MAX 109 mm
Ref.
32°
105.5 mm
Description For use either as a shower or as a basic tap. Shower with 1.5 m flexible hose. Swivelling shower base. A 39468 Comes with 2 metal 35 cm flexible hoses and screw-type connectors. B 473936 Retractable shower with 1m flexible hose.
480 mm
Mixer tap with shower head
105 mm
B
160 mm
A
150 mm
210 mm
190 mm
M 15x1
Shower kits Shower kit with wall rail 39469 Ready-to-mount kit includes : • shower head with spray nozzle and 1.50 m hose. • wall rail. • soap dish. To be used in conjunction with thermostat shower control ref. 39470. Shower connector : 1/2".
Shower kit 27302 Includes : • shower head with spray nozzle. • 1.50 m flexible hose. • shower wall bracket. Pressure : 2 bar.
Ø25 mm
Ø45 mm
628 mm
580 mm
45 mm
Shower lever control
137 mm
27300 Includes lever control and plumbing. 3/8" connection. Suitable for use with shower 27302. Pressure : 3.5 - 4 bar.
Ø43 mm
Thermostat shower control
Wall mount shower lever
39470
27305 150 ± 25 mm 64 mm
G.1/2”
G.1/2”
80 mm
Supplied with screw-type connectors and accessories, suitable for mounting on any wall thickness. Max. temperature 80°C. Pressure 6 bar. To be used in conjunction with shower kit ref. 39469. Connector for 1/2" hose. Hot/cold water inlet : 3/4".
Includes wall mount lever, colour grey, and 3/8" connection. Lever rotates through 110°, allowing fine temperature adjustment. Constant temperature whatever the flow. Designed for use with showers 27302. Pressure : 2-2.5 bar.
Retractable towel rack
Dimensions 72 x 25 mm. • Chrome-plated brass : 473942 • Polished brass : 473943
Solar shower 19 L : 13272 Light, easy to use and to carry around. Three hours of sun exposure are enough to heat the water.
229
Deckshowers • Comfort and safety Functional and safe hinged cover. When closed : a “click” confirms that the cover is tightly closed, thus preventing the shower hose from uncoiling and potentially getting caught in the propeller. Splashproof when closed. When open : “clicks” hold the hinged cover open. The shape of the shower housing has been contoured specifically to avoid the showerspray being accidentally activated. • Stylish design Available with white or chrome cover, the housing fits snugly in any deck or transom of sail and power boats, to give a clean uncluttered look. • Simple installation Flush installation in transom or deck only requires a Ø 70 mm hole, easily done with a hole saw. The housing requires minimal depth for installation and accepts most existing shower heads. • Durable materials UV-resistant ASA cover withstands temperature variation. 316 stainless steel axis. Maintenance free.
62017
Deck showers & mixer taps Model Mixer tap set
Shower set
Ref.
JM Liot © - Jeanneau
Single units
Colour
Description Chromed housing + chromed brass mixer tap 62023 Chrome + 20 cm 3-hose connectors White housing + chromed brass mixer tap 62021 White + 20 cm 3-hose connectors 62017 White White housing + white plastic shower spray head + 3 m hose White housing + chrome-colour plastic shower spray head 62020 White + 3 m hose White housing + chrome-plated metal shower spray head 62273 White + 3 m hose Chrome housing + chrome-colour plastic shower spray head 62019 Chrome + 3 m hose
62273, with metal spray head
62021 170°
Ø 70
Ø 98
Ø 70
Ø 98
170° 110° 88 mm 100 mm
62017 230
150 mm
clic
Fresh water inlet Plastimo fresh water inlet is the perfect connection between the boat's water network and the shore water supply. It is then easy to cook or have a shower when at the dock, without using water from the tanks. (Not suitable for filling the water tanks). 2.5 bar -30 PSI, The complete set includes : pressure regulator : • An ABS housing with splashproof cover. 56527 • A pressure regulator which accepts up to 7.5 bar Male quick-coupling fitting + non-return valve (90 PSI) shore supply and delivers a 2.5 bar (30 PSI) working pressure, compatible with most appliances and equipment on board. • A non-return valve. • A male quick-coupling fitting for garden hose connection. • Male 3/4" threaded connector to the boat's water system. Connector type
White housing
Chrome housing
Elbow Straight
62025 62024
62028 -
Sea water outlet Used in conjunction with a pump and a thru-hull fitting, the Plastimo sea water outlet produces pressure sea water on the deck (to wash the deck or rinse the fish). Also perfectly suitable with fresh water. The complete set includes : • An ABS housing with splashproof ASA cover. • A female quick-coupling fitting for garden hose connection. Features a non-return valve. Chrome brass construction with stainless steel lugs, for optimum corrosion resistance. • A locking flange. • Male 3/4" threaded connector to the boat‘s water system. Terminal
White housing
Chrome housing
Straight Elbow
62029 62030
62032
Locking flange
Female quick-coupling fitting
Single housing Model
White Chrome housing housing
For shower A 62033 62034 For mixer tap and water tap B 62035 62036
A
B 231
Shower units
Dimensions in mm.
Housing with gasket. White UV-resistant ASA cover. 95 9
Housing with tap cover • Single : 196399 • Twin : 55800
55 75 170° 189
65
80
110
Rectangular single shower housing
210
170
220
85
80
37214
130 125 87
120 91
90
176
97
Side mount case with shower 196409 Includes mixer tap and shower with 2.5 m hose.
30
186
Side mount cases without shower • With door : 196471 • Without door : 50002 196471
247
183
110
237
164
95
50002 101
125
176 3/4”
Water inlet/outlet 54613 Sea water outlet, fresh water inlet. Fitted with elbow connector. White plastic cover. 232
3/4” 50
123
Deck showers & hose
A
B 62098
Taps Model A Cold water
Ref.
B Mixer tap
Shower heads
Features Chrome plated brass
50160
½" threaded shower head with trigger.
Model Short Long
Chrome plated brass. Comes with 20 cm 3-hose connectors.
45601
62100
62099
Material ABS Chrome-plated metal
Chrome
White
62099 62100
62098 -
Shower head with hose 3 m : 62096 5 m : 62097 For flushmount installation on the deck or as transom shower.
Accessory
•Threaded hose for shower spray head 1/2"-3/8". Length 3 m : 62101
A
Shower heads with hose and holder
Shower head colour
Model
B
Ref.
A White
419767
B Black
416653
With flange
C
With housing
White Chrome
402813*
C
Holder
Hose
Plastic with chromed flange Plastic with chromed flange
Plastic. 3/8". Length 2 m. Plastic. 3/8". Length 2 m. Plastic. 3/8". Length 2 m.
Plastic housing Ø 57 mm for flushmounting.
Shower head only
Holder only
Hose only
419278
-
402818
419279
-
402818
429008
429018
402818
*spare plug : 417834
Pipe-to-hose connectors A
B
Nylon connectors for threaded taps Ref. A 422268 B 417527 C 426546
Description Female thread Male thread Male/Male connector
C For hose 19 3/4" -
Quick-coupling hose terminal 427820 : Ø 12.5 - 15 mm. 427821 : Ø 19 mm.
233
WC & waste water Sewage treatment CE 94/25 European standard related to recreational boats. Boats equipped with toilets must feature either tanks or installations allowing the setting of holding tanks. In the case of built-in tanks, the boat must be equipped with a standardised draining connector. Section 43 of 2006-1772 regulation of 30th December 2006 related to water and aquatic environment : Subsection 341-13-1. In order to ensure the protection of public health and aquatic environment, recreational boats equipped with toilets and built after the 1st of January 2008, accessing to sea and river harbours as well as to mooring areas with adequate facilities should feature installations allowing either the storage or the treatment of sewage. The discharge of sewage into the sea is prohibited, except in the following cases : (MARPOL regulation, section IV) - the sewage has been comminuted and disinfected, the ship is located at a distance of more than 3 nautical miles of the nearest land and heads below 4 knots, - the sewage has not been comminuted and disinfected, the ship is located at a distance of more than 12 nautical miles of the nearest land and heads below 4 knots, - the ship uses an OMI approved sewage treatment system in operation.
Electric toilet Matromarine electric toilet
34 cm
12 V : 10744 24 V : 10745 • Vitreous china bowl allows easy cleaning. • White laquered wooden seat and cover. • All metal parts made of marine grade stainless steel. • Intake ¾”- 19 mm ; discharge 1” - 25 mm. • Horizontal macerator pump in re-inforced plastic. • Max. discharge height : 1.5 m. • Power consumption : 13 Amp in 12 Volt ; 7 Amp in 24 Volt. • Meets the ISO 8846 ; EN55014 standards.
39 cm
42 cm
Conversion kit for Matromarine models : 12 V : 417647 To convert a manual toilet into electric toilet. Complete kit including pump, hose, control panel, bolts and washers. 24 V : 417648 To convert a manual toilet into electric toilet. Complete kit including pump, hose, control panel, bolts and washers.
Installation example
Hose Ø 25 mm/Ø 38 mm Hose Ø 38 mm Hose Ø 25 mm/Ø 20 mm Ventilation hose Electric cables
1 Tank 2 Pump 3 Sender 4 Vented loop 5 Fitting 6 Valve 7 Thru hull fitting 8 Vent 9 Filter 10 Deck filler 11 Gauge
234
Manual marine toilets Specifically designed for use in small to medium craft, where space saving is as important as efficiency. Reliable in use, economic in cost and very simple to use and to maintain. Can be mounted above or below the waterline and can be used with a holding tank or a re-circulating system. This range of marine heads is suitable for all types of boats and all installation layouts.
Manual toilet • Compact. • Double action pump for easy flushing and pump out. • All metal parts made of marine grade stainless steel. • Intake ¾” - 19 mm ; discharge 1 ½” - 38 mm. • Bowl fixed on the base by a bayonet catch. This make installation, maintenance and inspection easier. Bowl China ABS
Ref.
12371 403060 416365
Mounting Standard Standard Bayonet catch
42 cm
Seat ABS White laquered wood White laquered wood
35 cm
44 cm
403060
Sealock manual toilet The in-and outlet of the Sealock toilet can be completely locked when not used : for extra security against incoming water. Toilet mechanism can be installed at the right or left side of the bowl, depending on the space available. Bowl
Ref.
China
51730 403089 51731
51730
Description Standard bowl Standard bowl XL bowl
460
420/470 (XL)
Seat ABS White laquered wood White laquered wood
330 220
Installation The installation must be carried out at a 1 m height maximum above or below the waterline. For installation below the waterline, the hose will need to be longer, in order to create a loop above the waterline and thus better resist the pressure.
DESSIN EN COURS
Inlet
Inlet
Outlet
Outlet
For installation above the waterline, make a vented loop in the outlet hose only, so as to retain water in the bowl.
For installation below the waterline, use a vented loop about 225 mm above the waterline on both inlet and outlet.
Options & Accessories Electric conversion kit for manual toilet
Nitrile rubber. Convenient for models 403060, 403045 and 416365. To convert the model 403089, a base 12346 and a gasket 1 2355 are needed. 12 V conversion kit (201) : 12328 24 V conversion kit (202) : 12329
25-litre mini-kit :12331
mm 405 110
Complete installation consists in a 25-litre holding tank, a diverter valve and connexions. Compact kit, ideal where space is at a premium ; requires minimum works on board.
260 mm 500
Diverter valves
mm
230 mm
ABS and stainless steel. 90° elbow fittings. Model
Ref.
Description
12332 With elbow connectors Ø 1 ½"-38 mm. Fits directly on the WC pump. 2-way
elbow connectors Ø 1 ½"-38 mm. Fits on hose between the 12333 With WC and the valve.
3-way
12334 the WC flush pump. The heads flush pump also monitors the tank
Suitable for small-size installations, with a diverter valve mounted on emptying process.
12332
12333
12334
235
A
B
Place the vented loop as high as possible, to avoid fluid transfer or water intrusion.
C
Vented loops and filters A B C D
Ref. 43031 196794 43032 51732
E 62073
Vented loop - Ø 19 mm - ¾" Vented loop - Ø 25 mm - 1" Vented loop - Ø 38 mm - 1½" Odour-free filter for hose Ø 16-19 mm.
D Made of active carbon. Integrated mounting eye straps. Must be changed at the end of each season.
Odour-free filter for hose Ø 20-25 mm. 20 cm length.
E
B A
C
A
Vents Ref. A 62084 B 62085
Shape Oval Round
For hose Ø 25 mm 25 mm
E
B A 25 mm 25 mm
B 29 mm 29 mm
C 83 mm 83 mm
D 41 x 60 mm 41 mm
E 40 mm 40 mm
D
Meets ISO 8099 standards.
Deck plate
3-way diverter valve
62086
196791
Stainless steel deck plate Ø 38 mm for waste water discharging.
For hose Ø 38 mm. Can be locked with a padlock (not included).
236
Plastic plumbing Thru-hull fittings, hose barb Thru-hull fittings manufactured from polyamide 6, totally resistant to UV-rays and the marine environment. Can be used in conjunction with silicone based sealants. D A
E C
Thru-hull fittings with standard flange F B
Colour
Ref.
ØA
ØB
C
ØD
White Black
62154 62155
25 mm 25 mm
30 mm 100 mm 42 mm 30 mm 100 mm 42 mm
E
ØF
Optional plug
75 mm 75 mm
1" 1"
62171 62171
Thru-hull fittings with flush flange Polyamide. D
E
C
Colour
Ref.
ØA
ØB
C
ØD
E
White White
62228 62229 196217 62230 62231 62232
½" ¾" 1" 1" 1" ¼ 1" ½
15 mm 20 mm 18 mm 25 mm 35mm 38 mm
94 mm 94 mm 83 mm 94 mm 94 mm 94 mm
35 mm 40 mm 51 mm 52 mm 65 mm 70 mm
45 mm 45 mm 43 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm
Chrome B A
White White White
Accessory Expanding plug • grey, Ø 35 mm : 45305 • black, Ø 22 mm : 62170* • black, Ø 25 mm : 62171* • black, Ø 35 mm : 62172* * EN ISO 11812:2001-7.4 compliant
D C A B E F
White polyamide thru-hull fitting Model 5/8" ¾" 1" 1" ¼
Ref.
400254 400255 400256 400290
A 75 mm 81 mm 94 mm 98 mm
B 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm 35 mm
ØC 10 mm 11 mm 18 mm 21 mm
ØD 42 mm 51 mm 61 mm 67 mm
ØE 16 mm 19 mm 25 mm 32 mm
ØF 23 mm 27 mm 33 mm 42 mm 237
Elbow thru-hull fittings
Elbow thru-hulls are the answer to the most common plumbing issues : • Allow major room saving, as they can be used with a hose running along the hull. • Avoid making a bend in the hose, which can sometimes be a source of leak or breakage. • Require a simplified installation process inside the hull, carried out by on person only. You can hold it firmly C with one hand, while screwing with the other hand.
E F D
A
Ref.
62156 62157 62158
Overall depth (A) 79 mm 84 mm 110 mm
Hose Ø (B) 20 mm 25 mm 38 mm
C 33 mm 33 mm 40 mm
D ¾" 1" 1 ½"
Ext. Ø (E) 47 mm 54 mm 68 mm
F 18 mm 25 mm 35 mm
G 63 mm 70 mm 80 mm
B G
Thru-hull fittings, threaded Thru-hull fitting, flush flange ØA ½" ¾" ¾" 1" 1 ½"
Ref.
62166 44740 62167 62168 62169
Colour White White White White White
ØB 13 mm 18 mm 17 mm 25 mm 35 mm
C 65 mm 80 mm 65 mm 65 mm 85 mm
D B
ØD 35 mm 51 mm 40 mm 52 mm 70 mm
C
A
D
C
A
Thru-hull fitting, standard flange
B
A ØA
22,7 mm
25 mm B
C
238
Ref.
43491 43489 43490 47755 A 62162 62163 B 196073 C 62164 62165
Colour
ØB
C
ØD
Black White Grey Cream White Black Black White Black
1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
62 mm 62 mm 62 mm 62 mm 62 mm 62 mm 70 mm 155 mm 155 mm
39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm 39 mm
Features -
Optional plug 62170 62170 45305 62170 62171
EN ISO 11812:-2001-7.4 compliant
62171 62171 62171 62171
Thru-hull fittings and scuppers Thru-transom scupper with flapper 418158
Spare
White acetal construction. Rubber flapper opens to drain water out and closes to prevent backwash. For 1" ½ hose. Length 159 mm, Ø 73 mm Max hull thickness : 79 mm.
•413342 : antibackwash rubber flapper for scupper 418158.
G
A
C D
Raked white scupper with anti-backwash lid
B
47088
A B ØC 117 mm 150 mm 79 mm
ØD 70 mm
E F 103 mm 45 mm
•Spare lid
G 55 mm
49672
Spare •Spare valve for scupper
43500 Ø 35 mm with valve.
44230
Spare
Precut scupper
•Spare flapper
44763 9 mm
45 mm
81 mm
Ø int. 40 mm
Drain sockets, polyamide Polyamid deck filler with O-ring. Ref. A 16691 B 16690 C 16797
44093
White thru-hull scupper. Can be sawed to the required 60 mm length : 50/190 mm. Meets EC standards.
Ø int. 45 mm
E
Spare
Scupper for inflatable boat
51 mm
F
Description With captive plug Plain Screw-type for double hull. Bulkhead thickness : 80 mm. 1/4 turn plug
A
B
C
Flange dimensions
Overall height
Height of socket
Cutout Ø
Depth below deck
Mini. int. Ø
Spare cap
Ø 46 mm
63 mm
27 mm
28 mm
21 mm
19 mm
-
Ø 48 mm
76 mm
66 mm
28 mm
62 mm
19 mm
16713
Ø 43 mm
107 mm
96 mm
27 mm
91 mm
19 mm
12521
239
Brass plumbing Brass strainers
A
Intake strainer Thread Ø 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" ¼ 1" ½
B
Ref.
51107 51108 51112 51110 51109
External dimensions 89 x 52 106 x 59 108 x 60 123 x 65 133 x 71
Internal Ø 14 19 25 33 38.5
Thread length 76 76 76 90 90
Brass strainers Model A
Round
B
Oval
Ref.
13929 13930 13931 13932 13934
External Ø 60 80 100 120 220 x 150
Hose strainer
Internal Ø 33 54 73 96 189 x 112
Hose Ø 20 25
Ref.
63962 63963
Brass thru-hull fittings
Chrome-plated brass, threaded Thread Ref.
External Internal
Thread length
34 mm 37 mm 47 mm 55 mm 64 mm 72 mm 85 mm
53 mm 60 mm 65 mm 80 mm 80 mm 90 mm 100 mm
3
13554 ½" 13555 ¾" 13556 1" 13557 1" ¼ 13558 1" ½ 13559 2" 13560 /8 "
12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 33 mm 39 mm 50 mm
Dimensions (L x W x H) 82 x 64 x 25 110 x 89 x 30
CW 602N brass
Flush head brass, threaded Thread Ref. 3
13561 ½" 13563 ¾" 13565 1" 13567 1" ¼ 13569 1" ½ 13571 2" 13573 /8"
External Internal
Thread length
30 mm 35 mm 46 mm 52 mm 61 mm 68 mm 82 mm
50 mm 61 mm 67 mm 72 mm 70 mm 71 mm 75 mm
12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 33 mm 39 mm 50 mm
Inch thread on all our selection of brass plumbing parts
Standard shape brass, threaded With mobile washer. Thread 3
Ref.
404627 ½" 404628 ¾" 404629 1" 404630 1" ¼ 404631 1" ½ 151106 2" 419122 /8 "
240
External Internal
Thread length
30 mm 36 mm 40 mm 50 mm 60 mm 66 mm 82 mm
50 mm 61 mm 65 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm
12 mm 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 34 mm 39 mm 50 mm
Conversion table Current inch Former metric table table ¼" 8-13 3 12-17 /8" ½" 15-21 ¾" 20-27 1" 26-34 1" ¼ 33-42 1" ½ 40-49 2" 50-60
Brass connectors 90° elbow, male/female
45° hose elbow, male/female
90° elbow, female/female
T-connector, female
Thread Ø
Ref.
Length
Thread Ø
Ref.
Thread Ø
Ref.
Thread Ø
Ref.
Length
3/8"
63951
51 mm
1/4"
63986
1/4"
63954
1/4"
151152
42 mm
1/2"
408305
55 mm
3/8"
13574
3/8"
13598
3/8"
13584
47 mm
3/4"
408306
63 mm
1/2"
13575
1/2"
13599
1/2"
13585
49 mm
1"
408307
72 mm
3/4"
13576
3/4"
13600
3/4"
13586
60 mm
1" ¼
408308
85 mm
1"
13577
1"
13601
1"
13587
70 mm
1" ½
408309
91 mm
1" ¼
13578
1" ¼
13602
1" ¼
13588
85 mm
2"
408310
105 mm
1" ½
13579
1" ½
13603
1" ½
13589
96 mm
2"
13580
2"
13604
2"
404514
115 mm
Male connection nipple
Female connection (sleeve)
Male/male connection nipple
Thread Ø
Ref.
Length
Thread Ø
Ref.
Length
Thread Ø
1/4"
13639
29 mm
1/4"
13651
27 mm
3/8"
13640
35 mm
3/8"
13652
1/2"
13641
40 mm
1/2"
3/4"
13642
44 mm
1"
13643
1" ¼
Length
Thread Ø
Ref.
Length
3/8" x 1/4" 63956
29.5 mm
30 mm
1/2" x 3/8" 13646
33 mm
13653
32 mm
3/4" x 1/2" 13647
38 mm
3/4"
13654
35 mm
1" x 1/2"
63957
41 mm
48 mm
1"
13655
43 mm
1" x 3/4"
13648
42.5 mm
13644
50 mm
1 ¼"
13656
47 mm
1" ¼ x 1"
13649
49 mm
1" ½
13645
57 mm
1 ½"
13657
52 mm
1" ½ x 1"
63958
49 mm
2"
63955
61 mm
2"
13658
64 mm
1" ½ x 1" ¼ 13650
52 mm
1/4" x 1/8" 3/8" x 1/4" 1/2" x 1/4" 1/2" x 3/8" 3/4" x 1/4" 3/4" x 3/8" 3/4" x 1/2" 1" x 1/2" 1" x 3/4" 1" ¼ x 1" 1" ½ x 3/4" 1" ½ x 1" 2" x 1" ¼ 2" x 1" ½
413228 413230 413229 413232 413233 413234 413235 413236 413237 413238 413239 63959 413240 413241
16 mm 17.5 mm 21 mm 21 mm 23 mm 23 mm 23 mm 26 mm 26 mm 30 mm 31 mm 31 mm 36 mm 36 mm
2" x 1" ½
Female hose connector
Male hose connector
Ribbed and threaded
Ribbed and threaded.
.
Thread
Ref.
Hose
Internal
Thread
Ref.
Hose
Internal
Ref.
Male/female connection nipple
408265
57 mm
Female locking nut
1/4"
151133
10
6.5
1/4"
151127
6
3.5
Thread Ø
3/8"
13635
14
10.5
1/4"
151163
8
5
1/2"
13636
13
9.5
1/4"
13619
10
6.5
1/2"
13637
16
12.5
3/8"
412306
8
1/2"
471650
20
15
3/8"
13621
3/4"
151166
12
9.5
3/8"
3/4"
471651
20
15
3/4"
471652
25
1"
471653
1"
Ref.
Height
1/4"
408285
15 mm
3/8"
408286
15 mm
5
1/2"
13
9.5
408287
17 mm
Thread Ø
3/4"
404633
15
11.5
408288
21 mm
1/2"
473459
16
12
1"
408289
20
1/2"
13624
19
15
1" ¼
25
20
3/4"
151131
16
12
471654
30
25
3/4"
427688
19
15
1" ¼
63960
32
27
3/4"
404635
25
20
1" ¼"
471655
35
28
1"
13627
25
19.5
1" ¼
471656
40
33
1"
404636
30
24
1" ½
151138
38
34
1"
13628
32
26
1" ½
471658
45
39
1" ¼
13629
32
26
2"
151140
50
43
1" ¼
404637
35
29
1" ½
63961
38
32
1" ½
404638
45
39
Thread Ø
Ref.
External Ø
Length
1" ½
13632
50
40
1/2"
422221
30
48
2"
13633
50
43
3/4"
429360
37
53
2"
13634
60
52
1"
429361
44
59
Male locking nut Ref.
Height
1/4"
13660
21 mm
23 mm
3/8"
151195
22 mm
408290
26 mm
1/2"
13661
25 mm
1" ½
408291
26 mm
3/4"
151196
30 mm
2"
408292
31 mm
1"
151197
35 mm
Anti-return valve connector Brass body with spring-loaded valve. (st. steel spring).
241
Brass valves Nickel plated brass valve, 2-way, female/female 90° movement, full flow. Nickel plated brass body. PTFE Teflon seats. Aluminium handle, epoxy coated. Thread Ø 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" ¼ 1" ½ 2"
Ref.
13521 13522 13523 13524 13525 13526 13527 13528
Internal Ø 8 mm 10 mm 14.5 mm 19 mm 24 mm 30.5 mm 37 mm 47 mm
Body length 45 mm 48 mm 55 mm 65 mm 77 mm 87 mm 101 mm 117 mm
Handle length 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm 105 mm 105 mm 120 mm 135 mm 160 mm
Max. pressure 40 bar
32 bar
25 bar
Nickel plated brass valve, 2-way, female/female 90° movement, full flow. Nickel plated brass body. PTFE Teflon seats. Aluminium handle, epoxy coated. Thread Ø 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" ¼ 1" ½ 2"
Ref.
63964 63965 63966 63967 63968 63969 63970 63971
Internal Ø 8 mm 10 mm 14.5 mm 19 mm 24 mm 30.5 mm 37 mm 47 mm
Body length 45 mm 48 mm 55 mm 65 mm 77 mm 87 mm 101 mm 117 mm
Handle length 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm 105 mm 105 mm 120 mm 135 mm 160 mm
Max. pressure
Handle length 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 145 mm 170 mm 170 mm 170 mm
Max. pressure
40 bar
32 bar
25 bar
L-shaped flow pattern
Nickel plated brass valve, 3-way, female/female/female 90° movement, full flow. Nickel plated brass body. PTFE Teflon seats. Aluminium handle, epoxy coated. Thread Ø 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1" ¼ 1" ½
242
Ref.
417292 417293 417298 417300 417306 417310 417321
Internal Ø 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm 18 mm 23 mm 29 mm 36 mm
Body length 77 mm 77 mm 77 mm 92 mm 104 mm 118 mm 138 mm
25 bar
Jean-Marie Liot Š
Powerboat, Electrical & Engine Accessories
243
Bilge ventilation Classic electric blower d tecte n pro io it n 46 : Ig al fan ISO 88 7 : Electric 9 ISO 90
Hints to select the right bilge blower
r
moto
Bulkhead-mount : the ideal option if installation is complex and connectors are numerous. In line : the simplest and the most economic option, ideal in plain configurations without multiple elbows and connectors. Will usually have a longer lifetime than other models, with a reduced power consumption.
Selected by boatbuilders for its sturdy construction and durability. • Suitable for use in the engine compartment, cabins and damp closets or areas. • In the engine compartment : it is essential to start the blower 5 minutes before starting the engine. • Its compact design allows installation in different positions and in space restricted areas. Can be mounted along or through a bulkhead, horizontally or vertically. An optional mounting bracket adapts the blower to all mounting possibilities. • Sturdy polyamide housing for good shock resistance. Power 12 V 24 V
200 mm
Ref.
16274 16275
170 mm
Ø 70 mm
Accessories
16276
Ø 70 mm 125 x 125 mm
• Hose : 16277 Ø int. : 70 mm.
• Gasket : 17642
• Mounting bracket :
57287
Any louvred vent designed to fit hose Ø 70 mm is suitable
244
Consumption 4 Amp 2 Amp
160 mm
Along the bulkhead
• Flanged adaptor :
Output 150 m3/h 150 m3/h
Through the bulkhead
Mounting bracket
Connectors for ventilation shaft Specifically designed to ventilate engine compartments. Ref. A 51069 B 51070
B For ventilation shaft 102 mm. 4 mm
Ø107 mm Ø102 mm
Ø133 mm
60 mm
Ø4 mm
Hose holding notch
Ø102 mm
4 mm
*The elbow against the transom prevents water intrusion.
Polypropylene construction : shock and load resistant, impervious to fuel and acetic acid. Notches and lugs hold the hose in position ; in addition, the hose must be secured with stainless steel clamps. Connector is easy to fit, by means of 4 screws outside.
Wall-mount PVC connector
When installating the blower, we recommend to place the exhaust louvred ventilator in a reasonably protected area (for example, in the cockpit rather than on the transom), so as to prevent water intrusion into the ventilation circuit. An extra precaution consists in building an elbow in the hose.
Ø4 mm
Ø133 mm
Ø107 mm
60
30 mm
A
Ø 4”,
Modell Elbow connector* Straight connector
Lug for plastic clamp
Description
Ref.
PVC straight 50155 connector 50156
Hose Ø 65 - 70 mm 100 mm
94.5 mm
Ø4
3
Ø70
A
60
Ø76.5
61 mm
61 mm
Ø100
B
94.5 mm
Ref. A 47514 B 54389 C 54390
Modell 3’’ straight adapter 3’’ elbow adapter 3’’ 5 mm flange
3
Ø76 - (3”)
Ø 100 Ø 76.5 mm 32
62
Ø 70 mm
Ø4 Ø 76
Suitable for Ø 3” and 70 mm ducting hose. Manufactured from polypropylene for a good UV-resistance. It is extremely shock and load resistant, compatible with common sealants and impervious to acetic acids. Made to support a hose along a bulkhead. On the straight model, ventilation is ensured by a louvred opening, which also prevents heavy water intrusions. Quick and easy installation : Drill a Ø 76 mm hole. Notches ensure the perfect hold of the adapter in the bulkhead. Secure the adapter with 4 x M4 screws and sealant for waterproofness (compatible with most common sealants). Clip a louvered vent if necessary : moulded-in ribs contribute to the vent’s secured position. Fit the hose on the adapter. Two lugs hold the hose, while waiting to be secured with stainless steel hose clips (not supplied).
Ø4
5
Ø 76.5
Stiff ducting adapters
61 mm
61 mm
C
ng hoses, To support two ducti s two stiffening adapter . ted cia so as be n ca ring them Fixing lugs allow secu to adapt ed ne y by 2’s, when the vent. red ve lou le to a doub
Ø70-(2”-3/4) Ø76-(3”)
Ø 100
3 245
Vents
To prevent water intrusion into the ventilation circuit, place the vent in a protected area and if possible form a swan neck in the sheath.
Range of vents covering most mounting possibilities typically encountered on a boat. The Plastimo range provides a stylish, efficient and mechanically resistant answer.
Double vents A - Example : locker ventilation A
B
Connects two ventilation exhausts behind one single louvred vent.
Detachable double vent - Polyamide
Ref.
Dimensions
Colour 90 mm
A 54391
195 x 105 mm Ø 3"
White
44545 B 44546
255 x 115 mm 255 x 115 mm
White Black
A A B C
Description 3-slot 5-slot 3-slot 4-slot
Ref.
13356 13357 23613 476180 403626 175582 476185
D 5-slot E 10-slot
Dimensions 208 x 111 mm 325 x 111 mm 200 x 112 x 22 mm 210 x 113 x 38 mm 288 x 111 x 22 mm 327 x 111 x 38 mm 527 x 76 x 32 mm
54391
A
B
C
D
E
ABS louvered vents
Plastic collector box
Heavy duty ABS, corrosion and UV-proof. Creme colour model can be lacquered. Built-in dimensions : 406 x 56 x 25 mm.
Black plastic. 2 exits, flow Ø 3” and 4”. Suitable for ventilation or water exhaust.
Colour Chrome Black Cream 246
Ref.
403624 403625 418221
Dimensions 452 x 87 mm 452 x 87 mm 452 x 87 mm
Ref.
403623 423807
18.5
195 mm
Louvered vents AISI 316 st. steel louvered vents
10.5 105 mm
Description Double ventilator. Offers multiple combinations in conjunction with two adaptors (flange, straight or elbow stiffening adaptors). The vent is simply clipped on the stiffening adaptors (90 mm space between the two holes).
Dimensions 260 x 83 x H 140 mm 460 x 115 x H 127 mm
Flow exits 2 x 3” 2 x 4”
Plastic vents B
Rectangular vents Description
C
A
Plastic
B
Plastic
C
Plastic
D
ABS
D
A Ref.
16311 17657 47065 47066 196479 27320
Colour Black White White Grey Chrome White
27321
Chrome
Dimensions 200 x 100 mm 206 x 106 mm 206 x 106 mm 441 x 69 mm. Cut-out 390 x 49 x 19 mm
Square vents Dimensions 84 x 84 mm 92 x 92 mm 118 x 118 mm
3” hose vents
Ref.
Used either on its own to ventilate a locker or in conjunction with the stiffening adaptor for connection to a hose. No screws required : neat aesthetics and time-saving assembly.
47515 47516 47517 56067
Colour White Grey Black Chrome
D 196478
A 424932 B 47063 D 50152
Grey C 47064 -
C
B
A
Ventilation flange
White
Chrome -
417965 Ø 75 mm - 3”. Black polyethylene resistant to water and hydrocarbons. Easy mounting with no need for clamps. Access from above deck.
D
Ref. A B C
12410 16310 421952 421953 421955 421956
Colour White Black Black White White Black
Dimensions Ø 70 - 85 x 85 mm Ø 70 - 85 x 85 mm Ø 75 - 92 x 92 mm Ø 75 - 92 x 92 mm Ø 100 - 125 x 125 mm Ø 100 - 125 x 125 mm
82
60
Ø 60
Ø 65
12409 16307 16308
Colour White Grey Black
Round vents + flange
Ø 70
Ref.
C
82
Manufactured from PBT, for increased UV-resistance. Compatible with common sealants and impervious to acetic acids.Resistant to distortion resulting from hygrometry fluctuations. Ø 85 mm 85 mm 85 mm
B
A
Round vents
Models A
247
Jean-Marie Liot ©
Angling equipment Fixed rod holders Options & Accessories • Inside rubber for 400570
• Spare cap for 400597
401769
401773 • Spare internal rubber for 400597
A
401770
Metal rod holders Model 304 st. steel 316 st. steel
B
C
Ref.
Chromed brass
A B C D
Length 216 mm 232 mm 240 mm 250 mm
17046 35174 400597 400570
D Int. Ø 35 mm* 41 mm 40 mm 40 mm
Features Removable rod holder. 100 x 90 mm plate for deck or bulkhead mounting. Flush mount. Supplied with cap. Flush mount. Supplied with cap. Adjustable upper clamp. *38 mm without flange.
Plastic rod holders Model
White
Black
Material PVC Polypropylene Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide Polypropylene Polyamide Polyamide
A
B
Ref. A B C D E F G H
62256 62259 62253 196403 44490 62255 44487 37659
C
Length 228 mm 228 mm 230 mm 230 mm 235 mm 228 mm 230 mm 230 mm
D
E
Int. Ø 44 mm 41 mm 40 mm 40 mm 40 mm 41 mm 40 mm 40 mm
F
G
H
Features Supplied with 2 st. steel sockets. Flush mount. Flush mount. Supplied with cap*. Flush mount. Supplied with cap. Straight. Flush mount. Flush mount. Flush mount. Flush mount. Supplied with cap.
305 mm
* White spare cap : 62258.
B
248
Bulkhead-mount storage racks • For 3 rods. : 13405 • For 1 rod : 13406 Length : 305 mm. Ø : 70 mm. Supplied with 2 st. steel clamps.
A
B
Jean-Marie Liot ©
Adjustable rod holders
C
Options & Accessories
Metal rod holders Model 316 L st. steel
Ref.
Length
A 400614 330 mm
B 400609 290 mm Chromed brass C 400598 350 mm
• Rail mount base for 400609.
Int. Ø
Features Horizontal mount. 50 mm Base dimensions : 100 x 65 mm. 40 mm Railmount. Ø tube : 22/25/30 mm Horizontal mount. 40 mm Base dimensions : 93 x 60 mm
404956
• Intermediate serrated washer for 418378 & 400598.
401768
• Rubber for rod holder Ø 40 mm.
• Rod holder base for 400598.
478205
401769
Plastic rod holders Ref.
Features
A 27520
Reinforced plastic rod holder. Locking ring to secure the rod. 180° vertical easily adjustable. Fits all types of rods. 3-year warranty. Supplied with mounting base.
B 37660
For fishing rod 40 mm Ø maximum. Length : 215 mm. Vertical adjustment knob. Supplied with 2 sockets (for lateral or flushmount).
A B
Fishing rod storage W
H
L
A
B
Rod and boat hooks racks Description A Horizontal storage. Polyethylene. 2 rods. B Horizontal storage. 3 rods held by strong rubber band.
Ref.
62252 31529
H 216 mm 298 mm
W L 73 mm 19 mm 63 mm 23 mm
Rod holding ring • White : 44622 • Black : 44623
249
Battery and electrical accessories
Casing with integrated battery switch. UV-resistant white plastic. Watertight gasket included. Model 100 A (500 A for 10 sec. max.) 250 A (1000 A for 10 sec. max.)
Ø 70
98
Battery switch with casing
Ref. 102
62121 62276
Diruptor unipolar and circuit-breakers Diruptor thermal built-in circuit-breakers for unipolar use and magnetothermic for bipolar use. Ring fastening. Ø 12 mm. - jumper and screw rear outlet - 56 x 18 mm. Description 4 A circuit breaker 6 A circuit breaker 10 A circuit breaker 16 A circuit breaker 20 A circuit breaker 25 A circuit breaker 32 A circuit breaker
Ref. 411641 408210 408211 408212 408213 414282 414283
Unipolar cap
414346
Battery master switch 17540 Suitable for one or two battery installations. Capacity 230 A/h (300 A/h during 10 sec. starting cycle). Polycarbonate case, diameter 140 mm. Surface mounting, supplied with mounting diagram.
Watertight starter end-cap 414363 with transparent seal Watertight starter end-cap 414358 with transparent seal
Electrical thru-deck fittings Chromed brass thru-deck fitting Fastening with stainless steel screws.
A
B
250
Ref.
18523 17537 A 18524 17538 415910 B 408010
Max. cable Ø 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 19 mm
Outboard transom pads A
Width 230 mm 270 mm 300 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm
Height 86 mm 98 mm 220 mm 360 mm 360 mm 360 mm
A B
Thickness 5.5 mm 5.5 mm 7 mm 7 mm 3 mm - 19.5 mm 6 mm
Black
White
Grey
45343 45339 45331 195139 45327
45341 45337 45329 45333 195136 45324
45342 45334 195138 45326
D
120 mm 70 mm
C - Tilted D
C
B
Aluminium transom pad
Plastic outboard transom pad
Anodized aluminium transom pad with safety cable fastening. Ref.
402018 402024
210 mm
Plastic transom pads
Dimensions 299 x 95 mm 315 x 100 mm
Ref.
Description
16943
Rigid non-slip plastic. Prevents outboard clamps from damaging the transom. Dimensions : 250 x 90 mm.
Outboard motor covers With lanyard for perfect fit. Dralon Royal blue
PVC white
38018 38019 38020 38021
38022 38023 38024 38025
A Dimensions A x B x C 45 x 20 x 25 cm 45 x 25 x 30 cm 45 x 30 x 35 cm 55 x 35 x 35 cm
B C
The Best in Top Quality Marine Products Since 1917
www.bainbridgeintusa.com 251
Aquascope, collapsible
Small bathyscope
Description
Ref.
Ext. Ø
Height
Ideal to watch the underwater world from your boat.
31409 335 mm 510 mm
Ref.
43350
Length 200 mm
Diving equipment
Height 410 mm
Width 170 mm
To be rescued, we must be seen For vessels participating in diving operations.
61690 - Day
61690 - Night
Diving flags Innovative process : Photoluminescence process combined with fluorescence optimizes the location by night or day, in all weather conditions. 5 minutes exposure to a bright light = 8 hours of photoluminescence
Model SaintAndrew’s
Alpha Pro
Ref.
Dimensions
Weight
Features
61690
30 x 40 cm
< 50 g
Blocked mesh polyester fabric, 130 g/m2. Tunnel strap (Life Flag exclusivity).
100 x 125 cm
Blocked mesh polyester fabric, 130 g/m². Mounted with a tunnel strap on luff. < 190 g Floating print in the «V» perimeter of 2 cm width bands with + soft PVC photoluminescent texture. rushes < 80 g Finish with 2 closed covers to place 2 soft pvc rushes that allow to extend the flag in all weather. Complies with RIPAM/COLREG.
61824
Diving flag
Shark-repellent sachet
17034
301802
Nylon, 30 x 40 cm.
252
Benefits : - Safety : excellent visibility by night or day, immediate spotting even from airplane. - Easy to use : quick and easy fastening with shock cords, fully operational when flat or hoisted. - Economic and eco-friendly : durable safety equipment, recyclable. No other energy source required other than light. - Quality : made in France, non-polluting manufacturing process with solvent-free, water based printing paste. French patent. LNE certificate.
Water-soluble powder producing a highly repellent acid solution. • Dimensions : 18 x 8 cm • Weight : 100 g • Expiring date : 3 years (in sealed sachet)
Spare parts K J W W K
SAFETY Dan buoys & strobe lights
37038 51804 10743 50914 53417
2 lugs for dan buoy attachment Gasket kit for light on Dan buoy and strobe lights Upper part of older model dan buoy (black alloy pole) Holding clip for Dan buoy lighting Yellow container for inflatable Dan buoy
38153 38151
Yellow cover White cover
28367
Rescue Sling Rescue Line
Bag
17065
Plastic slider for 406S- 608S- 609S- 801S- 811S
T series headsail reefing (except 1012T & 1213T) 25184
A1
55978
Accessory kit for T series, including : S1 Top end cap x 1 U Self-tapping screw x 1
55980
Junction liners + screws for T series, including : C1 Plastic junction liner x 7 D1 Forestay feeder x 7 W1 Self-tapping screws x 10
55976
Set of screws for T series, including : W1 Self-tapping screws x 10 U Self-tapping screws x 10 T BTR screw for allen key x 1 J Hexagonal head screw x 1 K M8 nut x 1 J Hexagonal head screw x 1 K M12 nut x 1 J Hexagonal head screw x 1 J M14 nut x 1
MOORING Inflatable tenders
See page 136 or ask our Customer Service Dept, Fax 33 (0) 297 87 36 16 or by e-mail : customersupport@plastimo.com
Rigid tenders
31723 47556 26329 16689
Black wheel for P200, P220, PR300 2 wheel clips for PRS210, PRS245 & PRD260 Wheel clip for P200, P220, PR300 Valve for hull, tender models 30835 & 30836
53497 53498
Complete base holder for davits 36182 Complete base holder for davits 36183
15682 55564
Davits
Ladders
White step for st. steel ladder Ø 22, 290 mm Grey step 180 mm, ladder 29398
M8 nut x 1 Hexagonal head screw x 1 M12 nut x 1 Slotted head screw x 1 M14 nut x 1
Lower alloy spar, twin groove, 2.15 m
1012T & 1213T headsail reefing 30524 36887 31221
A R G
Lower allow spar for 1012T-1213T Halyard swivel for 1012T-1213T 1012T-1213T drum
REEFING & SAILFITTINGS
S
S and T series headsail reefing 10001 37047 58244 58245 58249 58250 58248 19451 26325 21308 21291 21295 22850
G1 ELH1 T G T G R I I I I I -
S1 U
406 drum 406 rope feeder kit 608-609 drum 608-609 half drum 810-811 drum 810-811 half drum Halyard swivel for 608-609-810-811 Cranked shackle for halyard swivel 5-hole coupling plates for 406 11-hole coupling plates for 406 5-hole coupling plates for 608-609 11-hole coupling plates for 608-609 5-hole single coupling plate for 810-811-910
R
D Q1 Q B1
S series headsail reefing 25752 26179 56728 55977
55979
55975
A Lower alloy spar Ø 31, S series D Internal plastic liner (x1), S series D x7 Kit of 7 internal plastic liners, S series Accessory kit for S series, including : P Boltrope pre-feeder x 1 F Bearing Ø 31 x 2 S Top end stop x 1 V Slotted head screw x 4 U Slotted head screw x 1 Junction liners + screws for S series, including : C Alloy junction liners x 7 W Slotted head screws x 14 Set of screws for S series, including : W Slotted head screw x 14 V Self-tapping screws x 4 U Self-tapping screw x 1 T BTR screw for allen key x 1 J Hexagonal head screw x 1
W B P D1
V1
A1
A
W1
F C
C1 EL
H1
T
G
T G1
I K
J
K M N
J O
253
DECK EQUIPMENT Parafil fittings
17645 17646
Blocking cone for Parafil Ø 7 mm Blocking cone for Parafil Ø 8 mm
40268
End cap
Toilets 403083 403084 410955
Sealock toilets
Electric toilet, horizontal pump
28635 28636 28629 28630 28631 28637 28634 54429
Complete pump Base only Gasket kit
Tiller extensions
COMPASSES
AABCDEGF-
12 V motor 24 V motor Wooden seat Inlet valves Gaskets Macerator Outlet fitting Outlet fitting end cap
B
Protective covers, lighting, brackets, compensation : see Pages 322-323
A C D
ELECTRONICS & NAVIGATION Other navigation instruments Self-powered wind speed indicator
17436 17437 17438 18950 21272 20358
Masthead unit + 20 m cable Cockpit repeater 0/60 Knots Cup type rotating masthead unit Motor and axis Individual cup Facia for 0/60 kts repeater
Clocks & Barometers
24141 24142 24143 24144 35590 35591 38483
Glass panel for 6" baro, 12762 Glass panel for 3" baro, 12767 Glass panel for 6" clock, 12763 Glass panel for 3" clock, 12765-6-8-9 & 35885-6 Glass panel for 4.5" clock, 31229, 31227 Glass panel for 4.5" baro, 31230 Glass panel for Weatherman 12761
Fog-Free instruments
42480
Pitot sensor
WATER Water supplies Shurflo Aqua King water pumps
40672 23527 40670 473246
1 pressostat for pumps 22950, 22947 & 71860 2 valves for pumps 22950, 22947, 471860 & 22953 3 valve holders for pumps 22950, 22947 & 471860 3 valve holders for Junior pump 22953
31651 52746 54281
Diaphragm Kit of valves + diaphragm gaskets Filter
36912
36912 Drain cap for sinks 27292, 10746 to -49, 18371 to -75
Pressure water pumps 10397 & 10398
H E
G F
12330 12342 12328 12344 12345 12346 12347 12348 12349 12350 12351 12352 409308 12353 12360 12354 12355 12356 12357 12358 12359 12361 12362 12364 12365 12366 12367 12368 12369 12370
Stainless steel sink
Toilets (since 1991)
Bilge pump Complete manual pump for toilet 12 V electric pump Plastic bowl Large porcelain bowl CBase for toilet (bowl & pump) DValve cover house EDischarge elbow FFlange for discharge elbow GControl valve handle Inlet valve cam with screw Hinges for toilet seat IPiston rod KABS seat and cover Wooden seat and cover LPump handle with piston M - Bowl gasket NInlet valve with gasket OPump valve with gasket Check valve QPiston SBowl fixing bolts x 4 TPump-to-base bolt x 1 VBumper washer W - Rigid inlet valve gasket Pump gasket I V Q Z - Piston with complete rod ZPiston ring Set of gaskets & valves Seat and cover for large bowl K
L
BILGE WATER DISCHARGE
V X
Diaphragm pumps 16.11/16.22/11722/11723/11724
G T
16213 16217 11512 17644 14264 31650
Kit of spare valves with brackets Spare diaphragm Handle bracket Connecting part for pumps 16.11.309 Kit of outlet elbow Y-shaped Diaphragm alone 14263 thru-bulkhead mounting
COMFORT ON BOARD
C M
WN D
Y I Q Z Q
U
P
E O
S R
Barbecue
28560
Burner for gas barbecue
31662 31661
Carrying handle Fastening clip
Fisherman coolboxes (Igloo)
254
Catalogue printed by FOT Imprimeurs, fully certified printer for the management and tracking of production waste and toxic spoils.
N° 3013
F
Index A Access hatches Alarms (gas, smoke) Anchors Anchor connectors Anchor ball Aquascope
156 - 157 54 122 - 125 126 46 252
Bags for halyard storage Bailers Baro-, hygro-, thermometers Bathroom, accessories Battery switch Bells (brass decoration) Bilge pumps Bilge blowers Binoculars Blanket (survival) Blocks Boat hooks Bollards Bosun's chair Bow rollers Brass decoration Buckets Bumper速 Dock Fender Buoyancy aids Buoys (safety) Buoys (marking)
144 222 208 - 209 229 250 172 216 - 221 244 210 - 211 53 146 107 - 108 135 142 127 - 128 172 222 118 - 119 19 - 25 36 - 44 120 - 121
Cable cutters Cargo booms Chain pipes Chain swivel Children lifejackets Clamseal速 Cleats Clips (for floating lights) Clocks Code of signals Compasses Compass Covers Compass Lights Compasses for motorboats Compasses for sailboats Compasses, handbearing Compensators (mooring) Cone (motoring) Connectors & fittings (plumbing) Connectors for ventilation shaft Consoles Covers Cradle for liferaft Cross-tree caps Crutch straps C-Safe Cushions
54, 150 99 128 126 20 - 22 96 152 48 208 - 209 207 172 - 204 204 204 179 - 187 188 - 197 201 - 203 136 46 233, 241 245 98 144 69 - 70 141 18 68 44
Dan buoys Davits Deck fillers Deck hatches Deck Showers Deck ventilation Detectors (gas & smoke) Dinghies
42 - 43 99 167 - 171 158 - 159 230 163 - 166 54 76 - 103
B
C
D
Dividers Diving equipment Dock fenders Dog flotation vests Dorade boxes Drain sockets Drogues
206 252 118 - 119 25 164 - 165 168, 171 45
Econab deck filler Emergency lights
169 50
E F
Fairleads Fenders Fender socks Fishing, accessories Fire blanket Fishing rod holders Flags Flag staff & pole sockets Flexible water tanks Floating lights Flush mount safety ladder Fog horns Food & water rations (survival) Furling straps Furling systems
G
Gas detectors & alarms Grabrails Grapnels Guardrail netting & padding Guardrails (Parafil)
H
146, 153 109 - 119 117 248 - 249 55 248 - 249 212 - 213 214 223 48 45 46 52 143 138 - 141 54 151 126 149 148
Halyard bags Hand lead lines Hand rails Handbearing compass Handle for inflatable dinghy Harnesses Hatches, deck & storage Hatches, round Heelmeters Holders Holder (for fender) Holder for fishing rod Hooks Hook (S-type hook) Hooks (boat) Hooks (snap hooks) Horns Horseshoe buoys Hydrostatic release units
144, 149 46 151 201 - 203 97 32 - 33 156 - 159 162 74 248 - 249 116 248 - 249 145 147 107 - 108 145 46 36 - 37 70
Inflatable horseshoe buoy Inflatable tenders/dinghies Inflatable lifejackets Inflators IOR Dan buoys
36 78 - 95 6 - 28 100 - 101 42 - 43
Jacklines Jib reefing
35 138 - 141
I
J
K
Kayak paddles Knives
106 53
L
S
Ladders & step Ladders (safety) Lashing buttons Lead lines Lifebuoys Lifebuoy containers Lifebuoy light (floating) LifeFlag Lifefloats Lifejackets Lifejacket with dan buoy Lifejacket lights Liferafts Liferafts cradles Loud hailer
129 - 134 45 145 46 40 40 48 - 49 49 44 4 - 31 9 18, 50 56 - 73 69 - 70 74
Mainsail covers Man Over Board Mirror (decorative) Mirror (signalling) Mixer taps Mooring bollards Mooring cleats Mooring springs Motoring cone
144 36 - 45 172 50 227 - 228 135 152 136 46
Netting (guardrail)
148
M
N
O
Oar collars Oarlocks Oars & paddles Octahedral radar reflectors Outboard transom pad
105 105 104 - 106 51 251
Paddles Parafil guardrail Parallel rules Pilot life jackets Plasticlip Platforms Portlights Pouches Protractor rules Pumps (manual) Pumps (inflators) Pumps, bilge & water handling
104 - 106 148 207 11 - 15 154 135 160 - 161 74 207 216 - 219 100 - 101 216 - 221
Racks for safety buoys Radar reflectors Rearming kits for lifejackets Reefing (jib) Reflecting stripes Regatta mark buoys Rescue line Rescue range Rescue sling RIB fenders RIB's Rigid tenders Ring lifebuoys Ring lifebuoy container Rod holders Rollerblind for hatches Round hatches Rules and dividers
38 51 17 138 - 141 47 120 - 121 39 38 - 40 39 114 78 - 95 102 - 103 40 - 41 40 248 - 249 162 162 207
P
R
Safety harness Safety ladder Safety lights Sail furling straps Scuppers Sea anchors Shackles Shade for deck hatch Shower (deck) Shower (bathroom) Signalling (emergency) Signalling mirror Sinks Snap hooks Solar shower Solar vents SOLAS lifejackets Sound signalling Spinnaker pole holder Sprayhood (inflatable lifejackets) Spreader boots Stanchions Steering wheel covers Steps Storage hatches & cases Storm jib Stowage bags (ropes) Strainers Survival equipment Survival blanket Survival food rations Switches (battery)
T
32 - 33 45 48 143 239 45 145 160 230 229 46 - 50 50 224 - 225 145 229 161 29 - 31 46 141 18 141 150 144 134 156 - 157 47 144, 149 240 52 - 55 53 52 250
226 - 228 Taps & faucets 76 - 98, 102 - 103 Tenders (inflatable & rigid) 96 - 101 Tenders, accessories 34 - 35 Tethers 53 Thermal protective aid 147 Thimbles 41 Throwing line 237 239 Thru-hulls 208 - 209 Tide clocks Toilets (electric, manual, chemical) 234 - 236 121 Training buoy 251 Transom pads 46 Trumpet horns 147 Turnbuckle boot
V
Valves Ventilation Vents
W
242 163 - 166 161, 165 - 166, 236, 246 - 247
Washbasins Water inlet and outlets Water sachets (drinking) Water tanks (fresh water) Waterproof cases & pouches WC (electric, manual, chemical) Wheels for pneumatic boats Whistle Wind scoops Wooden plugs
224 - 225 231 52 223 68, 74 234 - 236 97 46 166 222
Terms and Conditions ALL PRODUCTS ARE OFFERED FOR SALE UNDER OUR STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS. The Bainbridge International product range is subject to continuous development. We reserve the right to change product specifications, and improvements will not imply lack of suitability of former production. NOT FOR AVIATION USE Bainbridge International products are NOT designed for use in the manufacture or repair of ultralight aircraft, hang gliders, balloons, parachutes or other aviation products. They must NEVER be used in these applications. WARNING There is potential for sailcloth to contain trace amounts of formaldehyde, a substance known to the State of California to cause cancer. It is not possible to generally predict levels, if any, of formaldehyde exposure which may result from processing of these products. It is recommended that these sailcloth products be stored and processed in a well ventilated area to minimize exposure.
MILDEW All of our cruising laminated fabrics are pre-treated with an effective mildew inhibitor. Environmental conditions in specific locations combined with how an individual sail is used, may render this treatment less than 100% effective. Bainbridge International can not be held responsible for mildew growth in sails. PRICES PRICES PUBLISHED IN THIS CATALOG ARE IN EFFECT AS OF THE DATE OF PUBLICATION, SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. Orders are accepted on the basis that we will invoice at the prices in effect at the time of shipment. However, we will attempt to notify you if the invoice price differs from the catalog price. All prices quoted are net in U.S. Dollars ($), F.O.B. our warehouse.
PAYMENT Terms of payment are net 30 days from date of invoice (despatch), for credit approved accounts. New accounts and non-approved accounts will be billed net Cash With Order or net Cash on Delivery. Applications for credit from new accounts will be accepted after a minimum of $500 in purchases have been made. Credit references will be verified as quickly as possible by mail before credit approval is made.
1. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT BAINBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL, INC. FABRICS AND HARDWARE ARE INTENDED FOR USE AS SAILCLOTH AND ARE NOT DESIGNED OR TESTED FOR USE IN ULTRALIGHT, AIRCRAFT, HANG GLIDERS, HOT AIR BALLOONS, PARACHUTES OR ANY OTHER AVIATION PRODUCTS, OR FOR REPAIR OF SUCH PRODUCTS, AND THAT THEY MUST NOT BE USED IN SUCH PRODUCTS UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. BUYER AGREES TO HOLD BAINBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL, INC. HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE RESULTING FROM BUYER’S USE OF BAINBRIDGE/AQUABATTEN, INC. FABRIC OR HARDWARE IN AVIATION PRODUCTS.
2. This agreement contains all the terms of the contract between BAINBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL, INC. (‘Seller’) and the buyer (‘Buyer’), and, to the extent that any and all prior correspondence, offers, representations and negotiations contain terms which are inconsistent with or different from or additional to those contained herein, the terms of this instrument shall control. The taking of possession by Buyer of all or any part of the goods described on the invoice shall constitute an acceptance by Buyer of the terms hereof.
3. No modification, alteration or amendment of any of the provisions of this instrument shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Seller. 4. All payments are to be made on the due date in U.S. dollars for the full amount shown on the invoice to Seller at its address shown, without allowance for anticipation, and with interest on overdue accounts of 1.5% per month (18% per annum) compounded daily. In case any bills shall not be paid when due, all sums owing under any agreements or deal-ings between Buyer and Seller shall, at the option of Seller, at once become due irrespective of the terms of sale, and Seller may defer delivery on any contracts between Buyer and Seller until such bills shall be paid and for a reasonable time thereafter. A security interest in the goods described on the invoice shall remain in Seller until all payments shall have been made in full and Buyer will execute any and all documents to enable Seller to perfect this security interest. Seller may in its sole discretion at any time, limit or cancel credit given Buyer, and Seller reserves the right to decline to make deliveries whenever Seller in its discretion determines that the credit standing of Buyer is insufficient and in any such events Seller shall not be liable for the failure to delivery in whole or in part, nor shall Buyer be entitled to cancel. Buyer agrees to reimburse Seller and hold Seller harmless against liability for all expenses, including legal fees, incurred by Seller and arising in connection with Seller’s enforcement of its rights under the contract.
Payment by check should be mailed to our lock box: BAINBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL INC. 255 Revere Street Canton, MA 02021
5. Unless and except as otherwise expressly provided on the invoice, delivery shall be F.O.B. Seller’s place of business. Partial shipments shall be permitted, and if delivery is to be made in installments, no breach by Seller with respect to any installment shall be deemed to be a breach of the entire contract. Delivery to any carrier customarily used by the public for such delivery shall constitute delivery to the Buyer. In the absence of shipping instructions, the mailing of an invoice shall constitute delivery. Goods invoiced and held by Seller for whatever reasons, shall be held at Buyer’s risk. Buyer agrees that delay in delivery or defect in quality that violates this contract shall entitle Buyer to cancel only that portion of an order which is delayed in delivery or defective in quality. Any delivery not in dispute shall be paid for separately regardless of dispute as to other delivered or undelivered goods. Upon any breach by Buyer as to any installment, Seller, at its option, may treat such breach as severable or as a breach of the entire contract.
American Express, VISA and MasterCard are also accepted for payment.
s r
r
TM
PAST DUE ACCOUNTS In the event of an account being overdue, we reserve the right at our absolute discretion to refuse or limit credit, or to withhold deliveries of goods. A finance charge of 1.5% per month (annual rate 18%) calculated on a day-to-day basis will be applied to past-due accounts from the due date until payment is received at our bank. Any account which is more than 30 days past due will automatically be changed to C.O.D.
MINIMUM ORDER CHARGE Minimum invoice value is $50. CUT LENGTHS Our sales office will be pleased to tell you whether we have any short rolls in inventory for which no cutting charge would apply. Alternatively, fabrics may be cut to length for $5.00 per cut. Please note that we cannot provide cut lengths under 10 yards.
PACKING AND DELIVERY Cost of packaging is included, except where customer specifically requests that we make multiple package shipments where we would not normally expect to do so. Unless otherwise specified, regular delivery will be via United Parcel Service (with freight prepaid by us and added to your invoice) or by other common carrier (freight collect). Respon-sibility for payment passes to the purchaser when the shipment leaves our warehouse. Once shipment is made, any claim for damage or loss should be made to the common carrier.
For speedy delivery of your urgent orders, be sure to specify:
6. Seller shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of any part of the goods due to floods, accidents, strikes, fires, war, government regulation, shortages of materials, or any conditions or causes beyond the reasonable control of Seller. Any increase in Seller’s costs due to government legislation, regulation or order providing for a tax on any materials, goods, sales, use or process, or providing for any regulation or control of Seller’s purchases, materials, labor, costs, sales, or business, or due to any delay caused by such government legislation, regulations or order, may be added to the price specified. Prices for future invoiced goods are subject to change without notice.
7. Seller shall not be liable for normal manufacturing defects nor any customary variations from quantities or specifications. A variation of not more than 20% either way from the total specified weight shall be deemed compliance with the contract. A variation of not more than 15% either way from the total specified yardage (or other specified units) shall be deemed compliance with the contract. If Buyer claims goods are defective in quality, they must be properly and promptly offered to the Seller for examination and if Buyer fails to make such goods available for examination, Buyer shall not be entitled to any allowance or claim as to such goods. Seller may within a reasonable time after the goods are so offered, replace any goods which are not in accordance with the contract, and in such event no claim may be made by Buyer. Anything herein notwithstanding, in no event shall Seller be liable for claims of any kind or nature unless made in writing either within ten days after delivery of such goods, or after cutting, sizing or converting or otherwise altering the goods in any manner from the original condition of delivery, whichever is earlier. The limit of liability of Seller for late delivery or non-delivery or any other breach shall be the difference, if any, between the contract price and the fair market price, on the date of the invoice, of the goods to be delivered or those actually deliv-ered. In no event shall Buyer be entitled to claim or receive any other damages of any nature whatsoever or any con-sequential damages and in no instance shall damages include profit or contemplated use or profit of any description.
8. NO WARRANTY IS GIVEN, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, AS TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THE GOODS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Seller has undertaken no responsibility for learning about the end purpose for which the goods are to be used, and Buyer shall undertake whatever necessary steps are required of him for making the goods suitable for such end use. Any greige goods that may be sold hereunder are also sold subject to any imperfections resulting from the finishing thereof, and Seller shall have no liability in connection with any such imperfections. Buyer warrants that all merchandise is purchased for resale as tangible personal property, or to be incorporated as a component or part of other tangible property to be produced for sale by manufacturing, assembling or processing. Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Seller against any liability, loss, damage or expenses incurred or sustained by reason of any claim or any user of the goods that the goods, separately or incorporated in any product, were negligently manufactured or were not merchantable or fit for a particular purpose. In no event shall Seller be liable for any damages in respect to the sale or use any product sold hereunder in any amount greater than the amount of the purchase price received by Seller for that particular product. In addition, Seller shall not be liable for any consequential, incidental or special damages or costs or expenses in the event of any breach of warranty or in the event of any default in any term herein or in the event of any loss, damage, injury or cost resulting from or arising out of or in respect of the goods being sold hereunder.
!
Hazardous Materials The triangular symbol next to many chemicals, adhesives, cleaners and protectants indicates that the products must have special packaging and follow specific shipping regulations set forth by the Department of Transport or the International Marine Dangerous Cargo Goods Codes. All hazardous materials must be packaged separately from any other products and labelled ORMD which identifies a consumer commodity. We ship all hazardous goods/ materials by UPS Ground, surface parcel post or Sea Freight. Absolutely no Air Freight or express services!! Please consult your Bainbridge International sales representative for additional information.
Special Shipping
RETURNS Please contact us for authorization before returning any item for credit or replacement. Any goods returned must be delivered to our warehouse within 60 days of the original invoice date. Goods will not be accepted for credit unless accompanied by details of the invoice number against which the goods were supplied by us. SALES TAX EXEMPTION Bainbridge International, Inc., offers its products for sale only to bona fide businesses (corporations, partnerships, or proprietorships). In order to open a new account, we must have a sales tax exemption certificate from customers located in states or provinces which levy sales or use taxes.
9. When any goods sold hereunder bear a particular label, trademark, or trade name, affixed at the request of the Buyer, it is the understanding of the parties that the Buyer warrants that he has the right to use said liable, trademark, trade name, and that he hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Seller against any loss, damage, or claim by any third person with respect thereto. 10. If any provision of the contract is or becomes, at any time for any reason, unenforceable or invalid, no other provision of the contract shall be affected thereby, and the remaining provisions of the contract shall continue with the same effect as if such unenforceable or invalid provision shall not have been inserted in the contract. 11. Buyer and Seller expressly disclaim the application of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods. Seller and Buyer each hereby agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or commonwealth court sitting in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this agree-ment and the transactions contemplated hereby and agrees that all claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court. Seller and Buyer each hereby waive any defense of inconvenient forum and all similar defenses to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety, or other security that might be required of Seller or Buyer with respect thereto. Nothing in this agreement shall affect any right that Seller or Buyer may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding in the courts of any jurisdiction to enforce any judgment or order.
12. Acceptance of any order is expressly made conditional upon Buyer’s assent to the terms and conditions set forth above, including those that may be additional or different from those proposed by Buyer.
With Three US Locations To Serve You Better!
NORTHEAST 255 Revere Street Canton, MA. 02021 Tel: 781.821.2600 Fax: 781.821.2609 Toll-Free: 800.422.5684
SOUTHEAST 2580 North Powerline Road Suite 603 & 604 Pompano Beach, FL. 33069
WEST 15242 Transistor Lane Huntington Beach, CA. 92649
Tel: 954.532.7557 Fax: 781.232.6856 Toll-Free: 855.599.7741
Tel: 714.373.3322 Fax: 714.373.3326 Toll-Free: 800.433.0101
Email: info@bainbridgeintusa.com
www.bainbridgeintusa.com